Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / BrainsWay Ltd.

BrainsWay Ltd.

bway · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker bway
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 120
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · BrainsWay Ltd.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

☐

☒

☐

☐

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___ to ___

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report ___

Commission file number: 001-35165

BrainsWay Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Israel
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel
(Address of principal executive offices)

Ido Marom
Chief Financial Officer
19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel

Tel: +972-2-582-4030
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class
American Depositary Shares each representing two Ordinary
Shares (1)

Trading Symbol(s)
BWAY

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Market

Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04 per share

BWAY

Tel Aviv Stock Exchange

(1) Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 33,242,189 Ordinary Shares.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer," accelerated
filer,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated filer ☐

  Accelerated filer ☐

  Non-accelerated filer ☒

  Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying
with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously
issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive- based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during
the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ☐

  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒

  Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 1.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
ITEM 4A.
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.
ITEM 16A.
ITEM 16B.
ITEM 16C.
ITEM 16D.
ITEM 16E.
ITEM 16F.
ITEM 16G.
ITEM 16H.
ITEM 16I.
ITEM 16J.
ITEM 16K.
ITEM 17.
ITEM 18.
ITEM 19.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
EXHIBIT INDEX 

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
KEY INFORMATION
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
THE OFFER AND LISTING
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
[RESERVED]
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
CODE OF ETHICS
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
INSIDER TRADING POLICIES
CYBERSECURITY
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
EXHIBITS

1
2
2
27
51
51
60
63
76
76
76
81
82
83
83
83
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
85
85
85
85
85
85
86

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “BrainsWay,” “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and similar designations refer to BrainsWay Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated under the
laws of the State of Israel, and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “including” means “including but not limited to”, whether or not explicitly so stated. The “BrainsWay” name and design logo are our
registered trademarks. BrainsWay also asserts all rights, including but not limited to trademark, with respect to the term “Deep TMS.” Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names
referred to in this Annual Report are without the ® and TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or
the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names. This Annual Report contains additional trademarks, service marks, and trade names of others, which are the property
of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks, and trade names appearing in this Annual Report are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display
of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Financial and Other Information

The term “NIS” refers to New Israeli Shekels, the lawful currency of the State of Israel, the terms “dollar”, “US$”, “$” or “U.S.” refer to U.S. dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America. Our
functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar. Unless otherwise indicated, U.S. dollar amounts herein (other than amounts originally receivable or payable in dollars) have been translated for the
convenience  of  the  reader  from  the  original  NIS  amounts  at  the  representative  rate  of  exchange  as  of  December  31,  2023  ($1  =  NIS  3.627).  The  dollar  amounts  presented  should  not  be  construed  as
representing amounts that are receivable or payable in dollars or convertible into dollars, unless otherwise indicated. Foreign currency transactions in currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated in this
Annual Report into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the date of the transactions.

Statistical Information

This Annual Report includes statistics and other data relating to markets, market sizes, and other industry data pertaining to our business that we have obtained from industry publications, surveys, and other
information available to us. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Market data and statistics are
inherently predictive, speculative and are not necessarily reflective of actual market conditions. Such statistics are based on market research, which itself is based on sampling and subjective judgments by
both the researchers and the respondents, including judgments about what types of products and transactions should be included in the relevant market. In addition, the value of comparisons of statistics for
different markets is limited by many factors, including that (i) the markets are defined differently, (ii) the underlying information was gathered by different methods, and (iii) different assumptions were
applied in compiling the data. Likewise, market size calculations and definitions are based on shifting and sometimes limited assumptions, including but not limited to relating to pricing models for our
products. Accordingly, the market statistics included in this Annual Report should be viewed with caution. We believe that information from these industry publications included in this Annual Report is
reliable.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements under the sections entitled “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company,” “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere
in  this  Annual  Report  may  include  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  involve  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or
achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  the  forward-looking  statements.  In  some  cases,  you  can  identify  forward-looking
statements  by  terms  including  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “could,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “may,”  “plans,”  “potential,”  “predicts,”  “projects,”  “should,”  “will,”  “would,”  and  similar  expressions
intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward- looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. In
addition, the sections of this Annual Report entitled “Item 4. Information on the Company” contain information obtained from independent industry and other sources that we may not have independently
validated. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Unless we are required to do so under U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable laws, we do not intend to update or
revise any forward- looking statements.

Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

market perception and acceptance of Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation, or Deep TMS™, technology (“Deep TMS”) and patient satisfaction with the effectiveness and benefits of
Deep TMS;

availability of reimbursement from third-party payors, including insurance companies and Medicare;

the adequacy of our existing capital to meet our future capital requirements;

our ability to commercialize Deep TMS, including internationally, by ourselves or through third-party distributors;

our ability to develop enhancements to our Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts;

our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and manufacture our product candidates for clinical testing;

our ability to complete and obtain favorable results from existing clinical trials, and to launch and successfully complete new clinical trials, for Deep TMS indications;

our ability to obtain and comply with regulatory approvals of Deep TMS and enhancements to our Deep TMS system on our anticipated time frames, or at all;

our ability to obtain and maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property, including intellectual property licensed to us; and

our ability to operate within the changing market conditions caused by global pandemics, geopolitical instability, wars, economic downturns and disrupted supply chains.

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

A.

B.

[Reserved]

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks we describe below, in addition to the other information set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, including our financial statements and the related notes beginning on
page  F-1.  The  risks  and  uncertainties  described  below  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  20-F  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  are  not  the  only  risks  facing  us.  We  may  face  additional  risks  and
uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial. Any of the risks described below or incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F, and any such additional risks, could
materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

Summary of Risk Factors

The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face. The list below is not exhaustive, and investors should read this “Risk Factors” section in full.

Financial Condition and Capital Requirement Risks

· We have a history of operating losses. We may incur additional losses in the future and may never be profitable and we cannot ensure that our existing capital will be sufficient to meet our capital

requirements.

Business, Economic and Industry risks

·

·

Our success depends on Deep TMS as a safe treatment option for patients, as well as market perception and acceptance of TMS generally.

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to increase market penetration and further commercialize Deep TMS, as well as develop enhancements and features to the Deep TMS system through
our research and development efforts. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve future growth.

· We operate in a very competitive environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our revenues and operating results may be negatively

affected.

· We are dependent on physicians and if we are unable to adequately train physicians and other treatment providers and operators or if they use the Deep TMS inadequately, we may be unable to

achieve our expected growth.

·

Failure to secure or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement of our Deep TMS system for the currently authorized indications and other indications for which we obtain FDA authorization in
the future, if any, may make physicians reluctant to use or recommend Deep TMS and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition.

· We rely on third-parties, including suppliers for some components used in manufacturing our Deep TMS products, distributors to market and promote our products internationally and third-parties to

conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and instability.

·

·

Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, which may delay or cause us to abandon the development of Deep TMS for additional indications.

Our collaboration arrangements may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products.

· We bear the risk of product liability lawsuits and warranty claims which might harm our business, exceed our insurance policy coverage and we may not have enough funds to cover such claims or

lawsuits damages.

·

·

Our operations could be affected in the event of further geopolitical instability, war, global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market or political conditions or other
outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions.

Our reliance on the use of technology may adversely affect our business if we become subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut-downs or if we experience significant disruptions in
our information technology systems, and security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm our reputation and business.

· We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, and/or through the licensing of products or technologies
from third parties. The failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business.

Government Regulatory Risks

·

Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements or to obtain
and/or maintain needed clearances could harm our business.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

·

·

Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed systems or terminate production if we fail to comply with these
regulations.

If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting change or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and seek new marketing authorization from the FDA for
one or more of our products.

The misuse or off-label use of Deep TMS may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by
regulatory bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.

Deep TMS may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation,
business, financial condition, and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or
another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.

If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for Deep TMS, we will be unable to market and sell our products outside of the United States.

· We are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial

penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.

·

Healthcare policy changes, including legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could harm our cash flows, financial condition, and results of operations.

Intellectual Property Risks

· We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the rights of others.

·

·

·

·

·

·

The lives of our patents may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business.

Our right to the essential intellectual property upon which the Deep TMS technology is based results from in-license agreements with government agencies and research institutions, the
termination of which would prevent us from commercializing Deep TMS.

Our license agreements for our critical patents and related intellectual property impose significant monetary obligations and other requirements that may adversely affect our ability to successfully
execute our business plan.

The key patents that underlie Deep TMS technology are subject to the U.S. government’s royalty free usage rights on a worldwide basis for any discovery based on such patents, which may have
unexpected, adverse consequences upon the market for our product.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets or know-how, such proprietary information may be used by others to compete against us.

Legal proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement and other challenges may require us to spend substantial time and money and could prevent us from developing or
commercializing Deep TMS.

Foreign Country Risks

·

The  Israeli  government  grants  that  we  have  received  require  us  to  meet  several  conditions  and  may  restrict  our  ability  to  manufacture  our  Deep  TMS  systems  and  transfer  relevant  know-how
outside of Israel and require us to pay royalties and satisfy specified conditions, including increased royalties if we manufacture our Deep TMS systems outside of Israel or payment of a redemption
fee if we transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel.

· We have manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions which are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely affected by political, economic and

military conditions in Israel.

·

·

·

Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar, the New Israeli Shekel and other foreign currencies may negatively affect our future revenues.

The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control.

The significant share ownership position of several of our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Risks Related to our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We have a history of operating losses. We may incur additional losses in the future and may never be profitable and we cannot ensure that our existing capital will be sufficient to meet our capital
requirements.

We have incurred net losses since our inception, largely reflecting research and development, general and administrative expenses, and sales and marketing expenses. We have experienced net losses of $4.2
million and $13.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As a result of ongoing losses, as of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $101.3 million. While we
have sold and leased Deep TMS systems and/or installed Deep TMS Systems under revenue generating pay-per-use models in various markets over the last few years, we may continue to incur significant
sales and marketing, product development, regulatory and other expenses as we continue to pursue our commercialization efforts to increase adoption of Deep TMS and expand existing relationships with our
customers, to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for Deep TMS in additional countries and for additional indications, and to develop new enhancements or features to our existing Deep TMS systems.
The net losses we may incur may fluctuate significantly from period to period. We will need to generate additional revenues and to carefully manage our expenses to achieve and sustain profitability on an
annual basis, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. A failure to achieve or maintain profitability on an annual basis could
negatively impact the value of our shares.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  believe  that  our  existing  capital  and  other  sources  of  liquidity  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  capital  requirements.  To  date  we  have  funded  our  operations  primarily  through  offerings  of  our  securities,
research and development grants from the Israel Innovation Authority and other sources, and through sales and leases of our Deep TMS systems as well as revenue generated through pay-per-use models on
certain installed systems and services provided to our customers. We expect to continue generating revenues primarily through sales, leases, pay-per-use fees, service fees and other potential income generated
by the commercial distribution of Deep TMS systems for approved indications.

The adequacy of our available funds to meet our operating and capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our ability to achieve revenue growth and maintain favorable operating margins; our
ability to increase the market share of Deep TMS and expand our operations and offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts; the cost, progress and results of our future research, product development
and clinical programs for additional enhancements to Deep TMS and future indications for the system; the costs and timing of obtaining regulatory approvals for future indications of Deep TMS; our ability to
improve or maintain coverage and reimbursement arrangements with third-party and government payors; the terms and conditions of commercial agreements for marketing and distribution of Deep TMS; the
effect of competing technological and market developments; and costs incurred in enforcing and defending certain of the patents and other intellectual property rights upon which our technologies are based, to
the extent such rights are challenged.

We cannot be certain that in the future alternative financing sources will be available to us at such times or in the amounts we need or whether we can negotiate commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that
our actual cash requirements will not be greater than anticipated. Any issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities could be dilutive to our existing shareholders, and any new equity securities could
have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Additional debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to
incur additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our shares, make investments and engage in merger, consolidation, or asset sale transactions. If we are unable to obtain future financing through the methods we
described above or through other means, our business may be materially impaired and we may be unable to complete our business objectives and may be required to cease operations, curtail one or more
product development or commercialization programs, significantly reduce expenses, sell assets, seek a merger or joint venture partner, file for protection from creditors, or liquidate all our assets.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

Our success depends on Deep TMS as a safe treatment option for patients, as well as market perception and acceptance of TMS generally.

Our business currently depends entirely on the success of Deep TMS, our proprietary TMS solution. TMS is an emerging treatment option for patients. As a result, physician and patient awareness of TMS
therapy as a treatment option for applicable brain disorders, and experience with TMS therapies, is limited. Because the market for TMS therapy is still developing and contains a limited number of market
participants, sales of Deep TMS could be negatively impacted by unfavorable market reactions to TMS generally, Deep TMS in particular, and/or negative developments in the industry. For example, with
respect to TMS generally, in June 2018 researchers in medical centers of the U.S. Veterans Affairs reported research findings that showed that approximately 40% of the 81 patients with treatment-resistant
major depression achieved remission in a randomized trial of a competitor’s TMS device, but the rate was virtually the same with sham treatments versus active stimulation. As another example, with respect
to  Deep TMS  in  particular,  in  February  2020,  we  announced  that  a  multicenter  study  of  our  Deep  TMS  system  for  Post-Traumatic  Stress  Disorder  (PTSD)  was  discontinued  after  interim  results  showed
subjects treated with the H-Coil that was involved in the study (i.e., the same as that used in our multicenter OCD study) did not demonstrate sufficient efficacy relative to the sham group.

If the use of our Deep TMS system or other TMS therapies results in serious adverse events (e.g., seizures), or such products malfunction or are misused, patients and physicians may attribute such negative
events to TMS and/or Deep TMS, which may adversely affect market adoption of this form of therapy. For example, a paper entitled “Seizure risk with repetitive TMS: Survey results from over a half-million
treatment sessions” published in 2021 in Brain Stimulation claims that Deep TMS appears to be associated with a higher relative seizure risk than with generic figure-8 coil TMS. While the authors of the
paper themselves cite numerous reasons to view the results with caution and while the claims in the paper were based on a small data set obtained from an informal survey which appear to be inconsistent with
other  more  comprehensive  studies,  we  may  nonetheless  be  unable  to  successfully  educate  the  public  about  these  often  nuanced  and  technical  publication  deficiencies  and  thus  the  overall  safety  of  our
technology. In addition, if patients undergoing treatment with any available TMS solutions perceive the benefits to be inadequate or the administration of TMS to be too burdensome or inconvenient, and/or if
adverse events and/or factors such as discomfort and noise with available TMS solutions are too numerous or severe compared to the relevant rates of alternative therapies or pharmaceutical options, it will be
difficult to demonstrate the value of Deep TMS to patients and physicians. Additionally, psychiatrists may find it difficult to train existing employees and/or hire additional staff, allocate sufficient space or
operate our device given that psychiatry is a field not traditionally associated with medical equipment treatment options. As a result of any one or a combination of these reasons, demand for and the use of
Deep TMS may decline or may not increase at the pace or to the levels we expect. These reported findings may have a negative effect on market perception of the effectiveness of the TMS therapy in general,
and by extension Deep TMS.

Even if TMS therapy is widely accepted by physicians and patients, our success will depend in large part on our ability to educate and train physicians and patients, and to successfully demonstrate the safety,
tolerability, ease of use, efficacy, cost effectiveness and other advantages of Deep TMS. We have been engaging in an active marketing campaign to raise awareness of Deep TMS and its benefits, but we
cannot be assured that these efforts will be successful or that they will not prove to be too costly. Physicians may find patient set up and the subsequent procedures for future treatment sessions to be difficult or
complicated compared to competing treatment methods. Any of these factors could slow market adoption of Deep TMS.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our long-term growth depends on our ability to increase market penetration and further commercialize Deep TMS, as well as develop enhancements and features to the Deep TMS system through our
research and development efforts. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve future growth.

Our strategy depends on our ability to further commercialize and increase market penetration of Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious
depression), OCD, and smoking addiction, develop and seek regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for new indications and add new enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system. These goals are also
designed to respond to changing customer demands, competitive pressures, and technologies. Our industry is characterized by intense competition, including from other existing treatment options, a growing
number  of  Traditional  TMS  competitors,  rapid  technological  changes,  new  product  introductions  and  enhancements,  price  competition,  and  evolving  industry  standards.  It  is  important  that  we  anticipate
changes  in  technology  and  market  demand,  as  well  as  physician  practices  to  successfully  develop,  obtain  clearance  or  approval,  if  required,  and  successfully  introduce  new,  enhanced,  and  competitive
technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis.

We might be unable to further commercialize Deep TMS for approved indications or develop, obtain or maintain regulatory clearances or approvals to market Deep TMS for new indications, or to develop and
obtain regulatory approvals for enhancements or new features for the Deep TMS system. Furthermore, our clearances on existing indications could be jeopardized by increased regulatory requirements in
different territories. Additionally, Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, smoking addiction, and any future indications,
even if cleared, might not be sufficiently accepted by physicians or the third-party payers who reimburse for the procedures performed with our products. We may be unable to devise pricing strategies that are
attractive to customers, and even when we do, our customers may not always have the financial resources to meet their contractual commitments, which can negatively impact our ability to collect on open
debts accrued by customers. The success of any new indications, enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system will depend on numerous additional factors, including but not limited to, our ability to
properly identify and anticipate clinician and patient needs; demonstrate the benefits associated with the use of Deep TMS when compared to the products and devices of our competitors; demonstrate the
safety and efficacy of new indications, and obtain regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for such indications; adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights
of third parties; and develop and obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system. 

If  we  do  not  develop  and  obtain  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for  new  indications,  enhancements  or  features  in  time  to  meet  market  demand,  or  if  there  is  insufficient  demand  for  these  indications,
enhancements or features, our results of operations will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the
commercial viability of a new indication for Deep TMS, any enhancements to the Deep TMS system or any other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to develop enhancements or new features for Deep
TMS, these enhancements or features may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our
competitors of products embodying new technologies or enhancements or features.

Furthermore,  we  must  carefully  manage  our  introduction  of  new  indications.  If  potential  customers  believe  such  indications  will  be  subject  to  additional  future  enhancements  or  features  or  may  become
available  at  a  more  attractive  price,  they  may  delay  purchases  until  such  indications  are  available.  We  may  also  have  excess  or  obsolete  inventory  as  we  upgrade  to  newer  models  of  our  products  and/or
transition to new indications, and we have limited experience in managing product transitions.

We operate in a very competitive environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our revenues and operating results may be negatively affected.

Our Deep TMS systems for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, smoking addiction, and any future indications are or will be subject
to intense competition. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of current or new industry participants.
Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop and obtain regulatory clearances of Deep TMS for indications that reach the market in a timely manner, to receive adequate coverage
and  reimbursement  from  third-party  payors,  and  to  successfully  demonstrate  to  physicians  and  patients  the  merits  of  Deep  TMS  compared  to  the  products  of  our  competitors.  If  we  are  not  successful  in
convincing others of the merits of Deep TMS or educating them on the use of the Deep TMS system, they may not use our system or use them effectively and we may be unable to increase our revenues.

Deep TMS competes with several existing Traditional TMS competitors, including Neuronetics, Magventure, Neurocare (MAG & More), Cloud TMS, Magstim, Nexstim Yingchi, Sebers (Remed/Blossom),
and Magnus Medical. Competing TMS therapy companies have developed or may develop treatments that have improved efficacy when compared to our products or that require a less significant investment
of  resources  from  physicians.  Likewise,  psychiatrists  and  other  customers  may  not  be  able  to  easily  compare  Deep  TMS  to  our  focal  TMS  competitors  given  limited  data  from  head-to-head  studies  and
marketing campaigns and tactics employed by competitors which may have access to greater resources than we do.

We also face competition from pharmaceutical and other companies, many of which have greater resources than we do, that develop competitive products, such as anti-depressant medications (including but
not limited to a nasal spray utilizing the drug esketamine, which was approved in 2022 by the FDA for use in conjunction with an oral antidepressant) and to a lesser degree, ECT, home-use alternatives such as
transcranial direct current stimulation (TDCS) devices, prescription digital therapeutics (PDTs), and other neuromodulation treatment options. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if
these  competitors  develop  and  commercialize  anti-depressant  medications  or  other  treatments  that  are  safer  or  more  effective  than  Deep  TMS,  or  are  offered  at  more  competitive  prices,  are  more  easily
administered to patients or are otherwise more attractive to our customers and patients. At any time, these and other potential market entrants may develop treatment alternatives that may make Deep TMS less
competitive.

We also note that competition varies based on the indication, and some of the indications we are advancing may face marketability challenges based on existing treatment options. For example, there are a
variety of smoking cessation products currently available on the market, including nicotine patch treatment. Electronic cigarettes, or e-cigarettes, are also widely available substitutes for tobacco smoking.
Deep TMS for smoking cessation may not be a marketable alternative to these existing options, particularly to the extent smokers need to pay out-of-pocket given the unavailability of reimbursement for this
indication.

Our competitors may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain domestic or international regulatory clearances or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can,
which could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar products. Furthermore, our educational efforts to distinguish between Deep TMS and traditional TMS may be limited, and our competitors
may thereby succeed in obtaining regulatory pathways for their products based on our clinical data without having to invest in clinical trials themselves. In addition, we compete with our competitors to engage
the services of independent distributors outside the United States, both those presently working with us and those with whom we hope to work as we expand.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Furthermore, our competitors may be seeking predicate FDA approvals in other psychiatric and neurological indications, and TMS products of various companies are frequently used off-label, and in certain
circumstances,  are  marketed  outside  of  the  United  States  for  other  indications.  Additionally,  if  either  TMS  competitors  or  other  medical  device  or  pharmaceutical  companies  introduce  new  and  disruptive
products or forms of therapy, our market share may be reduced and our financial performance and ability to compete may be significantly impacted. These competitors may also seek and/or obtain expansions
of  existing  clearances  and  indications  before  we  do.  For  example,  in  March  2024,  one  of  our  competitors  received  clearance  from  the  FDA  effectively  expanding  its  existing  MDD  clearance  to  cover
adolescent patients aged 15-21 and allowing it to treat these patients with its device as an adjunct form of therapy.

Moreover, our relationships with large clinic networks, which we rely on, can be jeopardized (and thus impact on our installed base and future assumed revenue streams) depending on developments with these
networks and/or by the deepening of relationships between these networks and our competitors, thus leading to potential financial difficulties that may negatively affect our revenues. For example, we had to
remove  devices  and  pursue  collections  from  a  clinic  network  with  whom  we  have  had  a  relationship  after  the  network  had  accrued  an  outstanding  debt.  Moreover,  any  exclusivity  or  other  commercial
arrangements between our competitors and large clinic networks we also work with may hinder the deployment of our Deep TMS systems in such networks. Furthermore, any financial instability of these
networks  can  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  revenues.  In  addition,  our  competitors  may  be  acquired  by  enterprises  that  have  more  established  distribution  networks  than  we  do,  thus  gaining  an  integral
distribution advantage over us.

We are dependent on physicians and if we are unable to adequately train physicians and other treatment providers and operators or if they use the Deep TMS inadequately, we may be unable to achieve
our expected growth.

There is a learning process involved for treatment providers to become proficient in the use of our Deep TMS systems, which requires us to spend considerable time and resources for training. It is critical to
the success of our commercialization efforts to train a sufficient number of physicians and to provide them with adequate, ongoing instruction and training in the use of our Deep TMS systems. This training
process generally requires physicians to review and study product materials and engage in hands-on training sessions. This training process may also take longer than expected or be more complicated than the
physicians or their personnel are comfortable with and may therefore affect our ability to increase sales. Convincing physicians to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging,
and we may not be successful in these efforts.

The use of our Deep TMS system to treat OCD requires a special procedure to provoke the patient to exhibit symptoms of OCD while the patient is treated with Deep TMS. This procedure requires special
training and may make the treatment more difficult to apply than alternative treatments, as the treatment must be tailored for the condition of each patient. As a result, this may lead to a variability of the
overall  results  and  between  patients,  which  could  discourage  use  of  Deep  TMS  for  OCD.  In  addition,  if  the  physicians  and  operators  do  not  apply  the  treatment  of  OCD  patients  properly  or  experience
difficulties in the use of the system for OCD, this could reduce the level of satisfaction with this system for OCD, and adversely affect our revenues and our operating results.

To  the  extent  our  customer  physicians  do  not  properly  diagnose  or  select  appropriate  patient  candidates  for  Deep  TMS  treatment  and/or  utilize  unprescribed  protocols  it  could  result  in  variability  of  the
treatment efficacy and results for the patient. Our ability to generate significant revenues from Deep TMS relies on patients’ satisfaction with the effectiveness of Deep TMS and if patients are not satisfied
with the results of Deep TMS, our reputation, and future results of operations may be adversely affected.

We may be unable to manage our anticipated growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy and we may even be unable to forecast our future growth accurately.

We  intend  to  continue  to  grow  our  business  operations  and  may  experience  periods  of  rapid  growth  and  expansion.  This  anticipated  growth  could  create  a  strain  on  our  organizational,  administrative  and
operational infrastructure, including our supply chain operations, quality control, technical support and customer service, sales force management and general and financial administration. These risks increase
as  we  expand  into  new  countries,  each  requiring  varied  and  often  time-consuming  regulatory  challenges.  We  may  be  unable  to  maintain  the  quality,  regulatory  infrastructure,  or  delivery  timelines,  of  our
products or customer service or satisfy customer demand if our business grows too rapidly. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and
management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures. We may implement new enterprise software systems in a number of areas affecting a broad range of business processes and functional areas.
The time and resources required to implement these new systems is uncertain and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could harm our business.

As  our  commercial  operations  and  sales  volume  grow,  we  will  need  to  continue  to  increase  our  workflow  capacity  for  our  supply  chain,  regulatory  expansion,  customer  service,  training  and  education
personnel, billing, accounting reporting and general process improvements and expand our internal quality assurance program, among other things. Our current workforce may not be sufficient to handle our
expanding growth and we will be required to expand and train these personnel as we increase our sales efforts. We may not successfully implement these increases in scale or the expansion of our personnel,
which could harm our business.

Moreover,  we  may  be  unable  to  predict  future  growth  related  to  Deep  TMS  for  MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious  depression),  OCD,  smoking
addiction, and other psychiatric indications because some of these disorders are inherently difficult to diagnose and there are frequent co-morbidities (overlap) in these disorders that complicate treatment
methods.  Diagnosis  for  psychiatric  disorders,  such  as  MDD  and  OCD,  is  based  on  an  individual’s  reported  experiences  and  mental  status  examination,  and  accordingly  is  subject  to  significant  error.  For
example, it is estimated that about half of the individuals in the United States who experience a major depressive episode annually are not diagnosed correctly. In addition, there is a rising trend in which
primary care providers, rather than mental health professionals, prescribe anti-depressant medications. Primary care providers often prescribe anti-depressants without a psychiatric diagnosis of disease. In 73%
of visits in which a primary care provider prescribed an anti-depressant, patients did not have a psychiatric diagnosis. Without a psychiatric diagnosis, treatment cannot be tailored to the underlying condition.
Accordingly, a significant portion of MDD patients that are considered treatment-resistant may be unresponsive to first-line treatment as a result of incorrect diagnosis, and any such patients may not respond
to Deep TMS treatment. In addition, the H-Coils for our Deep TMS systems may prove to be interchangeable in some respects, and clinicians may be able to treat patients with multiple disorders in the same
procedure. With respect to comorbidities, there is a high rate of tobacco use amongst patients suffering from mental health conditions such as depression and anxiety. Approximately 3 of every 10 cigarettes
smoked  by  adults  in  the  United  States  are  smoked  by  persons  with  mental  health  conditions.  As  a  result  of  the  foregoing  factors,  the  addressable  market  for  Deep TMS  for  MDD  (including  reduction  of
comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction, may be smaller than we currently anticipate, and predictions for our future growth may prove to be
inaccurate. This may have a materially adverse effect on our future results of operations.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to successfully expand our sales and customer support team and adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact revenues and market acceptance of Deep TMS and
we may never generate sufficient revenues to achieve or sustain profitability.

As of December 31, 2023, we had 106 employees, including 46 employees in sales and marketing. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our sales and customer
support team and on our independent third-party distributors and agents outside of the United States. If our employees or our independent distributors and agents fail to adequately promote, market and sell or
lease our Deep TMS systems, our revenues could significantly decrease and/or fail to meet our targets.

In addition, our future revenues will largely depend on our ability to successfully execute our marketing efforts and adequately address our customers’ needs. In certain territories, it is or will be necessary to
expand our sales force, including by hiring additional sales representatives or distributors with specific technical backgrounds that can support our customers’ needs.

As we develop and seek regulatory clearances for new indications, enhancements and features and increase our marketing efforts, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our
future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled employees, and distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require
training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, new hires may not become as productive as may be
necessary to maintain or increase our sales. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may be unable to effectively commercialize our Deep TMS
systems, which could harm our business.

Failure to secure or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement of our Deep TMS system for the currently authorized indications and other indications for which we obtain FDA authorization in the
future, if any, may make physicians reluctant to use or recommend Deep TMS and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition.

Patients generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with outpatient treatment services. Patients may, thus, be unwilling to undergo, and physicians may be unwilling to
prescribe, a given course of treatment in the absence of adequate coverage and reimbursement. Accordingly, our ability to successfully commercialize our Deep TMS system depends significantly on the extent
to  which  treatment  sessions  using  Deep  TMS  are  covered  and  reimbursed  by  government  healthcare  programs,  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid  (among  others),  commercial  health  insurers,  managed  care
organizations, and other third-party payors.

Third-party  payors  are  increasingly  examining  the  medical  necessity  and  cost  effectiveness  of  medical  products  and  services,  in  addition  to  safety  and  efficacy.  Significant  uncertainty  exists  as  to  the
reimbursement status of any newly approved (or cleared) products or therapies, such as Deep TMS for smoking addiction, which represent novel approaches to treatment of a disease, addiction, or condition.
Even if a third-party payor covers a particular treatment that uses Deep TMS, the resulting reimbursement rate may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase or lease the Deep TMS system or
ensure such transaction is profitable for the provider. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that a treatment is neither
experimental  nor  investigational,  safe,  effective,  and  medically  necessary,  appropriate  for  the  specific  patient,  cost-effective,  supported  by  peer-reviewed  medical  journals  and  included  in  clinical  practice
guidelines.

In  the  United  States,  there  is  no  uniform  policy  of  coverage  and  reimbursement  among  third-party  payors,  including  private  insurers.  Therefore,  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  treatments  can  differ
significantly  from  payor  to  payor.  However,  many  third-party  payors  often  rely  upon  Medicare  coverage  policies  and  payment  limitations  in  setting  their  own  coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  and
methodologies. Private insurance coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment for MDD generally requires one to four prior failures of anti- depressant medications.

Medicare coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment for MDD generally requires that certain, specified clinical criteria relating to medical necessity are met (and documented). In particular, subject to variations
by payor and locale, under applicable payor policies, Deep TMS may be covered for MDD if: (i) prescribed by a licensed physician, knowledgeable in the use of TMS (ii) as a treatment for an adult with a
confirmed diagnosis of MDD and no contraindications, (iii) where there is sufficient documentation of failure of between 1 and 2 previous medication trials (depending on the relevant Medicare Administrative
Contractor policy). Other relevant coverage factors considered under these policies include resistance to treatment with psychopharmacologic agents for depression, history of response to repetitive TMS, and
whether the individual is a candidate for electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) and TMS is less burdensome to the patient.

Reimbursement for Deep TMS as an MDD treatment is also generally limited to 36 treatment sessions. Since 2021, there has been emerging reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for the treatment of OCD.
While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of a combination of between two and four medication trials of two different
classes (with most requiring two failed trials), for specified periods, and may also require a trial of psychotherapy, before qualifying for reimbursement. Maintaining the reimbursement coverage obtained since
2021 and obtaining coverage from additional payors may be difficult, and payors may condition coverage subject to satisfaction of varied criteria.

Obtaining adequate reimbursement of Deep TMS for smoking addiction, or for any future indications, as applicable, may be difficult unless there is sufficient published clinical data to support clinical efficacy
and cost effectiveness based upon the treatment continuum of care. Currently, there is no third-party coverage of Deep TMS as a treatment for smoking addiction, as payers that have evaluated Deep TMS for
smoking addiction coverage have not yet concluded that it is a reasonable and necessary therapy for smoking addiction. We have commenced efforts to gather and submit additional clinical data in order to
sufficiently  demonstrate  the  efficacy  of  Deep  TMS  for  the  treatment  of  smoking  addiction,  and  in  October  2023  the  Clinical  TMS  Society,  an  influential  peer  group,  published  the  first  coverage
recommendations for smoking. While this is an important first step toward educating payors, ongoing efforts advocating for coverage will be required, which may be expensive and time-consuming. Therefore,
it may take significant time to obtain sufficient reimbursement coverage of Deep TMS for smoking addiction. We may be required to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and
reimbursement  or  the  level  of  reimbursement  compared  to  existing  approved  biologics  and  other  therapies.  There  may  be  significant  delays  in  obtaining  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  newly  approved
therapies in the United States, and coverage may be more limited than the indications for which the product is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Further, there is
no guarantee that Deep TMS will ever be adequately covered or reimbursed for smoking addiction, if at all, or any other future indication for which we obtain authorization, if any. Nonetheless, the availability
of reimbursement coverage in any given indication is not always the exclusive path to commercialization, and we may pursue and/or develop cash-pay, corporate wellness programs, and/or other alternate
models in order to monetize these indications.

In addition, the U.S. federal government and state legislatures have continued to implement cost containment programs, including price controls and restrictions on coverage and reimbursement. To contain
costs, governmental healthcare programs and third-party payers are increasingly challenging the price, scrutinizing the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical treatments. Outside of
the  United  States,  reimbursement  systems  vary  significantly  by  country.  Many  foreign  markets  have  government-managed  healthcare  systems  that  govern  reimbursement  for  psychiatric  treatments  and
procedures and certain markets, including Japan, impose additional criteria that must be met (such as the need for approval by sometimes insular medical societies) before coverage may be practically obtained
even on approved procedures. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payers outside of the United States are not obtained, international sales and lease transactions for the Deep TMS system may not materialize or grow
significantly.

The marketability of Deep TMS may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained, less
favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, which may delay or cause us to abandon the development of Deep TMS for additional indications.

We are currently at various stages of completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials of Deep TMS for new indications and/or seeking expanded labeling for existing indications. Development of medical devices
includes pre-clinical studies and sometimes clinical trials, and is a long, expensive, and uncertain process, subject to delays and failure at any stage. Clinical trials for Deep TMS involve certain specific risks,
including factors related to trial design and patient enrollment. Additionally, if we are unable to recruit a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials, we may be unable to generate sufficient data to
support marketing authorization. Moreover, our research and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial activities are subject to extensive regulation and review by numerous governmental authorities. We
cannot predict whether we will encounter problems with any of our completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials, which would cause us or regulatory authorities to delay or suspend clinical trials, or delay the
analysis  of  data  from  completed  or  ongoing  clinical  trials.  We  estimate  that  clinical  trials  involving  various  indications  of  Deep  TMS  will  continue  for  several  years;  however,  such  trials  may  also  take
significantly longer to complete and may cost more money than we have expected.

Furthermore, the data obtained from the studies and trials may be inadequate to support regulatory authorizations or to enable market acceptance of certain indications of Deep TMS. Failure can occur at any
stage of testing, and we may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent commercialization of the current, or a future, version of Deep
TMS  for  any  particular  indication,  including  but  not  limited  to  delays  in  securing  clinical  investigators  or  trial  sites  for  the  clinical  trial  and  in  obtaining  institutional  review  board  and  other  regulatory
approvals to commence a clinical trial; slower than anticipated patient recruitment and enrollment; negative or inconclusive results from clinical trials; unforeseen safety issues; an inability to monitor patients
adequately during or after treatment; placement of a clinical trial on hold by the FDA, institutional review boards/ethics committees or other regulatory authorities; changes in governmental regulations or
administrative actions, including governmental changes in permissible endpoints or other measures utilized in clinical trials; problems with investigator or patient compliance with the trial protocols; the FDA
or other regulators disagreeing as to the design, protocol or implementation of our clinical trials; exceeding budgeted costs due to difficulty in accurately predicting costs associated with clinical trials; the
quality of the products falling below acceptable standards; and the inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products to commence or complete clinical trials.

Additionally,  the  FDA  or  other  regulatory  entities  may  disagree  with  our  interpretation  of  the  data  from  our  pre-clinical  studies  and  clinical  trials,  or  may  find  the  clinical  trial  design,  conduct  or  results
inadequate to demonstrate safety or efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre- clinical studies or clinical trials, which could further delay authorization of additional indications for Deep TMS. A
number of companies in the medical device and biotechnology industries, including those with greater resources and experience than us, have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials, even after
seeing  promising  results  in  earlier  clinical  trials.  We  do  not  know  whether  any  clinical  trials  we  or  our  clinical  partners  may  conduct  will  demonstrate  adequate  efficacy  and  safety  to  result  in  regulatory
authorization to market new indications for Deep TMS. In addition, the results of our past clinical trials of Deep TMS may not be predictive of future trial results. If later-stage clinical trials involving Deep
TMS  for  new  indications  do  not  produce  favorable  results,  our  ability  to  obtain  regulatory  authorization  for  such  indications  may  be  adversely  impacted,  which  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on third parties, including suppliers for some components used in manufacturing our Deep TMS products, distributors to market and promote our products internationally and third-parties to
conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and instability.

We rely on suppliers for most of the components used in manufacturing Deep TMS, including the computer controlling the stimulator, the helmet, and the arm of the helmet, and we may not have sufficient
contractual assurances for the long-term supply of these components. We remain dependent on a single source third-party supplier for stimulators used in older versions of our Deep TMS system, a single
outsourcing  company  utilized  for  the  manufacture  of  certain  components  in  our  newer  systems,  including  our  proprietary  stimulator,  and  other  third  parties  for  various  other  components.  For  us  to  be
successful, our suppliers and contract manufacturer must be able to provide us with components in sufficient quantities, in compliance with quality and regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon
specifications,  at  acceptable  costs  and  on  a  timely  basis.  While  these  suppliers  have  generally  met  our  overall  demand  requirements,  we  have  experienced  certain  challenges  with  specific  product  orders
(including but not limited to orders of important capacitors for use within our proprietary stimulator) conforming with the times and specifications initially set, which has in turn necessitated contingency
measures – such as increased inventory orders and/or lengthened order periods – to compensate for future possible risks in this regard. Moreover, the willingness of these third parties to continue meeting our
demands going forward may be limited for several reasons, including our lack of long-term agreements with those suppliers, geopolitical factors, internal capabilities, our relative importance as a customer of
those suppliers, or, as applicable, their ability to produce the components for or provide assembly services to manufacture our Deep TMS systems. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if
we  encounter  delays  or  difficulties  in  securing  these  components,  if  we  cannot  obtain  an  acceptable  substitute  for  these  components,  if  changes  are  made  to  the  specifications  of  components  which  are
incompatible with our systems, and/or if any mitigation plan involving alternative suppliers (which may include the need to transfer aspects of manufacturing or assembly from one geographical location to
another) is delayed or unsuccessful. In addition, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, supply chain issues, which are in part related to, or exacerbated by, geopolitical instability and military
threats on shipping routes. See “—Our operations could be affected in the event of further geopolitical instability, global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market or political
conditions or other outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions.” and “—We have manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions which are located in Israel and, therefore, our business
and operations may be adversely affected by political, economic and military conditions in Israel.”

Any  transition  to  a  new  supplier  or  contract  manufacturer  could  be  time-consuming  and  expensive,  may  result  in  interruptions  in  our  operations  and  product  delivery,  could  affect  the  performance
specifications of Deep TMS or could require that we modify its design. If we are required to change our contract manufacturer, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities,
procedures, and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture Deep TMS systems in a timely manner. If the change in
manufacturer results in a significant change to any product, a new 510(k) clearance from the FDA or similar non-U.S. regulatory authorization may be necessary before we implement the change, which could
cause  a  substantial  delay.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  identify  and  engage  alternative  suppliers  or  contract  manufacturers  on  similar  terms  or  without  delay.  Furthermore,  our  contract
manufacturer could require us to move to a different production facility. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for Deep TMS in a timely and cost-effective manner.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, we rely, and expect to rely in the future, on a network of third-party distributors and agents to market and distribute our products in international markets. We are assessing the opportunity to
continue expanding into other international markets. We may face significant challenges and risks in managing a geographically dispersed distribution network. We have limited ability to control any third-
party distributors and agents. Our distributors and agents may be unable to successfully market, lease, and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing, sales,
education, and training efforts that we believe enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the
regulatory process, while complying with all applicable rules and regulations, and we are dependent on their ability to do so effectively. In addition, if a dispute arises with a distributor or if a distributor is
terminated  by  us  or  goes  out  of  business,  it  may  take  time  to  locate  an  alternative  distributor,  to  seek  appropriate  regulatory  approvals  with  the  new  distributor  and  to  train  new  personnel  to  market  our
products, and our ability to sell those systems in the region formerly serviced by such terminated distributor could be harmed. Any of these factors could reduce our revenues from affected markets, increase
our costs in those markets or damage our reputation. In addition, if an independent distributor or agent were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent that distributor or
agent from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. As a result of our reliance on third-party distributors and agents, we may be subject
to disruptions and increased costs due to factors beyond our control, including labor strikes, third-party error, and other issues. If the services of any of our distributors or agents become unsatisfactory, we may
experience delays in meeting our customers’ demands, and we may be unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products in a timely
manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose potential customers.

We also rely on third-parties in our clinical trials, which are managed by our both own staff and personnel as well as certain third-parties, including clinical trial sites, medical institutions, clinical research
organizations, or CROs, and private practices, for, among other things, site monitoring, statistical work, and electronic data capture in our clinical trials. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each
of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with applicable protocols, and legal, regulatory, and scientific standards, including current good clinical practices, or cGCPs, which are set forth in regulations
and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for clinical trials. If we or any such third parties fail to comply with applicable cGCPs, the clinical data generated in such
trials  may  be  deemed  unreliable  and  the  FDA  or  comparable  foreign  regulatory  authorities  may  require  us  to  perform  additional  clinical  trials  before  granting  a  marketing  authorization  for  any  particular
indication. In addition, if such third parties do not devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical trials or otherwise carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need
to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they assist in obtaining is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our
clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory authorization for or successfully commercialize Deep TMS for a specified indication.

We face risks associated with our international business.

We currently market and sell Deep TMS systems outside of the United States in various countries and/or intend to market and expand the commercialization of Deep TMS in other markets, including Canada,
Europe, Australia, and various Middle Eastern, Central/South American, and Asian countries. We are assessing the opportunity to expand into other international markets. However, our expansion plans may
not be realized, or if realized, may not be successful. We expect each market to have particular regulatory hurdles to overcome, and future developments in these markets, including the uncertainty relating to
governmental policies and regulations, could harm our business. In addition, the sale, lease, and shipment of our Deep TMS systems across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and
products from international sources, subjects us to extensive U.S. and other foreign governmental trade, import, export, regulatory, and customs regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations and
laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. We expect our international activities will be dynamic over the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in international markets.

Our  international  business  operations  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks,  including  but  not  limited  to  difficulties  in  staffing  and  managing  foreign  and  geographically  dispersed  operations,  to  the  extent  we
establish non-U.S. operations; differing and multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers or patient self-pay systems; difficulties in determining and creating the proper sales pathway in new,
international markets; compliance with various U.S. and international law and regulations, including export control laws and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA) and similar international
laws, anti-money laundering laws and differing regulatory requirements for obtaining marketing authorizations for our products in non-U.S. jurisdictions; changes in, or uncertainties relating to, foreign rules
and regulations that may impact our ability to sell our products, perform services or repatriate profits to the United States; tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations, sanctions, and other regulatory and
contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets; potential adverse tax consequences, including imposition of limitations on or increase of withholding and other taxes on
remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures; imposition of differing labor laws and standards; armed conflicts or economic, political, and/or social instability in foreign countries
and regions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; supply lags, inefficiencies, difficulty managing expenses in our local currency in the event that its value diverges from that of the currencies of the
jurisdictions where we earn income, and other risks created by any sourcing, manufacture, assembly and/or production of our products/components outside of the U.S., while commercial activities are largely
focused in the U.S.; an inability, or reduced ability, to protect our intellectual property, including any effect of compulsory licensing imposed by government action; and availability of government subsidies or
other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available to us.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our collaboration arrangements may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products.

We are currently involved in a number of research and development collaborations with third parties relating to the development of new technology and additional uses of Deep TMS. These and any future
collaborations  that  we  enter  into  may  not  be  successful.  The  success  of  our  collaboration  arrangements  will  depend  heavily  on  the  efforts  and  activities  of  our  collaborators.  If  any  of  our  collaboration
arrangements are not successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations; collaborators may
not pursue development and commercialization of our products or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on trial or test results or may change their strategic
focus  due  to  the  acquisition  of  competitive  products  or  may  independently  develop,  or  develop  with  third  parties,  products  that  compete  directly  or  indirectly  with  our  products  or  product  candidates;
availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities; a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing, and distribution rights to
one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities; we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us
from collaborating with others; we may be forced to terminate, litigate, and/or renegotiate arrangements with our collaborators due to default on their obligations to us or due to their improper maintaining or
defending our intellectual property rights or their use of our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our
intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability; our collaborators may have claims that we breached our obligations to them which may result in termination, renegotiation,
litigation or delays in performance of such arrangements; disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development, and/or commercialization of our
current  or  future  products  or  that  results  in  costly  litigation  or  arbitration  that  diverts  management  attention  and  resources;  collaborations  may  be  terminated,  and,  if  terminated,  may  result  in  a  need  for
additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future products; collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from
our  collaborating  with  them,  and  in  such  cases,  we  would  not  have  the  exclusive  right  to  develop  or  commercialize  such  intellectual  property;  and  a  collaborator’s  sales  and  marketing  activities  or  other
operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

We bear the risk of product liability lawsuits and warranty claims which might harm our business, exceed our insurance policy coverage and we may not have enough funds to cover such claims or
lawsuits damages

Our  business  exposes  us  to  potential  product  liability  claims  that  are  inherent  in  the  testing,  manufacture,  sale,  promotion,  and  use  of  medical  devices  for  the  treatment  of  MDD  (including  reduction  of
comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious  depression),  OCD,  smoking  addiction,  and  other  potential  indications.  Our  treatments  are  designed  for  patients  who  suffer  from  significant
psychiatric, neurological disorders, and addictions, and these patients are more likely to experience significant adverse health outcomes, which could increase the risk of product liability lawsuits. Furthermore,
if physicians and other operators are not sufficiently trained in the use of our Deep TMS systems, they may misuse or ineffectively use our system, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes. We
could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related
information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to

Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in decreased demand for Deep TMS; injury to our reputation and brand; significant litigation costs or substantial monetary
awards to or costly settlements with patients; product recalls; loss of revenues; the inability to commercialize new indications, enhancements, or features; and diversion of management attention from pursuing
our business strategy.

We  do  not  carry  insurance  for  all  categories  of  risk  that  our  business  may  encounter.  Some  of  the  policies  we  currently  maintain  include  public  liability,  employer's  liability,  property,  third  party  liability,
umbrella,  workers’  compensation,  products  and  clinical  trial  liability,  and  directors’  and  officers’  insurance.  We  do  not  know,  however,  if  these  policies  will  provide  us  with  adequate  levels  of  coverage,
particularly in light of the dynamic and changing risk profile we face as a result of new business models, territories and ventures we pursue. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial
amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance
coverage, our business could suffer. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in
the future. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not related to a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.

In addition, we bear the risk of warranty claims on the products we supply, often for the entire contract term for systems which are leased, and generally for at least one year for Deep TMS systems we sell to
customers. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds, devices, components and/or personnel to cover future warranty claims. We may not be successful in claiming recovery of relevant
components from our suppliers or vendors in the event of a successful warranty claim against us by a customer or that any recovery from such vendor or supplier would be adequate. In addition, warranty
claims brought by our customers related to third-party components may arise after our ability to bring corresponding warranty claims against such suppliers expires, which could result in costs to us.

We could be negatively impacted by violations of applicable anti-corruption laws or violations of our internal policies designed to ensure ethical business practices.

We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, and we may operate in countries that may not have as strong a commitment to anti- corruption and ethical behavior that is required by U.S. laws or
by our corporate policies. We are subject to the risk that we, our U.S. employees or any future employees or consultants located in other jurisdictions or any third parties such as our distributors that we engage
to do work on our behalf in foreign countries may take action determined to be in violation of anti- corruption laws in any jurisdiction in which we conduct business, including the FCPA. The FCPA generally
prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments, offers or promises to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or
other  advantages.  In  addition,  the  FCPA  imposes  recordkeeping  and  internal  controls  requirements  on  publicly  traded  corporations  and  their  foreign  affiliates,  which  are  intended  to,  among  other  things,
prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made.

We will face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments, offers or promises of payment to foreign governments and their officials and political parties
by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom
that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other laws and regulations. We have implemented or are in the process of implementing company
policies  relating  to  compliance  with  the  FCPA  and  similar  laws.  However,  such  policies  may  not  be  effective  at  preventing  all  potential  FCPA  or  other  violations.  Although  our  agreements  with  our
international distributors state our expectations for our distributors’ compliance with U.S. laws, including the FCPA, and provide us with various remedies upon any non-compliance, including the ability to
terminate the agreement, our distributors may not comply with U.S. laws, including the FCPA.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any violation of the FCPA or any similar anti-corruption law or regulation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and
might harm our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Our operations could be affected in the event of further geopolitical instability, war, global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market or political conditions or other
outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions.

We experience supply chain and shipping delays, shortages and challenges due to geopolitical instability and military threats on global shipping routes, forcing us to adapt our production line, forecasting and
other  logistical  processes  to  address  these  challenges.  Further  global  and  regional  geopolitical  instability  could  exacerbate  disruptions  to  production,  cause  additional  delays  in  the  supply  and  delivery  of
products used in our operations , negatively impact the planned pace of clinical trial, R&D and business initiatives, disrupt the marketplace in which we operate, and may have a material adverse effects on our
operations, sales, revenues, collection from accounts and ability to raise funds. Our third-party suppliers source certain components and materials of our Deep TMS systems from various countries, and any
continued geopolitical instability may adversely impact their development, manufacture, and supply processes. For example, the recent disruptions to traditional trade routes by the Houthis has necessitated
reliance on more expensive shipping alternatives which has increased our costs of production Additionally, we have seen a significate rise in the price of many of the electronic components needed for our
system. The extent to which the geopolitical instability impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

In addition, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, disruptions to the transportation channels used in our supply chain and distribution operations, including increased airport and shipping port
congestion, a lack of transportation capacity, increased fuel expenses, import or export controls or delays, and labor disputes or shortages. Transport operators are exposed to various risks, such as extreme
weather conditions, natural disasters, work stoppages, personnel shortages, and operating hazards, as well as interstate and international transportation requirements. If we experience transportation problems,
or if there are other significant changes in the cost of these services, we may not be able to arrange efficient alternatives and timely means to obtain raw materials or ship products to our customers. Disruptions
in our container shipments may result in increased costs, including the additional use of air freight to meet demand. Congestion to ports can affect previously negotiated contracts with shipping companies,
resulting in unexpected increases in shipping costs and reduction in our profitability. For example, since late 2023, we have needed to utilize more expensive air shipping methods in order to ensure timely
delivery of capacitors, head caps, and certain other components in our systems to avoid delays caused by the recent Houthi disruptions to traditional trade routes. In particular, the geopolitical instability caused
by  the  Ukraine  war  and  by  the  Israel-Gaza  war  (and  related  tensions  with  Israel’s  other  neighboring  countries)  has  resulted  in  several  disruptions  and  delays,  manpower  challenges  at  our  outsourced
manufacturer, as well as quantity limits and price increases, in our global transportation channels. See “—We rely on third-parties, including suppliers for some components used in manufacturing our Deep
TMS products, distributors to market and promote our products internationally and third-parties to conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and instability.” and “—We have manufacturing,
assembly and other significant functions which are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely affected by political, economic and military conditions in Israel.”

In the period following the COVID-19 global pandemic, as part of the global supply chain crisis, we have seen a significant rise in the price of many of the electronic components needed for our systems.
These price increases are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and, in some cases, shortages relating to these parts across the globe. On a related point, the lead time for receiving electronic
components shipped by suppliers has increased significantly amid the worldwide supply chain crisis. This has compelled us to significantly increase buffer inventory levels to ensure that future demand for our
systems can be timely met. These risks may be further exacerbated in light of geopolitical events, including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, the Israel-Gaza war and potential related tensions
with Israel’s other neighboring countries.

Previous supply chain backlogs have caused rises in the cost of delivery of our systems, including increases in air freight cost. The heavy weight of our systems translates into a significant increase in the
amount we spend on shipping our systems to customers, which also requires additional labor on the part of our logistical staff to obtain multiple competitive shipping quotes from a variety of carriers in the
industry. Any exacerbation or continuation of these shipping cost pressures may cause corresponding pressures on the pricing of our products which can have an adverse impact on our customers and their
ability to purchase our systems.

Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our products to our customers and for tracking of
these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of any systems, it would be costly to replace such systems in a timely manner, and such occurrences
may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our
operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process
orders for our products on a timely basis.

Worldwide economic and political conditions have also been adversely impacted by continued political instability and military hostilities in multiple geographies including the conflict between Ukraine and
Russia, the Israel-Gaza war and potential related tensions with Israel’s other neighboring countries. These conditions have made and may continue to make it difficult for our customers and potential customers
to  afford  our  products,  and  could  cause  our  customers  to  stop  using  our  products  or  to  use  them  less  frequently.  If  that  were  to  occur,  our  revenue  may  decrease  and  our  performance  may  be  negatively
impacted. In addition, the pressure on consumers to absorb more of their own health care costs has resulted in some cases in higher deductibles and limits on durable medical equipment, which may cause
seasonality in purchasing patterns. Furthermore, during economic uncertainty, some customers experience job losses and may continue to have issues gaining timely access to sufficient health insurance or
credit, which could result in their unwillingness to purchase products or impair their ability to make timely payments to us. A recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event could materially and
adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock.

We cannot predict the reoccurrence of any economic slowdown or the strength of the economy, worldwide, in the United States, Israel, or in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reliance on the use of technology may adversely affect our business if we become subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut- downs or if we experience significant disruptions in our
information technology systems, and security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm our reputation and business.

We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing, and inventory management. While we will attempt to mitigate
interruptions, we may experience difficulties in implementing upgrades to our information technology systems, which would impact our business operations, or experience difficulties in operating our business
during  the  upgrade,  either  of  which  could  disrupt  our  operations,  including  our  ability  to  timely  ship  and  track  product  orders,  project  inventory  requirements,  manage  our  supply  chain,  and  otherwise
adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation of our information technology systems, we may be unable to repair our systems in
an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

We  are  increasingly  dependent  on  sophisticated  information  technology  for  our  infrastructure.  Our  information  systems  require  an  ongoing  commitment  of  significant  resources  to  maintain,  protect,  and
enhance existing systems. Failure to maintain or protect our information systems and data integrity effectively could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We rely heavily on our internal computer and information technology systems. Our information technology systems may be subject to cyber- terrorism or other compromises and shut-downs, which may result
in unauthorized access to our proprietary information, destruction of our data or disability, degradation or sabotage of our systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses, cyber-attacks, and other
means, and could originate from a variety of sources, including internal or unknown third parties. We cannot predict what effects such cyber-attacks or compromises or shut-downs may have on our business,
and  the  consequences  could  be  material.  Cyber  incidents  may  remain  undetected  for  an  extended  period,  which  could  exacerbate  these  consequences.  If  our  information  systems  or  other  technology  are
compromised, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, part of our business we may receive and process information about our customers, partners and, potentially, their patients, including protected health information (PHI), and we may configure our
devices to collect, transmit or store or contract with third parties to collect, transmit or store our customers’ data, including PHI. PHI, a subset of “individually identifiable information,” is defined under the
federal level by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as amended by the Health Information and Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH),
including applicable implementing regulations. HIPAA, along with various analogous laws at the state level, governs the protection and confidentiality of PHI, and other sensitive information, as applicable (as
more fully described below). To the extent we, or third parties we contract with, collect, store or transfer PHI, we may be required to safeguard PHI in accordance with HIPAA. Furthermore, to the extent we
qualify as a business associate under HIPAA, we may be directly subject to HIPAA’s Privacy Rule.

While we implemented security measures relating to our operations, generally, those measures may not prevent security breaches that could harm our business or expose us to liability under HIPAA and/or
applicable state privacy laws. Advances in computer capabilities, inadequate technology or facility security measures or other factors may result in a compromise or breach of our systems and any data we store
and process. Our security measures may be breached as a result of actions by third parties or employee error or malfeasance, among many other possibilities. A party who is able to circumvent our security
measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other things, misappropriate proprietary information, including information about our customers and their patients, cause the loss or
disclosure of some or all of this information, cause interruptions in our or our customers’ operations or expose our customers to computer viruses or other disruptions or vulnerabilities. Any compromise of our
systems or the data we store or process could implicate reporting requirements, civil penalties, and other enforcement actions under applicable laws, result in a loss of confidence in the security of our software,
damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability, and adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, a compromise of our systems could remain undetected for an extended period of
time,  exacerbating  the  impact  of  that  compromise.  Actual  or  perceived  vulnerabilities  may  lead  to  claims  against  us  by  our  customers,  their  patients  or  other  third  parties,  including  the  federal  and  state
governments.  While  our  customer  agreements  typically  contain  provisions  that  seek  to  limit  our  liability,  there  is  no  assurance  these  provisions  will  be  enforceable  and  effective  under  applicable  law.  In
addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, and/or through the licensing of products or technologies from third
parties. The failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures, technologies, and market pressures.
Accordingly, from time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire, make investments in or license other technologies, products, and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our
current products, or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions, strategic investments, licenses, and other alliances involve numerous risks, including but not
limited to difficulty assimilating or integrating acquired or licensed technologies, products or business operations; issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls, and policies; unanticipated costs
associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances, including the assumption of unknown or contingent liabilities and the incurrence of debt or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill; diversion of
management’s attention from our core business and disruption of ongoing operations; adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, distributors, and customers; risks associated with entering
new  markets  in  which  we  have  limited  or  no  experience;  potential  losses  related  to  investments  in  other  companies;  potential  loss  of  key  employees  of  the  acquired  businesses;  and  increased  legal  and
accounting compliance costs.

We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms or at all or
whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors.

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures, languages, legal, and regulatory environments,
currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

To  finance  any  acquisitions,  investments  or  strategic  alliances,  we  may  choose  to  issue  Ordinary  Shares,  ADSs  or  other  equity-linked  securities  as  consideration,  which  could  dilute  the  ownership  of  our
shareholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs is low or volatile, we may be unable to consummate any acquisitions,
investments or strategic alliances using our shares as consideration.

Risks Related to Employee Matters

If we are not able to retain our key management, or attract and retain qualified scientific, technical, and business personnel, our ability to implement our business plan may be adversely affected.

Our  success  largely  depends  on  the  skill,  experience,  and  effort  of  our  senior  management.  The  loss  of  the  service  of  any  of  these  persons  would  likely  result  in  a  significant  loss  in  the  knowledge  and
experience that we possess and could significantly delay or prevent successful product development and other business objectives. Our ability to achieve our strategic growth plans depends in part on our
ability  to  recruit  and  maintain  a  talented  sales  and  operations  team  members.  New  hires  are  often  subject  to  a  time  intensive  educational  onboarding  period  before  they  can  successfully  identify  potential
customer leads and close sales. This can lead to delays before we can ramp up our commercial initiatives and achieve sales targets. It can also divert attention from our existing sales leadership and personnel
who  are  needed  to  train  these  new  hires.  Additionally,  we  have  experienced  certain  challenges  in  hiring  and/or  maintaining  employees  that  we  believe  are  related  to  current  and  previous  trends  in  the
workforce. In 2021, the number of voluntary resignations by employees across the U.S. and Israeli economies increased, 2022 saw large-scale layoffs particularly among technology companies, and in 2023 a
restructuring of some of our units resulted in the departure of several of our employees. We believe that these events have created a climate of volatility in employment relations throughout the economy, and in
our company, that has affected or may affect our ability to recruit, train and retain employees including effective sales professionals. The employee turnover we have experienced, including in our salesforce,
has  limited  our  ability  to  ramp  up  our  sales  and  marketing  force  as  quickly  as  would  have  otherwise  been  possible.  There  is  intense  competition  between  numerous  medical  device,  pharmaceutical,  and
biotechnology companies, universities, governmental entities, and other research institutions, all of whom are seeking to employ qualified individuals in the technical fields in which we operate, and we may
not be able to attract and retain the qualified personnel necessary for the successful development and commercialization of Deep TMS.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment litigation and unfavorable publicity could negatively affect our future business.

Employees may, from time to time, bring lawsuits against us regarding injury, creating a hostile work place, discrimination, wage and hour, sexual harassment, and other employment issues. In recent years
there has been an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment claims generally. Coupled with the expansion of social media platforms and similar devices that allow individuals access to a broad
audience, these claims have had a significant negative impact on some businesses. Companies that have faced employment or harassment related lawsuits have had to terminate management or other key
personnel, and have suffered reputational harm that has negatively impacted their sales. If we were to face any employment related claims, our business could be negatively affected.

Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.

Our  employment  agreements  generally  include  covenants  not  to  compete.  These  agreements  prohibit  our  employees,  if  they  cease  working  for  us,  from  competing  directly  with  us  or  working  for  our
competitors for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work. For example, Israeli courts have required employers seeking
to enforce covenants not to compete to demonstrate that the competitive activities of a former employee will harm one of a limited number of material interests of the employer, such as the secrecy of a
company’s confidential commercial information or the protection of its intellectual property. If we cannot demonstrate that such an interest will be harmed, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from
benefiting from the expertise of our former employees and our competitiveness may be diminished.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements or to obtain
and/or maintain needed clearances could harm our business.

We are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere, including by the FDA, FTC, and their foreign counterparts. The FDA and foreign regulatory agencies regulate, among other things,
with  respect  to  medical  devices:  design,  development,  and  manufacturing;  testing,  labeling,  content  and  language  of  instructions  for  use  and  storage;  clinical  trials;  product  safety;  marketing,  sales  and
distribution; premarket clearance and approval; record keeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field safety corrective actions; post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or
serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; post-market approval studies; and product import and export.

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and stringently enforced. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or
lower  than  anticipated  sales.  The  FDA  enforces  these  regulatory  requirements  through,  among  other  means,  periodic  unannounced  inspections.  We  do  not  know  whether  we  will  pass  any  future  FDA
inspections. Furthermore, various service offerings which may be included under certain existing or potential pricing models, including but not limited to device operation services performed by technicians
engaged  directly  by  the  company,  could  increase  risk  profile  and/or  regulatory  burden  associated  with  our  business.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations  could  jeopardize  our  ability  to  sell  our
products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil penalties; termination of distribution; recalls or seizures of products; delays in the introduction of products into the
market;  total  or  partial  suspension  of  production;  refusal  to  grant  future  clearances  or  approvals;  withdrawals  or  suspensions  of  current  clearances  or  approvals,  resulting  in  prohibitions  on  sales  of  our
products; and in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

An element of our strategy is to continue to upgrade our Deep TMS systems, add new enhancements and features, pursue next-generation equipment versions utilizing our patented technology, and expand
clearance or approval of the Deep TMS System to include new indications. In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or claim new or expanded indications for use or introduce a
significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, de novo classification, or premarket
approval application (PMA), from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially
equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-
amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to a PMA and later down- classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have
the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of
safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and
effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing, and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for
devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. However, some devices are automatically subject to the PMA pathway regardless of the level of
risk they pose because they have not previously been classified into a lower risk class by the FDA. Manufacturers of these devices may request that FDA review such devices in accordance with the de novo
classification procedure, which allows a manufacturer whose novel device would otherwise require a PMA prior to marketing to request down-classification of the device on the basis that the device presents
low or moderate risk. If the FDA grants the de novo classification request, the applicant will then receive authorization to market the device. This device type can then be used as a predicate device for future
510(k) submissions.

We received marketing authorization of our MDD and smoking addition indications through the 510(k) clearance process and have made various expansions to our MDD indication, including, in 2021, a
clearance  for  a  shortened  three-minute  depression  protocol  and  a  labeling  expansion  for  anxious  depression  through  subsequent  510(k)  clearances.  In  2022,  we  extended  our  FDA  clearance  for  MDD
(including anxious depression) to our H7 Coil, also via the 510(k) process. This does not include our shortened three-minute depression protocol, which continues only to apply for our H1 Coil. We received
marketing authorization of our OCD indication through the de novo classification process. Several competitors have obtained 510(k) clearance for their TMS device for an OCD indication, using our de novo
classification as a predicate device in their submission, and others may follow suit. The process of obtaining regulatory authorization to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may
not be able to successfully obtain authorizations on a timely basis, if at all.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including: we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that the product or modification is substantially
equivalent to the proposed predicate device or is safe and effective for its intended use; the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support authorization, where required; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements. The FDA may also, instead of accepting a 510(k) submission, require us to submit a PMA, which is typically a much more
complex, lengthy, and burdensome application than a 510(k) submission. To support a PMA, the FDA would likely require that we conduct one or more clinical studies to demonstrate that the device is safe
and  effective.  In  some  cases,  such  studies  may  be  requested  for  a  510(k)  as  well.  We  may  not  be  able  to  meet  the  requirements  to  obtain  510(k)  clearance  or  PMA  approval  (or  a  De  Novo  classification
request), in which case the FDA may not grant any necessary clearances or approvals. In addition, the FDA may place significant limitations upon the intended uses of our products as a condition to a 510(k)
clearance or PMA approval. Product applications can also be denied or withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following clearance or
approval. Any delays or failure to obtain FDA clearance or approval of new products we develop, any limitations imposed by the FDA on new product use or the costs of obtaining FDA clearance or approvals
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Even if granted, a 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA imposes substantial restrictions on how our devices may be marketed or sold, and the FDA continues to place considerable restrictions on
our products and operations. For example, the manufacture of medical devices must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR). In addition, manufacturers must register their manufacturing
facilities, list the products with the FDA, and comply with requirements relating to labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting, reporting of corrections and removals,
and import and export restrictions. The FDA monitors compliance with the QSR and these other requirements through periodic inspections. If our facilities or those of our suppliers are found to be in violation
of applicable laws and regulations, or if we or suppliers fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, the regulatory authority could take enforcement action, including any of
the  following  sanctions:  untitled  letters,  warning  letters,  fines,  injunctions,  consent  decrees,  and  civil  penalties;  customer  notifications  or  repair,  replacement,  refunds,  recalls,  detention  or  seizure  of  our
products; operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;
withdrawing 510(k) marketing clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted; refusing to provide Certificates for Foreign Government; refusing to grant export approval for our products; or
pursuing criminal prosecution. Any of these sanctions could impair our ability to produce or commercialize our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands and
could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. We may also be required to bear other regulatory compliance costs or take other actions that may
have a negative impact on our sales and our ability to generate profits.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay authorization of our future
products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently marketed products on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could
delay  our  ability  to  obtain  new  510(k)  clearances,  increase  the  costs  of  compliance  or  restrict  our  ability  to  maintain  our  current  clearances.  We  also  cannot  predict  the  likelihood,  nature  or  extent  of
government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action in the United States, especially with a new administration that may have different policy priorities than the
previous one.

In order to sell our products in member countries of the EEA, or in countries that also rely on the CE Mark outside the EEA, our products must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical
Devices Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC), and with the Medical Device Regulation (Regulation 2017/745). Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE Mark to our
products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according
to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non- sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based
on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization
accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments, or a Notified Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would typically audit and
examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design, and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a
conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE
Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European laws and directives, we would be unable to
continue to affix the CE Mark to our device, which would prevent us from selling them within the EEA and may have an impact on our marketing authorizations in other countries.

We or our distributors will also need to obtain, or retain, regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to or currently do market and sell our products, and we or they may not obtain such
approvals  as  necessary  to  commercialize  our  products  in  those  territories.  Regulatory  marketing  authorizations  in  these  foreign  jurisdictions  typically  require  device  testing,  conformance  to  classification
requirements, pre- market requests to authorize commercialization, and in some cases, inspections and/or a local presence in the territory for the approval holder.

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared product that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k)
clearance  or  de  novo  classification,  or  possibly,  a  PMA.  Modifications  to  products  that  have  been  approved  through  the  PMA  process  generally  require  premarket  FDA  approval.  Similarly,  certain
modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) or authorized through the de novo classification process may require a new 510(k) clearance. Each of the PMA, de novo classification and the 510(k)
clearance processes can be expensive, lengthy, and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but can last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more
costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the
performance of one or more clinical trials.

Despite the time, effort and cost, a device may not be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory authorizations could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are
granted regulatory authorizations, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the device, which may limit the market for the device.

Any modifications to our existing products may require new 510(k) clearance; however, future modifications may be subject to the substantially more costly, time-consuming, and uncertain PMA process. If
the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, product introductions or modifications could be
delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline.

The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this modification determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding
whether new authorizations are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain
instances  new  510(k)  clearances  were  not  required.  We  may  make  modifications  or  add  additional  enhancements  or  features  in  the  future  that  we  believe  do  not  require  a  new  510(k)  clearance,  de  novo
classification  or  a  PMA.  If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  our  determination  and  requires  us  to  submit  new  510(k)  notifications,  de  novo  classifications  or  PMAs  for  modifications  to  our  previously  authorized
products for which we have concluded that new authorizations are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain appropriate regulatory authorization,
and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, the FDA may not authorize our products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or
could require clinical trials to support any modifications. Any delay or failure in obtaining required regulatory authorizations would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a
timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth.

Our  products  must  be  manufactured  in  accordance  with  federal  and  state  regulations,  and  we  could  be  forced  to  recall  our  installed  systems  or  terminate  production  if  we  fail  to  comply  with  these
regulations.

The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with the FDA’s QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the
design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing, and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to
verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. Compliance with the QSR is necessary to receive FDA
clearance  or  approval  to  market  new  products  and  is  necessary  for  a  manufacturer  to  be  able  to  continue  to  market  cleared  or  approved  devices  in  the  United  States.  The  FDA  enforces  the  QSR  through
periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations and
various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing. Foreign regulatory authorities also impose manufacturing quality requirements, that may differ from the FDA requirements, with
which we must comply.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We or our third-party suppliers may not take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the delivery of our products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable
FDA or foreign jurisdiction requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things: warning letters or untitled
letters; fines, injunctions or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of approvals or clearances; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative or
judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals of Deep TMS for additional indications; clinical holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products;
and  criminal  prosecution  of  us  or  our  employees.  Any  of  these  actions  could  significantly  and  negatively  impact  supply  of  our  Deep  TMS  systems.  If  any  of  these  events  occurs,  our  reputation  could  be
harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims, and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenues and increased costs.

If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting change or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and seek new marketing authorization from the FDA for one or more
of our products.

If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting or the standard of care for such conditions evolves, we may need to redesign our Deep TMS systems and seek new marketing authorizations
from the FDA. Our existing 510(k) and de novo clearances from the FDA are based on current treatment guidelines. Additionally, if treatment guidelines change so that different treatments become desirable,
the clinical utility of one or more of our indications could be diminished and our business could suffer.

The misuse or off-label use of Deep TMS may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory
bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.

Deep  TMS  system  has  been  authorized  for  marketing  by  the  FDA  only  for  MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious  depression),  OCD,  and  smoking
addiction indications. We train our commercial organization to not promote our products for uses outside of the FDA-authorized indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” However, we cannot guarantee
that all of our employees, representatives, and agents will abide by our marketing policies. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials, training or other marketing activities constitute promotion of
an off-label or unapproved use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter,
a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as laws
prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.

Moreover, even if we, and all our employees, contractors, and agents, market our products in compliance with applicable FDA regulations, such regulations do not apply to the practice of medicine, and we
cannot  prevent  a  physician  from  prescribing  and/or  using  our  products  off-label  when,  in  the  physician’s  independent  professional  medical  judgment,  he  or  she  deems  it  appropriate.  Similarly,  we  cannot
prevent patients from using our products off-label. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to prescribe, or patients attempt to use, Deep TMS off- label. Furthermore, the use of
Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD or smoking addiction other than as stated on product labeling, or for indications
other than those authorized by the FDA, may not be effective to treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. There are similar risks if Deep TMS
is used off-label with respect to non-U.S. regulatory approvals.

Deep TMS may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business,
financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations.  The  discovery  of  serious  safety  issues  with  our  products,  or  a  recall  of  our  products  either  voluntarily  or  at  the  direction  of  the  FDA  or  another
governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.

We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably
suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or
serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become
aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse
event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative
actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or delay in clearance of future products.

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require, and in the United States companies are expected to voluntarily, the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies
or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. An FDA recall, whether mandatory or voluntary, may be based on a finding that there is
reasonable  probability  that  the  device  could  cause  serious  injury  or  death.  A  government  mandated  or  voluntary  recall  by  us  could  occur  as  a  result  of  an  unacceptable  risk  to  health,  component  failures,
malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the
future. If we initiate a correction or removal for one of our devices to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, we would be required to submit a publicly available Correction and Removal report to the
FDA and, in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international
regulatory agencies, and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our devices. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause
customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation.

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new authorization for the device before we may
market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such authorization may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated
with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines.

Companies  are  required  to  maintain  certain  records  of  corrective  actions,  even  if  they  are  not  reportable  to  the  FDA.  We  may  initiate  voluntary  corrective  actions  for  our  products  in  the  future  that  we
determine do not require notification to the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls, and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future
recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any  adverse  event  involving  Deep  TMS  systems  could  result  in  voluntary  corrective  actions,  such  as  recalls  or  customer  notifications,  or  agency  action,  such  as  inspection,  mandatory  recall  or  other
enforcement  action.  Any  corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  as  well  as  exposing  us  to  private  litigation,  would  require  the  dedication  of  our  time  and  capital,  distract  management  from
operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results.

If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for Deep TMS, we will be unable to market and sell our products outside of the United States.

Sales of our Deep TMS systems outside of the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. While the regulations of some countries may not impose
barriers to marketing and selling Deep TMS systems or only require notification, others require that we or our distributors obtain the approval of a specified regulatory body. Complying with foreign regulatory
requirements, including obtaining registrations or approvals, can be expensive and time-consuming, and we or our distributors may not receive regulatory approvals in each country in which we plan to market
Deep TMS or we may be unable to do so on a timely basis. The time required to obtain registrations or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA authorization, and
requirements for such registrations, clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. If we modify our Deep TMS systems, we or our distributors may need to apply for additional
regulatory approvals before we are permitted to sell the modified product. In addition, we may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorizations that we or our
distributors have received. If we or our distributors are unable to maintain our authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell the applicable product in that country.

Regulatory authorization by the FDA and/or the permission to affix the CE Mark does not ensure clearance or approval by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions, and clearance or approval by one or more
foreign  regulatory  authorities  does  not  ensure  clearance  or  approval  by  the  FDA,  the  EU  and/or  the  regulatory  authorities  in  other  foreign  countries.  However,  a  failure  or  delay  in  obtaining  regulatory
clearance or approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others.

We are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties.
Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.

There are numerous U.S. federal and state, as well as foreign, laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims, and physician transparency laws. Efforts to ensure that our
business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. Our business practices and relationships with providers and patients are subject
to scrutiny under these laws. We may also be subject to patient information privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our
business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

●

●

●

●

the  federal  healthcare  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  persons,  and  entities  from  knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,  offering,  receiving  or  providing
remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or
service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to
include anything of value. The government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent
to violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or
fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback
Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve
remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to
scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti- kickback liability.
Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations;

the federal civil False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment
of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an
obligation  to  pay  money  to  the  federal  government.  Private  individuals,  commonly  known  as  “whistleblowers,”  can  bring  civil  False  Claims  Act  qui  tam  actions,  on  behalf  of  the
government  and  such  individuals  and  may  share  in  amounts  paid  by  the  entity  to  the  government  in  recovery  or  settlement.  False  Claims  Act  liability  is  potentially  significant  in  the
healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,665 to $23,607 per false or fraudulent claim or statement. The government may assert
that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the federal civil False Claims Act. Many
pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the federal civil False Claims Act in connection with alleged off-
label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In
addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the
submission of false or fraudulent claims. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the
federal government;

HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare
benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a
healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations, or
making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of, or payment
for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent
to violate it to have committed a violation;

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act under PPACA which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under
Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors)
and  teaching  hospitals,  and  applicable  manufacturers  and  group  purchasing  organizations,  as  well  as  ownership  and  investment  interests  held  by  physicians  and  their  immediate  family
members.  Since  January  2022,  applicable  manufacturers  are  also  required  to  report  information  regarding  payments  and  transfers  of  value  provided  to  physician  assistants,  nurse
practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives;

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security, and breach reporting obligations with respect to PHI, upon entities subject
to the law, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, and their respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve PHI.
HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make HIPAA compliance as well as civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates,
and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with
pursuing federal civil actions; and

analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-
party  payor,  including  commercial  insurers  or  patients;  state  laws  that  require  device  companies  to  comply  with  the  industry’s  voluntary  compliance  guidelines  and  the  applicable
compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state and local
laws that require the licensure of sales representatives; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and
other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; data privacy and security laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in
the United States; state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have
the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts; and state laws related to insurance fraud in the case of claims involving private insurers.

These laws and regulations, among other things, constrain our business, marketing, and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with
physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. We have also entered into consulting agreements with physicians, which are subject to these laws. Further, while we do not submit claims and our
customers will make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, we may provide reimbursement guidance and support regarding our products. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory
exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of
these laws.

To enforce compliance with healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led
to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. For example, U.S. federal and state regulatory and enforcement agencies continue to actively investigate
violations of healthcare laws and regulations, including pursuing novel theories of liability under these laws. These government agencies recently have increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement activity
with  respect  to  manufacturer  reimbursement  support  activities  and  patient  support  programs,  including  bringing  criminal  charges  or  civil  enforcement  actions  under  the  federal  healthcare  Anti-Kickback
statute, federal civil False Claims Act, the health care fraud statute, and HIPAA privacy provisions. Responding to investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention
from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could
cause adverse publicity, and be costly to respond to.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the healthcare laws or regulations described above or any other healthcare regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to administrative, civil and
criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, additional
reporting obligations, and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, and the curtailment
or restructuring of our operations.

Healthcare policy changes, including legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could harm our cash flows, financial condition, and results of operations.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulation of medical devices. In addition, FDA regulations and
guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new statutes, regulations, revisions, or reinterpretations of existing regulations
may impose additional costs, lengthen review times of any future products, or make it more difficult to manufacture, market or distribute our products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations,
statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future.

For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was enacted in the United States, which made a number of substantial changes in the way healthcare is financed by both
governmental and private insurers. Among other ways in which it may impact our business, the PPACA establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in
comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research; implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage
hospitals, physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality, and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid
programs.

Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and
have  continued  to  evolve.  During  his  presidency,  President  Trump  has  supported  the  repeal  of  all  or  portions  of  the  PPACA,  and  in  January  2017,  he  signed  Executive  Orders  designed  to  delay  the
implementation of certain provisions of the PPACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such
efforts, certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included
a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a
year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. In December 2018, a district court
in Texas held that the individual mandate is unconstitutional and that the rest of the PPACA is, therefore, invalid. On appeal, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate
but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the validity of the rest of the PPACA. The Fifth Circuit’s decision on the individual mandate was appealed to the
U.S. Supreme Court. On June 17, 2021, the Supreme Court held that the plaintiffs (comprised of the state of Texas, as well as numerous other states and certain individuals) did not have standing to challenge
the constitutionality of the PPACA’s individual mandate and, accordingly, vacated the Fifth Circuit’s decision and instructed the district court to dismiss the case. As a result, the PPACA will remain in- effect
in its current form for the foreseeable future; however, we cannot predict what additional challenges may arise in the future, the outcome thereof, or the impact any such actions may have on our business.

The Biden administration also introduced various measures in 2021 focusing on healthcare and drug pricing, in particular. For example, on January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive order that
initiated a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the PPACA marketplace, which began on February 15, 2021, and remained open through August 15, 2021. The
executive  order  also  instructed  certain  governmental  agencies  to  review  and  reconsider  their  existing  policies  and  rules  that  limit  access  to  healthcare,  including  among  others,  reexamining  Medicaid
demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the PPACA. On
the legislative front, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law on March 11, 2021, which, in relevant part, eliminates the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, currently set at 100% of a drug’s
average manufacturer price, for single source drugs and innovator multiple source drugs, beginning January 1, 2024. And, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed into
law. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare (beginning in 2026), imposes rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to
penalize price increases that outpace inflation, and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). The IRA also authorizes HHS to implement many
of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. We cannot yet assess the impact that the IRA will have on the medical-products industry, but it will likely be significant.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There is seemingly constant evolution with regard to healthcare in the United States, and we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations may be implemented or changed at the federal and/or state
level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation on our business or that of our current or prospective customers, suppliers, and/or the U.S. healthcare industry as a whole.

It is possible that such recent and/or future initiatives could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain approval and/or successfully commercialize products in the United States in the future. For example,
any changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we currently market, or may commercialize in the future (as applicable), in the United States would likely have
an adverse effect on our business and profitability.

Our  employees,  consultants,  distributors,  agents,  and  other  commercial  partners  may  engage  in  misconduct  or  other  improper  activities,  including  non-compliance  with  regulatory  standards  and
requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, consultants, distributors, agents, and other commercial partners may engage in inappropriate, fraudulent or illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could
include  intentional,  reckless  or  negligent  conduct  or  other  unauthorized  activities  that  violate  the  regulations  of  the  FDA  and  other  U.S.  healthcare  regulators,  as  well  as  non-U.S.  regulators,  including  by
violating laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such regulators, manufacturing standards, healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad or
laws that require the true, complete, and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing, and business arrangements in the healthcare industry, including the sale of medical
devices, are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide
range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs, and other business arrangements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our
employees, distributors, agents, and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting
us  from  governmental  investigations  or  other  actions  or  lawsuits  stemming  from  a  failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  or  regulations.  Efforts  to  ensure  that  the  activities  of  these  parties  will  comply  with
applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. These risks may be more pronounced, and we may find that the processes and policies we have implemented are not effective at preventing
misconduct. If any actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions,
including  the  imposition  of  civil,  criminal  and  administrative  penalties,  damages,  monetary  fines,  individual  imprisonment,  disgorgement,  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  government  healthcare
programs, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual
damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment of our operations. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur
substantial costs, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the rights of others.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain sufficient patent protection and/or licensing rights for Deep TMS (including, but not limited to, the various H-Coils utilized in our devices and various
product features/capabilities), maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know how, operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, and prevent others from infringing our proprietary
rights. Our success also depends, in part, on the ability of the U.S. Public Health Service, or PHS, which refers collectively to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention,  and  the  FDA,  as  agencies  of  the  PHS  within  the  United  States  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services,  or  the  DHHS,  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.,  or  Yeda,  the
technology transfer arm of the Weizmann Institute of Science, from whom we license essential intellectual property upon which Deep TMS technology is based, to obtain sufficient patent protection for such
intellectual  property,  maintain  the  confidentiality  of  related  trade  secrets  and  know  how,  operate  without  infringing  on  or  violating  the  proprietary  rights  of  others,  and  prevent  others  from  infringing  or
violating the Company’s owned and/or in-licensed intellectual property.

We and our licensors try to protect our proprietary position by, among other things, filing U.S., European, and other patent applications related to Deep TMS, as well as inventions and improvements that may
be important to the continuing development of Deep TMS. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, sell, or import patented products, we may not
accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. In
addition, we cannot assure you that any of our future processes or product indications will be patentable or enforceable even if patented; our processes or product indications will not infringe upon the patents
of third parties; or we will have the resources to defend against charges of patent infringement or other violation or misappropriation of intellectual property by third parties or to protect our own intellectual
property rights against infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties.

Because the patent position of medical device companies involves complex legal and factual questions, we cannot predict the validity and enforceability of patents with certainty. Changes in either the patent
laws or in interpretations of patent laws may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowable or enforceable in our patents (including
patents owned by or licensed to us). Our issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties or could be
circumvented. Our competitors may also independently develop formulations, processes and technologies or products similar to ours or design around or otherwise circumvent patents issued to, or licensed by,
us. Thus, any patents that we own or license from others may not provide any protection against competitors. Our pending patent applications, those we may file in the future or those we may license from
third parties may not result in patents being issued. If these patents are issued, they may not be of sufficient scope to provide us with meaningful protection. The degree of future protection to be afforded by
our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford relatively limited protection, and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage.

Patent rights are territorial; thus, the patent protection we do have exists only in those countries in which we have issued patents. Even so, the laws of certain countries do not protect our intellectual property
rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States and the European Union. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the patents issued, if any, as a result of our foreign patent applications will have the
same scope of coverage as our U.S. patents. Competitors may successfully challenge our patents, produce similar products that do not infringe our patents, or produce products in countries where we have not
applied for patent protection or that do not respect our patents. Furthermore, it is not possible to know the scope of claims that will be allowed in published applications and it is also not possible to know
which claims of granted patents, if any, will be deemed enforceable in a court of law. A failure to obtain sufficient intellectual property protection in any foreign country could materially and adversely affect
our business, results of operations, and future prospects. Moreover, we may participate in opposition proceedings to determine the validity of our foreign patents or our competitors’ foreign patents, which
could result in substantial costs and divert management’s resources and attention. Additionally, due to uncertainty in patent protection law, we have not filed applications in many countries where significant
markets exist.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in patent law and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions or changes in governmental bodies that enforce them or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or
regulations may weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we have licensed or that we may obtain in the future. For example, in Europe, beginning June 1, 2023, European applications
and patents may be subjected to the jurisdiction of the Unified Patent Court (UPC) for a single pan-European infringement action or revocation proceeding. European applications will for now have the option
in certain circumstances, upon grant of a patent, of becoming a Unitary Patent that will be subject to the jurisdiction of the UPC. This is a significant change in European patent practice. As the UPC is a new
court system, there is no precedent for the court, increasing the uncertainty. The UPC may provide our competitors with a new forum to seek to centrally revoke our European patents if we do not opt our
patents out of the UPC where permitted, and allows for the possibility of a competitor to obtain pan-European injunctions with their own UPC-designated European patents. As a single court system can
invalidate a European patent, we, where applicable, may opt out of the UPC and as such, each European patent would then need to be challenged in each individual country and each infringement action
pursued in each country.

After the completion of development and registration of our patents, third parties may still act to manufacture and/or market products that infringe our patent protected rights, and we may not have adequate
resources to enforce our patents. Any such manufacturing and/or marketing of products that infringe our patent rights may significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

In  addition,  due  to  the  extensive  time  needed  to  develop,  test,  and  obtain  regulatory  approval  for  new  indications  of  Deep  TMS,  any  patents  that  protect  these  indications  may  expire  early  during  the
commercialization process. This may reduce or eliminate any market advantages that such patents may give us. Following patent expiration, we may face increased competition through the entry of competing
products into the market and a subsequent decline in market share and profits.

However, our business interests may change, or our licensors may disagree with the scope of our license grants. In such cases, litigation could impede our ability to commercialize the technology, or such
licensing arrangements may result in the development, manufacturing, marketing, and sale by our licensors of products substantially similar to our products, causing us to face increased competition, which
could reduce our market share and significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

The lives of our patents may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective non-provisional filing date. Although various extensions may be available, the
life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our technologies, products, or product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition.
Patents covering some of our core technology have expired or will expire within the next five years. In particular, the earliest of our U.S. patents on Deep TMS is set to expire in 2024. See “Business—
Intellectual Property.” In addition, although upon issuance in the United States a patent’s life can be increased based on certain delays caused by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), this
increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our technologies, products, and product
candidates, our business, and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Our right to the essential intellectual property upon which the Deep TMS technology is based results from in-license agreements with government agencies and research institutions, the termination of
which would prevent us from commercializing Deep TMS.

We have in-licensing agreements with the PHS and Yeda. There is no assurance that the in-licenses or related rights on which we base our technology will not be terminated or expire due to a material breach
of the underlying agreements or some other failure to meet the terms of agreement, such as a failure on our part to make certain progress milestone payments set forth in the terms of the licenses or to comply
with manufacturing obligations under these agreements. There is no assurance that we will be able to renew or renegotiate our license agreements on acceptable terms if and when such agreements terminate.
We cannot guarantee that any in-license is enforceable or will not be terminated in the future. The termination of any in-license or our inability to practice such technology and/or to enforce our rights under
any in-license would materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize our Deep TMS.

Our  license  agreements  for  our  critical  patents  and  related  intellectual  property  impose  significant  monetary  obligations  and  other  requirements  that  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  successfully
execute our business plan.

We depend upon license agreements with the PHS and Yeda for our intellectual property rights to Deep TMS technology. Deep TMS was developed by our founders, among others, prior to our founding over
the course of their work for the PHS. The key family of patents and patent applications upon which the unique coil of Deep TMS technology is based is owned by the DHHS (based on an assignment of the
related  rights  from  the  PHS)  and  is  exclusively  in-licensed  to  us  under  a  license  agreement  with  the  PHS.  In  addition,  a  second  family  of  patent  applications  covering  additional  functions  of  Deep  TMS
(including the multichannel stimulator that we are developing for use in a more advanced version of our system), which is jointly owned by us with the NIH and Yeda, is also licensed to us under the PHS
license agreement and our license agreement with Yeda.

Our license agreement with Yeda was made within the context of research we commissioned at the Weizmann Institute involving Deep TMS. This agreement provides for in- licensed rights relating to our
second and third families of patent applications, which cover additional characteristics of Deep TMS (including several Deep TMS Coils, multi- channel stimulation, and methods of use), as well as in-licensed
rights to rotational field TMS, which involves the perpendicular placement of two coils over the head operated with a phase lag which causes a rotating induced electric field that enables stimulation of neurons
in various orientations.

These  agreements  provide  us  an  exclusive  (subject  to  certain  standard  exceptions  and  such  as  described  below),  worldwide  license,  with  a  right  to  sublicense,  subject  to  the  approval  of  PHS  and  Yeda,
respectively, for the life of the relevant patents (in the case of Yeda, on a per country basis or, until the 15-year anniversary of the first commercial sale (per country) of a product developed on the basis of the
agreement, if later) for the development, creation, use, import, offer, and sale of any product or treatment that relates to Deep TMS technology and that is developed on the basis of such patents or (in the case
of  the  agreement  with  Yeda)  such  research.  These  agreements  require  us,  as  a  condition  to  the  maintenance  of  our  license  and  other  rights,  to  make  milestone  and  royalty  payments  and  satisfy  certain
performance obligations, including with respect to manufacturing. If we were to receive a notice of non-compliance under any of these agreements, we would need to either obtain appropriate waivers and/or
cure such non- compliance, which may require us to modify our operations.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The first patent family upon which our Deep TMS products are based, which is owned by the DHHS (based on an assignment of the related rights from the PHS) and is exclusively in-licensed to us under a
license agreement with the PHS, expired in the U.S. in January 2024, and a divisional patent within this family will expire in the U.S. in 2026. While we have secured additional patents which we believe
extend the protection of our products into future years, we cannot be certain that this protection will completely compensate for the expiration of this underlying patent.

All of the above-described obligations impose significant financial and logistical burdens upon our ability to carry out our business plan. Furthermore, if we do not meet such obligations in a timely manner, we
could lose the rights to our proprietary technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In  certain  cases,  we  may  rely  on  our  licensors  to  conduct  prosecution,  maintenance  and/or  defense  of  patents  on  our  behalf.  Our  ability  to  ensure  that  these  patents  are  properly  prepared,  prosecuted,
maintained, enforce or defended is therefore limited, which may adversely affect our licensed intellectual property rights. Any failure by our licensors to properly prepare, prosecute, maintain, enforce, and
defend patents or other licensed rights could materially harm our ability to protect our products, thereby materially reducing our potential profits.

The key patents that underlie our Deep TMS technology are subject to the U.S. government’s royalty free usage rights on a worldwide basis for any discovery based on such patents, which may have
unexpected, adverse consequences upon the market for our product.

Under our PHS license agreement, the U.S. government possesses an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable royalty-free license for the practice of inventions based on the inventions upon which our Deep
TMS technology is based, for the benefit of the U.S. government, foreign governments, or international organizations under any existing or future treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such
time. Furthermore, the PHS may grant, or may cause us to grant, nonexclusive research licenses, for the purpose of encouraging basic research at academic or corporate facilities (but, in the case of any license
to a commercial entity, subject to our right to object if we believe that such license would adversely impact the exclusivity of our rights under the agreement). The PHS may also require us to grant sublicenses
to responsible applicants if the public health and safety so require, subject to our right to demonstrate that any such sublicense will not materially increase the availability to the public of our licensed rights or
that such public health and safety requirements may be otherwise met without any such sublicense.

No material limits have been placed on the license held by the U.S. government for its own (or for its treaty partners’ or agreement counter-parties’) benefit, and it is possible that the U.S. government, a
foreign  government  or  an  international  organization  could  even  commercialize  a  product  on  the  basis  of  this  license  and  the  related  technology.  We  cannot  provide  assurance  that  these  rights  will  not  be
exploited  in  a  manner  that  infringes  upon  any  otherwise  enforceable  exclusive  licenses  to  the  PHS-owned  patents,  that  does  not  develop  or  advance  products  that  compete  with  our  own,  or  that  does  not
otherwise adversely impact our business. Because our rights with respect to the PHS-owned patents are critical to Deep TMS-based technologies and systems, any unexpected consequences from the U.S.
government’s or other third party’s exploitation of such rights could have an adverse impact on the market for Deep TMS and, hence, on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets or know-how, such proprietary information may be used by others to compete against us.

In addition to filing patent applications, we generally try to protect our trade secrets, know-how, technology, and other proprietary information by entering into confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements
with parties that have access to it, such as our development and/or commercialization partners, employees, contractors, and consultants. We also enter into agreements that require the disclosure and assignment
to us of the rights to the ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors, and consultants while we employ or engage them. However, we cannot
assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of
such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information because these agreements can be difficult and costly to enforce or may not provide adequate remedies. Any of these parties may breach the
confidentiality  agreements  and  willfully  or  unintentionally  disclose  our  confidential  information,  or  our  competitors  might  learn  of  the  information  in  some  other  way.  The  disclosure  to,  or  independent
development by, a competitor of any trade secret, know-how or other technology not protected by a patent could materially adversely affect any competitive advantage we may have over any such competitor.

To the extent that any of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors or consultants independently develop, or use independently developed, intellectual property in connection with any of our
projects, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to this type of information. If a dispute arises with respect to any proprietary right, enforcement of our rights can be costly and unpredictable, and a court
may determine that the right belongs to a third party.

Legal  proceedings  or  third-party  claims  of  intellectual  property  infringement  and  other  challenges  may  require  us  to  spend  substantial  time  and  money  and  could  prevent  us  from  developing  or
commercializing Deep TMS.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability, and the ability of any third party with which we may partner, to develop, manufacture, market and sell Deep TMS, and use our patent-protected technologies
without infringing the patents of third parties. We face risks that there may be patents issued to third parties that relate to Deep TMS and technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to
continue our operations as currently contemplated.

The development, manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or importation of Deep TMS and any planned future-generation products may infringe on the claims of third-party patents or violate other intellectual
property rights. The nature of claims contained in unpublished patent filings around the world is unknown to us and it is not possible to know which countries patent holders may choose for the extension of
their filings under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or other mechanisms. For example, because patent applications do not publish for at least 18 months, if at all, and can take many years to issue, there may be
currently pending applications unknown to us that may later result in issued patents that Deep TMS would infringe. Therefore, there is a risk that we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending
patent application, which technology would infringe a third-party patent once that patent is issued. The cost to us of any intellectual property litigation or other infringement proceeding, even if resolved in our
favor,  could  be  substantial.  Any  claims  of  patent  infringement,  even  those  without  merit,  could  be  expensive  and  time  consuming  to  defend;  cause  us  to  cease  making,  licensing  or  using  products  that
incorporate the challenged intellectual property; require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand Deep TMS, if feasible; cause us to stop from engaging in normal operations and activities, including developing
and new indications for Deep TMS; and divert management’s attention and resources. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively because of
their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation or defense of intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect
on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Intellectual property litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Consequently, we may not be able to manufacture, use, offer
for sale, sell or import our Deep TMS systems in the event of an infringement action.

Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court
may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our
patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of
the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of
litigation.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the event of patent infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek a license from a third party and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or
both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could potentially limit our competitive advantage.
Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement or other claims, we are
unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This inability to enter into licenses could harm our business significantly.

In  addition,  because  of  our  developmental  stage,  claims  that  Deep  TMS  infringes  on  the  patent  rights  of  others  are  more  likely  to  be  asserted  after  commencement  of  commercial  sales  incorporating  our
technology.

In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation or proceedings before regulatory agencies, including post-grant review, inter parties review, interference or re-
examination proceedings filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office that challenge our patent rights or the patent rights of our licensors. The costs of defending our patents or enforcing our proprietary
rights in post-issuance administrative proceedings can be substantial and the outcome can be uncertain. An adverse determination in these proceedings could weaken or invalidate the patent claims that cover
our technology and Deep TMS, which could harm our business significantly and dissuade companies from collaborating with us or permit third parties to directly compete with the same technology.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully
used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other medical device, biotechnology and/or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although
we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our
employees, consultants, or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employees’
former employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable
intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to
management and other employees.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedures and other requirements, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated in case of non-compliance
with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to the relevant patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the
patents and /or applications. The relevant patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent application process. In many cases,
an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which the failure to comply with the relevant requirements
can result in the abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use
our technologies and know-how which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.

Risks Related to Our Functions in Israel

Our manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely affected by political, economic and military conditions in
Israel.

Aspects of our business are located in Israel, including our headquarters, our research and development and our manufacturing and assembling. See “—We rely on third-parties, including suppliers for some
components used in manufacturing our Deep TMS products, distributors to market and promote our products internationally and third-parties to conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and
instability.” In addition, 61 of our employees are located in Israel. Accordingly, our business will be directly influenced by the political, economic, and military conditions affecting Israel at any given time.
Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its neighboring countries. These conflicts involved missile strikes against civilian targets in
various parts of Israel and negatively affected business conditions in Israel. In addition, Israel faces threats from more distant neighbors, in particular, Iran. A change in the security and political situation in
Israel and in the economy could impede the raising of the funds required to finance our research and development plans and to create joint ventures with third parties and could otherwise have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our facilities are in range of rockets that may be fired from Lebanon, Syria or the Gaza Strip into Israel. In the event that our facilities are damaged as a result of hostile action or hostilities otherwise disrupt
the ongoing operation of our facilities, our research and development activities, and our ability to deliver products to customers could be materially and adversely affected. Our commercial insurance does not
cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Although the Israeli government is currently committed to covering the reinstatement value of direct
damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, there can be no assurance that this government coverage will be maintained, or if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages
incurred. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In October 2023, Hamas terrorists infiltrated Israel’s southern border from the Gaza Strip and conducted a series of attacks on civilian and military targets. Hamas also launched extensive rocket attacks on
Israeli population and industrial centers located along Israel’s border with the Gaza Strip and in other areas within the State of Israel. These attacks resulted in extensive deaths, injuries and kidnapping of
civilians and soldiers. Following the attack, Israel’s security cabinet declared war against Hamas and a military campaign against this terrorist organization commenced in parallel to its continued rocket and
terror attacks. Moreover, the clash between Israel and Hezbollah in Lebanon may escalate in the future into a greater regional conflict. Additionally, a Yemeni rebel group, the Houthis, launched series of
attacks on global shipping routes in the Red Sea, causing disruptions of supply chain. These geopolitical developments may adversely affect our ability to continue carrying out various administrative, research,
operational and commercial functions and activities both in Israel and globally.

In addition, popular uprisings in various countries in the Middle East and North Africa are affecting the political stability of those countries. Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade
relationships that exist between the State of Israel and these countries. Furthermore, some countries restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions
on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if hostilities involving Israeli or political instability in the region continue or intensify. Such restrictions may seriously limit our ability to sell Deep TMS to
customers  in  those  countries.  These  restrictions  may  materially  limit  our  ability  to  sell  our  products  to  customers  in  those  countries.  In  addition,  there  have  been  increased  efforts  by  activists  to  cause
companies and consumers to boycott Israeli products. Such efforts, particularly if they become more widespread, may materially and adversely impact our ability to sell our products.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any  hostilities  involving  Israel  or  the  interruption  or  curtailment  of  trade  between  Israel  and  its  present  trading  partners,  or  significant  downturns  in  the  economic  or  financial  condition  of  Israel  could
adversely affect our operations and product development, cause our revenues to decrease, and adversely affect the share price of publicly traded companies having functions in Israel, such as us.

Moreover, in recent years Israel has been facing political instability with the rapid changing of its government. Between the years 2018 and 2022, five elections were held for the Israeli Parliament as a result of
a failure to constitute a government. In addition, in 2022 a proposed dramatic and controversial legal reform that would drastically change the way that the High Court of Justice would function and shift the
balance  of  power  between  the  Knesset  and  other  government  bodies  caused  significant  backlash  in  Israel,  including  civil  protests  and  demonstrations.  Any  continuations  or  exacerbations  of  instability  in
Israel’s security, political and/or economic environments might deter potential and current investors from investing in Israeli-based companies such as BrainsWay.

Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar, the New Israeli Shekel and other foreign currencies may negatively affect our future revenues.

While a substantial portion of our revenues is and will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars, we incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than U.S. dollars, such as NIS. Likewise, our
financial records are maintained in U.S. dollars, while many of our expenses are incurred in NIS. As a result, our financial results have been and may continue to be affected by fluctuations in the applicable
exchange rates of currencies in the U.S., Israel, and other countries in which our products and services may be sold.

Our operations may be affected by negative labor conditions in Israel.

Strikes and work-stoppages occur relatively frequently in Israel. If Israeli trade unions threaten additional strikes or work-stoppages and such strikes or work-stoppages occur, those may, if prolonged, have a
material adverse effect on the Israeli economy and on our business, including our ability to deliver products to our customers and to receive raw materials from our suppliers in a timely manner.

Our operations could be disrupted as a result of the obligation of some of our personnel to perform military service.

Members of our senior management and key employees reside in Israel, and although most of them are no longer required to perform reserve duty, some may be required to perform annual military reserve
duty, and may be called for active duty under emergency circumstances at any time. Since the initiation of the Israel-Gaza war in October 2023, five of our employees were drafted to the Reserves for purposes
of the war effort. Four of these employees serve in R&D and manufacturing functions, and one on our finance team. While some of these members have been released, should they be re-drafted, or should the
war expand and/or other circumstances occur that would result in additional employees being drafted into the reserves, certain Israel -based functions, primarily including our R&D and scientific operations
could be impacted. These impacts could include delays in our ability to rollout next generation products, and/or any planned redesigned components, features and/or capabilities on our existing products.

The termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the Israeli Government provides to domestic companies may increase the costs involved in operating a company in Israel.

The Israeli government currently provides tax and capital investment incentives to domestic companies, as well as grant and loan programs relating to research and development, and marketing and export
activities. In recent years, the Israeli Government has reduced the benefits available under these programs and the Israeli Governmental authorities have indicated that the government may in the future further
reduce or eliminate the benefits of those programs. We may take advantage of these benefits and programs in the future, however, there is no assurance that such benefits and programs would continue to be
available in the future to us. If such benefits and programs were terminated or further reduced, it could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

The Israeli government grants that we have received require us to meet several conditions and may restrict our ability to manufacture our Deep TMS systems and transfer relevant know-how outside of
Israel  and  require  us  to  pay  royalties  and  satisfy  specified  conditions,  including  increased  royalties  if  we  manufacture  our  Deep  TMS  systems  outside  of  Israel  or  payment  of  a  redemption  fee  if  we
transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel.

We have received royalty-bearing grants from the government of Israel through the Israel Innovation Authority (IIA) formerly, the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Ministry of Economy and Industry, for the
financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel. We are required to pay low single-digit royalties on the sale of those of our products developed with this funding, which payments
shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate based on LIBOR. When know-how is developed using IIA grants, the Encouragement of
Research, Development and Technological Innovation in Industry Law 5744-1984, or the Innovation Law, the IIA’s rules and guidelines as well as the terms of each of these grants, impose an obligation to pay
royalties from any income deriving from a product developed, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, in the framework of a research and development program funded by the IIA, including any derivatives
and related services, and restrict our ability to manufacture our products and transfer know-how developed as a result of the IIA’s funded research and development outside of Israel. In certain cases, transfer of
the IIA funded know-how outside of Israel requires pre-approval by the IIA, which may also impose certain conditions, including payment of a redemption fee calculated according to the formulas provided in
the IIA’s rules and guidelines, or Redemption Fee, which differentiate between certain situations (while in no event will the Redemption Fee be more than six (6) times the grants received from the IIA plus
interest). In addition, we may need to manufacture our products outside of Israel, in which case prior approval from the IIA is required (such approval is not required for the transfer of less than 10% of the
manufacturing  capacity  in  the  aggregate),  and  we  would  be  required  to  pay  royalties  at  an  accelerated  rate  and  would  be  subject  to  payment  of  increased  royalties,  as  defined  under  the  IIA’s  rules  and
regulations (up to, in the aggregate, 300% of the amount of the grant received (dollar linked), plus interest at annual rate based on LIBOR, depending on the manufacturing volume that is performed outside
Israel less royalties already paid to the IIA). Accordingly, we may be limited in our ability to manufacture outside of Israel, and the manufacture of our products outside of Israel could have a material adverse
effect on our business and results of operations.

The IIA has also published rules and guidelines with respect to the grant to a foreign entity of the right to use know-how that was developed using the IIA’s grants, or Funded Know-How, (in a manner that
does not entirely prevent the IIA funded company from using the Funded Know-How) which is subject to receipt of the IIA’s prior approval. This approval is subject to payment to the IIA in accordance with
the formulas stipulated in these rules.

In  addition,  we  may  transfer  Funded  Know-How  to  another  Israeli  company,  provided  that  the  acquiring  company  assumes  all  of  our  responsibilities  toward  the  IIA  (the  transfer  would  still  require  IIA
approval, and is subject to the obligation to pay royalties to the IIA from the income of such sale transaction, but will not be subject to the payment of the Redemption Fee).

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The obligation to comply with the IIA’s rules and guidelines and the Innovation Law (including with respect to the restriction of the transfer of Funded Know-How and manufacturing rights outside of Israel)
remains in effect even after full repayment of the amount of royalties payable pursuant to the grants. Once a Redemption Fee is paid on a transfer of Funded Know-How outside Israel, all obligations towards
the IIA (including the royalty obligation) cease. We are also subject to reporting obligations towards the IIA including submitting during the R&D approved program period periodic reports pertaining to the
progress  of  research  and  development,  reports  on  income  derived  from  products  developed  using  grants  from  the  IIA  and  in  certain  circumstances,  reports  regarding  change  in  the  holding  and  change  in
control. Furthermore, in the event of any change of control or any change in the holding of voting rights or rights to appoint directors or the CEO a result of which any non-Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident
becomes an “Interested Party” in our company, the non-Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident shall comply with all the restrictions imposed on us and our obligations pursuant to Innovation Law and the IIA’s
rules  and  guidelines.  See  “Management—Internal  Auditor”  for  definition  of  Interested  Party.  In  addition,  the  government  of  State  of  Israel  may  from  time  to  time  audit  sales  of  products  which  it  claims
incorporate technology funded via IIA programs, and this may lead to additional royalties being payable on additional product candidates. In addition, under certain circumstances, further offerings of our
shares to the public in any stock exchange whether in Israel or abroad, is subject to the approval of the IIA.

These restrictions may impair our ability to enter into agreements for IIA Funded Know-how without the approval of the IIA, and we cannot be certain that it will be obtained on terms that are acceptable to us,
or at all. Furthermore, in the event that we undertake a transaction involving the transfer to a non-Israeli entity of know-how developed with IIA funding pursuant to a merger or similar transaction, or in the
event we undertake a transaction involving the licensing of the IIA’s Funded Know-How, the consideration available to our shareholders may be reduced by the amounts we are required to pay to the IIA. Any
approval,  if  given,  will  generally  be  subject  to  additional  financial  obligations.  Failure  to  comply  with  the  requirements  under  the  IIA’s  rules  and  guidelines  and  the  Innovation  Law  may  subject  us  to
mandatory repayment of grants received by us (together with interest and penalties), as well as expose us to criminal proceedings.

Enforcing a U.S. judgment against us and our current senior management and directors, or asserting U.S. securities law claims in Israel, may be difficult.

We are incorporated in Israel. Directors and some members of our management reside in Israel (and most of our assets reside outside of the United States). Therefore, a judgment obtained against us or any of
these persons in the United States, including one based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States, and may not be enforced by an Israeli
court. It may also be difficult to effect service of process on these persons in the United States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel.

Even if an Israeli court agrees to hear such a claim, it may determine that Israeli, and not U.S., law is applicable to the claim. Under Israeli law, if
U.S. law is found to be applicable to such a claim, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would be
governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing these matters. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” for additional information on your ability to enforce civil claim against us and
our senior management and directors.

Israeli law and tax considerations may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and negatively affect the price of the ADSs.

Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for certain transactions involving directors, officers or significant
shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. These provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a
change of control, and therefore would potentially depress the price of the ADSs.

Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders, especially for those shareholders whose country of residence does not have a tax treaty with
Israel which exempts such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free stock exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law
allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of a number of conditions, including, in some cases, a holding period of two years from the date of the
transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are subject to certain restrictions. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in
time, and when such time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no disposition of the shares has occurred.

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.

We have entered into assignment of invention agreements with our employees who engage in research and development for the company pursuant to which such individuals agree to assign to us all rights to
any inventions created during and as a result of their employment or engagement with us. A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course and as a result of
their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with a company and as a result thereof
are  regarded  as  “service  inventions,”  which  belong  to  the  employer,  absent  a  specific  agreement  between  the  employee  and  employer  giving  the  employee  service  invention  rights.  The  Patent  Law  also
provides that if there is no agreement between an employer and an employee with respect to the employee’s right to receive compensation for such “service inventions,” the Israeli Compensation and Royalties
Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her service inventions and the scope and conditions for such
remuneration. Israeli case law clarifies that the right to receive consideration for “service inventions” can be waived by the employee and that in certain circumstances, such waiver does not necessarily have to
be explicit. In order to determine the scope and validity of such wavier, the Committee will examine, on a case-by-case basis, the general contractual framework between the parties, using interpretation rules
of the general Israeli contract laws. Further, the Committee has not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration (but rather uses the criteria specified in the Patents Law). As such, and
although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could
be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and/or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

The government tax benefits that we currently are entitled to receive require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future.

Some of our operations in Israel may entitle us to certain tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, or the Investment Law, once we begin to generate taxable
income. If we do not meet the requirements for maintaining these benefits, they may be reduced or cancelled and the relevant operations would be subject to Israeli corporate tax at the standard rate, which is
currently set at 23%. In addition to being subject to the standard corporate tax rate, we could be required to refund any tax benefits that we may receive in the future, plus interest and penalties thereon. Even if
we continue to meet the relevant requirements, the tax benefits that our current “Technology Enterprise” is entitled to may not be continued in the future at their current levels or at all. If these tax benefits were
reduced or eliminated, the amount of taxes that we pay would likely increase, as all of our operations would consequently be subject to corporate tax at the standard rate, which could adversely affect our
results of operations. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by way of acquisitions, our increased activities may not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefits programs.
See “Material Tax Considerations—Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs” for additional information concerning these tax benefits.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Your rights and responsibilities as a shareholder will be governed by Israeli law, which differs in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.

The  rights  and  responsibilities  of  our  shareholders  are  governed  by  our  articles  of  association  and  by  Israeli  law.  These  rights  and  responsibilities  differ  in  some  material  respects  from  the  rights  and
responsibilities of shareholders in U.S. corporations. For example, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its
obligations towards the company and other shareholders, and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, voting at a general meeting of shareholders on matters such as
amendments to a company’s articles of association, increases in a company’s authorized share capital, mergers and acquisitions, and related party transactions requiring shareholder approval. In addition, a
shareholder who is aware that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of a director or executive officer in the company has a duty of
fairness toward the company. There is limited case law available to assist us in understanding the nature of these duties or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose
additional obligations and liabilities on our shareholders that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Risks Related to our ADSs and Ordinary Shares

The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control.

The share price of publicly traded medical device companies has been highly volatile and is likely to remain highly volatile in the future. The market price of the ADSs or Ordinary Shares on either The
Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, or the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, or TASE, respectively, may fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors, including but not limited to positive or negative results of
testing and clinical trials by us, strategic partners, and competitors; delays in entering into strategic relationships with respect to development and/or commercialization of Deep TMS or entry into strategic
relationships  on  terms  that  are  not  deemed  to  be  favorable  to  us;  technological  innovations  or  commercial  product  introductions  by  us  or  competitors;  changes  in  government  regulations;  developments
concerning proprietary rights, including patents and litigation matters; public concern relating to the commercial value or safety of Deep TMS; financing or other corporate transactions; publication of research
reports or comments by securities or industry analysts; general market conditions in the medical device industry or in the economy as a whole; or other events and factors, many of which are beyond our
control.

These,  and  other  market  and  industry  factors,  may  cause  the  market  price  and  demand  for  the  ADSs  to  fluctuate  substantially,  regardless  of  our  actual  operating  performance,  which  may  limit  or  prevent
investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the ADSs. In addition, stock markets in general, and medical device companies in particular, have experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies.

The significant share ownership position of several of our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, approximately 22.53% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares as of March 21, 2024.
Accordingly,  these  persons  are  able  to  significantly  influence,  though  not  independently  determine,  the  outcome  of  matters  required  to  be  submitted  to  our  shareholders  for  approval,  including  decisions
relating to the election of our board of directors, and the outcome of any proposed merger or consolidation of our company. These interests may not be consistent with those of our other shareholders. In
addition, these persons’ significant interest in us may discourage third parties from seeking to acquire control of us, which may adversely affect the market price of our Ordinary Shares.

Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares.

Holders  of  ADSs  are  not  treated  as  holders  of  our  Ordinary  Shares,  unless  they  withdraw  the  Ordinary  Shares  underlying  their  ADSs  in  accordance  with  the  deposit  agreement  and  applicable  laws  and
regulations. The depositary is the holder of the Ordinary Shares underlying the ADSs. Holders of ADSs therefore do not have any rights as holders of our Ordinary Shares, other than the rights that they have
pursuant to the deposit agreement. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

However, holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares of for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the section titled “Taxation” under Item 10.E below.

Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying Ordinary Shares.

ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties.
The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do
so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and
withdraw the underlying Ordinary Shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of the ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying Ordinary Shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or
we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of Ordinary Shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our Ordinary Shares. In addition, ADS holders may not
be able to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying Ordinary Shares when they owe money for fees, taxes, and similar charges, and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with
any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of Ordinary Shares or other deposited securities. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, or to terminate the deposit agreement, without the prior
consent of the ADS holders.

We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of the ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, without the prior consent of the ADS holders. We and the
depositary may agree to amend the deposit agreement in any way we decide is necessary or advantageous to us or to the depositary. Amendments may reflect, among other things, operational changes in the
ADS program, legal developments affecting ADSs or changes in the terms of our business relationship with the depositary. In the event that the terms of an amendment are materially disadvantageous to ADS
holders, ADS holders will only receive 30 days’ advance notice of the amendment, and no prior consent of the ADS holders is required under the deposit agreement. Furthermore, we may decide to direct the
depositary to terminate the ADS facility at any time for any reason. For example, terminations may occur when we decide to list our Ordinary Shares on a non-U.S. securities exchange and determine not to
continue to sponsor an ADS facility or when we become the subject of a takeover or a going-private transaction. If the ADS facility will terminate, ADS holders will receive at least 90 days’ prior notice, but
no prior consent is required from them. Under the circumstances that we decide to make an amendment to the deposit agreement that is disadvantageous to ADS holders or terminate the deposit agreement, the
ADS holders may choose to sell their ADSs or surrender their ADSs and become direct holders of the underlying Ordinary Shares, but will have no right to any compensation whatsoever.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders, and beneficial owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a jury
trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to the ADSs or the deposit agreement.

If this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based
on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the
enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we
believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a federal or state court in
the City of New York, which has non- exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will
generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently, and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement, and the ADSs. It is advisable
that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the deposit agreement.

If you or any other holders or beneficial owners of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal
securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and / or
the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according
to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among
other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of the hearing.

No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any substantive provision
of the U.S. federal securities laws, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ADS holders will not have the same voting rights as the holders of our Ordinary Shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise their right to vote.

Holders of the ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs. Under the terms of the deposit agreement, holders of the ADSs may instruct the
depositary to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs. Otherwise, holders of ADSs will not be able to exercise their right to vote unless they withdraw the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs to
vote them in person or by proxy in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and our articles of association. Even so, ADS holders may not know about a meeting far enough in advance to withdraw
those  Ordinary  Shares.  If  we  ask  for  the  instructions  of  holders  of  the  ADSs,  the  depositary,  upon  timely  notice  from  us,  will  notify ADS  holders  of  the  upcoming  vote  and  arrange  to  deliver  our  voting
materials to them. Upon our request, the depositary will mail to holders a shareholder meeting notice that contains, among other things, a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given.
We cannot guarantee that ADS holders will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that they can instruct the depositary to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs. A shareholder is only entitled
to participate in, and vote at, the meeting of shareholders, provided that it holds our Ordinary Shares as of the record date set for such meeting and otherwise complies with our articles of association. In
addition, the depositary’s liability to ADS holders for failing to execute voting instructions or for the manner of executing voting instructions is limited by the deposit agreement. As a result, holders of ADSs
may not be able to exercise their right to give voting instructions or to vote in person or by proxy, and they may not have any recourse against the depositary or us if their Ordinary Shares are not voted as they
have requested or if their shares cannot be voted.

Our Ordinary Shares and ADSs are traded on different markets and this may result in price variations.

Our Ordinary Shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007, and our ADSs have been traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since April 16, 2019. Trading in our securities on these markets takes
place in different currencies (dollars on the Nasdaq and NIS on the TASE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days, and different public holidays in the United States
and Israel). The trading prices of our securities on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our securities on one of these markets could cause a decrease in the
trading price of our securities on the other market.

We do not have any current plans to pay dividends in the near term

We do not have any current plans to pay any cash dividends in the near term. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a
result, capital appreciation, if any, of the ADSs will be the investors’ sole source of gain for at least the next several years. In addition, Israeli law limits our ability to declare and pay dividends, and may
subject us to certain Israeli taxes. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”

The price of our ADSs may rely on the research and reports of equity research analysts

The trading market for the ADSs may rely on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of the ADSs could decline if one or more securities analysts
downgrade the ADSs or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.

In the past, U.S.-listed companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities, including many life sciences and biotechnology companies, have been subject to securities class action
litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Regardless of the merits or the ultimate results of such litigation, securities litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs
and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain Nasdaq requirements.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of the rules of
The Nasdaq Global Market. Pursuant to the “foreign private issuer exemption” we established a quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding
at  least  331/3%  of  our  voting  rights,  which  complies  with  Nasdaq  requirements;  however,  if  the  meeting  is  adjourned  for  lack  of  quorum,  the  quorum  for  such  adjourned  meeting  will  be  two  or  more
shareholders, having any percentage of our voting rights; we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c), which requires shareholder approval for certain
dilutive events (such as issuances that will result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the
shares or assets of another company), and prior to an issuance of securities when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or
materially amended, pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants. By contrast, under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholder approval is required (subject to certain
limited exceptions) for, among other things: (a) transactions with directors concerning the terms of their service (including indemnification, exemption, and insurance for their service or for any other position
that they may hold at a company); (b) extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of office and employment or other engagement of a controlling shareholder,
if any, or such controlling shareholder’s relative; (d) approval of transactions with the company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to his or her compensation, whether in accordance with the approved
compensation policy of the company or not, or transactions with officers of the company not in accordance with the approved compensation policy; (e) approval of the compensation policy of the company for
office holders and (f) certain private placements involving the issuance of 20% or more of our total voting rights, or private placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling shareholder of
the company. In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies; and Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to
U.S. domestic companies listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate
governance rules. Following our home country governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on The Nasdaq Global Market may provide less
protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers. See “Management—Foreign Private Issuer and Controlled Company Status.”

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and
content of proxy statements (including disclosures with respect to executive compensation), and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery
provisions  contained  in  Section  16  of  the  Exchange Act.  In  addition,  we  are  not  required  under  the  Exchange  Act  to  file  annual,  quarterly,  and  current  reports,  and  financial  statements  with  the  SEC  as
frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting, and other
expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer, and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In
order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs (calculated together) must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents
of the United States or (b)(i) a majority of our senior management or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50 percent of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our
business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we were to lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S.
domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with
various SEC and Nasdaq rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be
significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would
make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and
expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could
also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We may incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company in the United States, and our management may be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As  a  public  company  whose  ADSs  are  listed  in  the  United  States,  and  particularly  after  we  no  longer  qualify  as  an  emerging  growth  company  and/or  lose  our  foreign  private  issuer  status,  we  may  incur
accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur prior to our listing on Nasdaq and registration with the SEC, including costs associated with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. We
also anticipate that we may incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley
Act), as well as rules implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market, and provisions of Israeli corporate law applicable to public companies, and the rules of the TASE. These rules and regulations
may increase our legal and financial compliance costs, introduce new costs such as investor relations, increased insurance premiums and stock exchange listing fees, and may make some activities more time-
consuming and costly. Our board members and other personnel may need to devote a substantial amount of time to these initiatives. We are constantly evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to
these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

Any future changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States and Israel, including Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules and regulations
adopted by the SEC, and the rules of the Nasdaq, will result in increased costs to us as we respond to such changes.

As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to
comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act (and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder). When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur
additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public
company or the timing of such costs.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, , our management is required to report on the effectiveness
of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and lose the ability to rely on the exemptions related thereto
discussed above and depending on our status as per Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, our independent registered public accounting firm may also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial  reporting  under  Section  404.  We  have  not  yet  commenced  the  process  of  determining  whether  our  existing  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  systems  are  compliant  with  Section  404  and
whether there are any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls. This process will require the investment of substantial time and resources, including by our chief financial
officer and other members of our senior management. As a result, this process may divert internal resources and take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. In addition, we cannot predict the
outcome of this determination and whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to implement effective controls over financial reporting. The determination and any remedial actions required
could result in us incurring additional costs that we did not anticipate, including the hiring of outside consultants. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, any failure of our
internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher
independent  auditor  fees  during  and  after  the  implementation  of  these  changes.  If  we  are  unable  to  implement  any  of  the  required  changes  to  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  effectively  or
efficiently or are required to do so earlier than anticipated, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls
from our independent auditors.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies will result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements. These laws and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly
for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the
same or similar coverage. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as senior
management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with such requirements.

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make the ADSs less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not
“emerging  growth  companies.”  Most  of  such  requirements  relate  to  disclosures  that  we  would  only  be  required  to  make  if  we  also  ceased  to  be  a  foreign  private  issuer  in  the  future,  for  example,  the
requirement to hold shareholder advisory votes on executive and severance compensation and executive compensation disclosure requirements for U.S. companies. However, as a foreign private issuer, we
could still be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are exempt from such requirement for as long as we remain an emerging growth
company, which may be up to five fiscal years after the date of our initial public offering on Nasdaq in April 2019. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of our
fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.235 billion; (b) December 31, 2024 (the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public
offering  on  Nasdaq);  (c)  the  date  on  which  we  have,  during  the  previous  three-year  period,  issued  more  than  $1.0  billion  in  non-convertible  debt;  or  (d)  the  date  on  which  we  are  deemed  to  be  a  “large
accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of the available exemptions. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be
entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive as a result of our reliance on exemptions under the JOBS Act. If some
investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs, and our share price may be more volatile.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose
confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of the ADSs and Ordinary Shares.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any
failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in
connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting
that  are  deemed  to  be  material  weaknesses  or  that  may  require  prospective  or  retroactive  changes  to  our  financial  statements  or  identify  other  areas  for  further  attention  or  improvement.  Inferior  internal
controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the ADSs and Ordinary Shares.

Our management is required to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures and disclose changes in these controls on an annual basis. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth
company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We
could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not.
Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

Risks Related to Tax Matters

We may be a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which generally would result in certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to our U.S. shareholders.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a “passive foreign investment company” (a PFIC) for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (the “income test”) or (ii)
50%  or  more  of  the  average  quarterly  value  of  its  assets  consists  of  assets  that  produce,  or  are  held  for  the  production  of,  passive  income  (the  “asset  test”).  Generally,  “passive  income”  includes  interest,
dividends, rents, royalties, certain gains, and cash is a passive asset for PFIC purposes.

We have not made a formal determination as to whether we would be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or previous taxable years, and do not plan to make such a determination for subsequent
years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will likely be treated as a PFIC for the 2023 taxable year. The determination of whether we are a PFIC depends on the particular facts and circumstances (such as the
valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets), and may also be affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. The fair market value of our
assets is expected to depend, in part, upon (i) the market price of the ADSs, which is likely to fluctuate, and (ii) the composition of our income and assets, which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we
spend any cash that is raised in any financing transaction.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. shareholder owned the ADSs, such U.S. shareholder generally will be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including
increased tax liability on gains from dispositions of the ADSs and certain distributions and a requirement to file annual reports with the Internal Revenue Service. In light of the foregoing, no assurance can be
provided that we are not currently a PFIC or that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding our PFIC status. See “Material Tax
Considerations—Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A.

History and Development of the Company

Our legal and commercial name is BrainsWay Ltd. We are a public company that was incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in November 2006. We completed our initial public offering on the
TASE in January 2007, and in April 2019 we completed the listing of our ADSs on The Nasdaq Global Market. Our Ordinary Shares are currently listed on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY”, and our
ADSs are currently listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BWAY”. Our Israel-based principal executive offices are located at 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim,
Jerusalem 9777518, Israel, and our telephone number is +972-2-582-4030. We also have U.S. offices located in Boston and plan to move to New Jersey. Our registered agent in the United States is BrainsWay
USA, Inc. The address of BrainsWay USA, Inc. is 1 Van de Graaf Drive, Burlington, MA 01803.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the
SEC at http://sec.gov.

Our Ordinary Shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007, and our ADSs have been traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since April 16, 2019.

Our web site address is http://www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

Our  capital  expenditures  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022,  and  2021  were  approximately  $2.3  million,  $1.7  million  and  $2.2  million,  respectively.  Our  current  capital  expenditures  primarily
involve purchase of equipment and system components in both Israel and the United States. Our research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 amounted to $6.7
million, $7.7 million and $6.3 million, respectively. These research and development costs primarily consisted of expenses incurred in connection with the development of our existing and future indication
pipeline, and the development of our Deep TMS system. We expect our capital expenditures and research and development costs to remain significant as we continue our research and development efforts and
advance our existing and planned clinical pipeline, in the United States and other strategic markets. We anticipate our capital expenditures and research and development costs in 2024 to be financed from our
existing cash and cash equivalents, including the proceeds from the follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs closed on February 25, 2021, and from our ongoing sales and leases of our Deep TMS
systems. For the near future, our investments will mainly remain in the United States and Israel, where our operations and research and development facilities are currently located.

B.

Business Overview

BrainsWay is a global leader in advanced noninvasive neurostimulation treatments for mental health disorders. The Company is boldly advancing neuroscience with its proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic
Stimulation (Deep TMS™) platform technology to improve health and transform lives. We are dedicated to leading through superior science and building on what we believe to be an unparalleled body of
clinical evidence. We are the first and only TMS company to be cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for three separate mental health disorder indications based on clinically proven
efficacy  as  demonstrated  in  pivotal  randomized  placebo  controlled  studies.  Current  indications  include  major  depressive  disorder  (MDD)  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly
referred to as anxious depression), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction.

We have also received CE Mark for a variety of psychiatric and neurological indications. We are focused on increasing global awareness of and broad access to Deep TMS. Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to
stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain. Our technology can either increase brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive, or alternatively decrease
brain activity in neuronal networks which are hyperactive. Our proprietary electromagnetic coils, which we refer to as H-Coils, are designed to safely stimulate deep and broad brain regions, which we believe
provides an advantage over other available TMS products, which we refer to collectively as Traditional TMS, that generally use a “figure 8” design. In the United States, we sell our Deep TMS system for the
treatment of MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression) and OCD and have recently began marketing our products for the treatment of smoking
addictions. We believe that our Deep TMS technology has the potential to be safe and effective for the treatment of a wide range of additional psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. Additional
clinical trials of Deep TMS in various psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders are underway or planned.

MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional symptoms, such as sadness, despair, emptiness, self-
hate,  and  critique,  and  cognitive  symptoms,  such  as  difficulty  concentrating,  memory  dysfunction,  suicidal  thinking,  and  faulty  judgment  of  reality.  According  to  a  2018  study  cited  by  the  World  Health
Organization (WHO), depression affects approximately 300 million people worldwide, with the rate of depression increasing in developed countries. The U.S. National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH)
estimates  that  21.0  million  individuals  in  the  United  States  suffer  from  a  major  depressive  episode  in  2020.  Based  on  2006-2007  data  from  the  Sequenced  Treatment  Alternatives  to  Relieve  Depression
(STAR*D)  study,  we  estimate  that  approximately  7  million  adult  MDD  patients  in  the  United  States  are  considered  treatment-resistant  (i.e.,  do  not  achieve  remission  after  four  trials  of  anti-depressant
medication), of which we estimate that approximately 6.3 million or more are currently eligible to receive reimbursement for Deep TMS from either governmental or private insurers. Assuming a course of
treatment per patient of 33 treatment sessions and a price paid to us per treatment session of $70 (which has historically served as our benchmark price per treatment session), we believe our total annual
addressable market opportunity for MDD in the United States is approximately $14.6 billion.

Comorbid anxiety symptoms are common in patients with major depressive disorder. Between sixty and ninety percent of patients with depression have moderate to severe anxiety. In the United States, an
estimated 21.0 million adults experienced at least one major depressive episode in 2020. Considering the rate of comorbidity, we estimate that 12.6 to 18.9 million adults experience moderate to severe anxiety
in addition to their primary diagnosis of depression. Common anxiety symptoms include nervousness, feelings of panic, increased heart rate, rapid breathing, sweating, insomnia, trembling, and difficulty
focusing or thinking clearly. The economic burden in the United States for major depressive disorder totaled $326 billion per year between 2010 and 2018.

OCD is a common, chronic, and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions) that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over
in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships. Based on data from the NIMH, we estimate that approximately 3.1 million adults in the United States
suffer from OCD annually. We believe that approximately half of the patients (1.5 million) that have sought help would be considered treatment-resistant (i.e., not having achieved ≥30% improvement of their
symptoms from medications and psychotherapy). Assuming our emerging OCD coverage ultimately reaches target of 90% of adults in the United States covered by private health insurance (as with MDD),
and  assuming  a  course  of  treatment  per  patient  of  29  treatment  sessions  and  a  price  paid  to  us  per  treatment  session  of  $70  (which  is  our  benchmark  price  per  treatment  session),  we  believe  our  total
addressable market opportunity for OCD in the United States is approximately $2.7 billion.

Smoking is one of the leading causes of death in developed countries. The addiction to nicotine, similar to the addiction to drugs and alcohol, involves modulation of the brain reward system and causes
uncontrollable desire to smoke. 480,000 U.S. adults die from smoking each year. Cigarette smoking has been found to harm nearly every organ system in the body and is the leading cause of preventable death
in the U.S. and of disease burden worldwide (Rostron, BL, Chang CM, Pechacek TF. Estimation of cigarette smoking-attributable morbidity in the United States, JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(12):1922-1928).
According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 28.3 million U.S. adults smoked cigarettes in 2021, with 68% stating they want to quit and 55% actually attempting to quit.
Of those attempting to quit, 7.6 million made a serious attempt to quit (i.e., using medication or counseling). Of those smokers attempting to quit either with or without medical assistance, 2.9 million were
successful. Reimbursement is not currently available for Deep TMS for smoking addiction, and it is therefore premature to assess the amount of money our customers might be able to collect from potential
payors, and willing to pay us, for treatment for this indication. That said, assuming a course of treatment per patient of 18 treatment sessions, and assuming an average price paid to us per treatment session of
$50, we believe our total annual addressable market opportunity for smoking addiction in the United States is approximately between $3.9 and $4.1 billion.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  first  commercial  H1  Coil  Deep  TMS  product  received  clearance  from  the  FDA  in  2013  for  the  treatment  of  MDD  in  adult  patients  who  have  failed  to  achieve  satisfactory  improvement  from  anti-
depressant  medication  in  the  current  episode.  Our  pivotal  trial  for  MDD  demonstrated  statistically  significant  response  and  remission  rates  of  38.4%  and  32.6%,  respectively,  in  week  five  of  Deep  TMS
treatment of 20 minutes per session, compared to 21.4% and 14.6%, respectively, after sham treatment. Our Deep TMS system for MDD is currently marketed to and installed at psychiatrists’ offices and other
facilities principally in the United States and in certain other countries throughout the world.

Additionally,  in  April  2021,  we  received  FDA  clearance  for  a  shorter  3-minute  “Theta-Burst”  protocol  for  our  MDD  treatment.  In  support  of  our  successful  application  to  the  FDA  for  this  protocol,  we
submitted safety and efficacy data from 146 subjects who had received either the standard Deep TMS protocol or Theta Burst Deep TMS. Clearance was obtained after it was demonstrated that subjects in both
groups experienced a statistically and clinically meaningful reduction in depression scores, and the results met the equivalence criteria needed for clearance of the shorter treatment. We believe that certain
patients and providers can benefit from these shorter treatment sessions and that this protocol has the potential to expand access to care by providing patients with added flexibility in selecting courses of
treatment that may fit better with their lifestyle.

In  August  2021,  the  FDA  cleared  an  expansion  of  our  existing  MDD  clearance  to  include  the  noninvasive  treatment  of  anxiety  symptoms  among  subjects  with  MDD,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious
depression.  In  support  of  our  application  for  this  labeling  expansion,  we  demonstrated  statistically  significant  results  from  three  randomized  controlled  trials  and  open  label  studies  which  found  favorable
outcomes with Deep TMS when compared to sham or medication as a standard of care. The data from the three randomized controlled trials studies of Deep TMS demonstrated effect sizes ranging from 0.34
(when compared to sham) to 0.90 (when compared to medication).

Furthermore, in August 2022, based on a randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter, non-inferiority study of our H1 and H7 Coils, the Company's MDD clearance, which had previously applied to its
H1 Coil, was extended to also apply to its H7 Coil. The Deep TMS H7 Coil had been previously cleared for use in treating obsessive-compulsive disorder since 2018, and with this new clearance it can be
marketed for the treatment of MDD (including anxious depression). The FDA’s grant of clearance was based on its review of successful results from a randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter trial
completed by the Company. The study, which included 144 subjects, found overall efficacy rates for the H7 Coil that were comparable to those achieved with BrainsWay’s H1 Coil.

Furthermore, following receipt of this clearance, a publication of the study in The Journal of Clinical Investigation (JCI) Insight included a retrospective analysis of the study results which identify preliminary
predictors that could help optimize treatment based on individual patients’ attributes. This analysis examined clinician rating scales and EEG data revealing intriguing differences between the patient treatment
of the two coils. Categorizing patients according to “clusters” of clinical depressive and anxiety baseline symptoms derived from a subset of the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS-21) resulted in two
subject groups: One with higher severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H1 Coil, and another with lower severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H7 Coil. This
analysis also showed that brain activity measured during the first treatment session correlated with the clinical outcomes ultimately achieved after the full course of treatment. This finding suggests that specific
brain patterns observed in an individual’s response to either coil during the early stages of treatment might be predictive of the longer-term outcome of treatment with that coil.

We were the first medical device company to offer an FDA-authorized noninvasive treatment for OCD, the marketing authorization for which we received in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult
patients suffering from OCD. Our pivotal trial for OCD demonstrated statistically significant response and partial response rates of 38.1% and 54.8%, respectively, after six weeks of daily active Deep TMS
treatment of 19 minutes per session, compared to 11.1% and 26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for this indication based on a randomized,
double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, and our competitors that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication have done so in part relying on our clinical data.

We are the first and only TMS company to offer an FDA-cleared treatment for smoking addiction, which also represents the first FDA clearance for any TMS device in the addiction space. We received this
clearance from the FDA in August 2020 for use of our Deep TMS system as an aid in short-term smoking cessation in adults. Our pivotal trial for smoking addiction demonstrated statistically significant
results, with a 28.4% Continuous Quit Rate (CQR) – defined as abstinence from smoking for any 4-week period during the study – achieved among patients who completed the full course of therapy, compared
with 11.7% of completers undergoing sham treatment.

We believe that Deep TMS represents a platform technology with the potential to treat a variety of other psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders. We are planning clinical trials in other areas, including
neurological and/or addiction disorders.

Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals, and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS
system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD
typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The
standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. A course of treatment for smoking addiction typically requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment
five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional three weeks. Each standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20 minutes, 19 minutes, and
18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD, the FDA has also cleared a 3 minute “Theta Burst” treatment protocol. Patients may experience some discomfort during treatment and must use earplugs to
reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation, and no systemic side effects are associated with the therapy.

We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS. In addition, our MDD treatment (including
for reduction of anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression) with Deep TMS is eligible for reimbursement from Medicare. Deep TMS treatment for MDD reimbursement coverage is
generally  available  after  between  one  and  four  failed  (inadequate  response  or  intolerable)  trials  of  anti-depressant  medications.  However,  there  is  an  increasing  trend  to  reduce  the  number  of  prior  failed
medication  treatments  required  to  qualify  for  coverage  and  thus  to  place  Deep  TMS  for  MDD  earlier  within  the  continuum  of  care.  We  are  actively  engaged  in  efforts  to  work  with  payors  to  facilitate  a
continuation of this trend.

In 2021, for the first time, several payors issued policies and coverage determinations allowing for reimbursement coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD, with over 90 million covered lives in the U.S.
eligible  for  coverage  as  of  March  2023.  Positive  coverage  decisions  for  Deep  TMS  for  OCD  have  been  issued  by  Centene  Corporation  (with  26  million  covered  lives),  Health  Care  Service  Corporation
(HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives), Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million
covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA, has published its final Local Coverage
Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS treatment for OCD. While the criteria for Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the
failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. Our strategy is to look for ways to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both
commercial and governmental.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reimbursement is not yet available for Deep TMS for smoking addiction. In October 2023, the Clinical TMS Society (CTMSS), an influential peer group, published the first coverage recommendations for
TMS  for  smoking  addiction.  We  are  actively  communicating  our  FDA  clearance,  evidence  outcomes,  and  the  CTMSS  recommendations  to  payors  for  future  coverage  consideration  as  our  evidence  and
commercialization efforts for that indication progress, based on the novelty of the technology, unmet clinical need, and the efficacy and safety profile of the treatment.

In Israel, in June 2022, for the first time the Israeli Ministry of Health has approved coverage applicable to our Deep TMS system for the treatment of depression. The inclusion of the treatment within Israel’s
health basket of essential medical services means that the country’s health funds must now make the treatment available to qualifying patients free of charge. Qualifying patients include adults over the age of
21 with depression who either have not responded to two prior antidepressants or are intolerant to other treatment alternatives. Coverage may be provided for up to 40 treatment sessions, which are to be
administered in hospitals. Moreover, in Australia, in November 2021, for the first time, coverage applicable to Deep TMS for MDD was granted for adults over the age of 18. Coverage in Australia is available
for 35 treatment sessions.

The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 75% of our revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and 88% of our revenues for the year
ended  December  31,  2021.  We  operate  in  the  United  States  through  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  BrainsWay  USA  Inc,  as  a  direct  marketing  and  sales  channel,  where  we  currently  have  existing  sales,
marketing,  and  support  infrastructure.  We  generate  revenue  from  various  flexible  pricing  models  that  are  designed  to  maximize  market  penetration.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  we  generated
revenues in the United States of $23.9 million, an increase of 18% as compared to $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

On a consolidated basis, we generated revenue from leasing, one of our two main categories of activity of $8.5 million, $9.2 million and $11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021,
respectively. Our revenue from sales, our other category of activity, of $20.4 million, $16.2 million and $16.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Our revenue from
sale related and other services, of $2.9 million, $1.8 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Our Deep TMS Platform

Our proprietary Deep TMS technology is intended for noninvasive treatment of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. The system includes an H-Coil uniquely designed to transmit electric current
flows at varying rates, creating an electromagnetic field that serves to depolarize cortical neurons and activate neural networks in certain areas of the brain in accordance with the operating frequency, with the
effect of treating the disorder associated with that area of the brain. Our innovative technology is capable of stimulating deeper and broader regions of the brain than any other commercially available TMS
product.

We have developed a number of H-Coils with differing configurations, building upon our technology with important changes for each coil. For different regions of the brain which are known to be associated
with specific brain disorders, we offer different H-Coils that are designed to influence the neurological networks of those regions. For example, we have two H-Coils, targeting different brain regions, that may
be used for MDD (including anxious depression), one H-Coil used for OCD, and one H-Coil used for smoking addiction. Some of our H-Coils are also able to treat more than one indication. The H-Coils
transmit pulses which are generated by a power supply, known as a stimulator. We developed our own proprietary stimulator that is more advanced than our previously used third-party stimulator and improves
our approved Deep TMS systems through its user-friendly software interface and other features. We expanded our FDA clearances in MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction, which had previously applied to our
older model systems with third-party stimulators, to also include current systems which incorporate our proprietary stimulator. In addition, we are currently developing and initiated clinical testing of our next
generation  multichannel  device,  which  includes  our  patented  “rotational  field”  TMS  or  “Deep  TMS  360°™”  technology.  The  patented  multichannel  aspect  of  this  technology  allows  for  simultaneous
modulation of different areas of the brain with independent stimulation parameters, and the patented rotational field aspect employs a method of stimulation that enables activation of a greater number of
neurons in the brain via two orthogonal TMS coils which are placed perpendicular to each other and operated with a time lag in order to induce a circularly rotating electric field. This enables stimulation of
neurons in various orientations, in contrast to currently available TMS devices which stimulate only neurons parallel to the induced field. We recently launched two new feasibility studies involving this next
generation device, one in the neurological field of post-stroke rehabilitation, and the other for OCD using an accelerated protocol. We believe there are a variety of other possible applications as well and we
believe this next generation technology can potentially make our Deep TMS systems even more attractive to clinicians, researchers and patients.

Our Deep TMS system is comprised of the various key components, as illustrated below. Each system can accommodate two helmets, and a third helmet can be incorporated using a separate auxiliary stand.

●

●

●

●

●

●

Helmet, including proprietary H-Coil

Stimulator, which provides the power supply and source of the Deep TMS electromagnetic field

Graphic User Interface (GUI)

One or More Arm(s)/Positioning Device(s)

Cooling System

Movable Medical Cart

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe our Deep TMS platform has many advantages relative to other TMS systems. Our H-Coil is a flexible device encased in a helmet that fits securely around the patient’s head. This, together with the
proprietary structure of our H-Coil, means that a much larger surface area of the head is in contact with the H-Coil than would be in contact with a figure 8-style coil. Furthermore, if the patient moves his or
her  head,  the  helmet—and  thus  the  H-Coil—moves  along  with  it,  eliminating  the  need  for  features  which  prevent  the  patient  from  moving  his  or  her  head  during  therapy.  In  contrast,  all  other  currently
available TMS products, which we refer to as Traditional TMS, generally utilize a variation of a figure 8 coil that is placed adjacent to the scalp of the patient and needs to be specifically positioned and
attached to the head in order to deliver focal stimulation of the desired area of the brain. Whereas some figure 8 coils are handheld by the operator, others are attached to an apparatus designed to minimize the
ability of the patient to move the head away from the relevant portion of the coil during therapy, which would prevent the patient from achieving the required stimulation. These features either alert the operator
in the event of a shift of the patient’s head away from the coil, or actually fasten the coil next to the patient’s head. In either case, only a small surface area on the patient’s head is likely to come into contact
with the figure 8 coil. Traditional TMS is limited to stimulating relatively narrower and shallower areas of the brain, and the manual positioning of the figure 8 coil in Traditional TMS may cause inaccuracies
in the region treated. Studies suggest that the figure 8 coil misses the target in a substantial number of patients.

A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance- continuation sessions twice weekly over
a period of up to 12 weeks. The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. The clearance for this indication is categorized as an adjunct therapy, which
means that it should be administered in conjunction with other first-line therapies and/or medications, as determined in the independent medical judgment of the treating healthcare professional on a case-by-
case basis. A course of treatment for smoking addiction typically requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week
for an additional three weeks. A standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20, 19 and 18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD, the FDA has also cleared a 3 minute “Theta Burst”
treatment protocol. The protocols for OCD and smoking addiction also require a short provocation procedure (i.e., triggering of OCD or smoking symptoms, as relevant), to ensure that Deep TMS is calibrated
to treat the particular needs of the patient, which is then followed by a Deep TMS session. The treatments are typically office-based procedures performed in private clinics, hospitals, universities, and other
medical  centers.  As  with  Traditional  TMS,  Deep  TMS  is  contraindicated  for  patients  with  metallic  objects  or  implanted  stimulator  devices  in  or  near  the  head,  including  cochlear  implants,  deep  brain
stimulators, other implanted electrodes or stimulators, aneurysm clips or coils, stents, bullet fragments, jewelry, and hair barrettes. During treatment, the patient must use earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud
sounds produced by the device.

We believe that Deep TMS has additional advantages over Traditional TMS because it is capable of stimulating deeper and broader areas of the brain. Studies have shown that while Traditional TMS devices
create an electromagnetic field estimated to penetrate the cortical surface of the brain up to depths in the range of 0.7 centimeters to 1.0 centimeters, Deep TMS creates a magnetic field with a slower and more
gradual deterioration that reaches depths of approximately 1.5 to 2 centimeters for BrainsWay’s H-Coils. Studies have also shown that BrainsWay’s H1 Coil has the capacity for total stimulated brain volume of
17 cm3 compared to 3 cm3 for the figure 8 coil used in Traditional TMS. We believe this deeper and broader penetration of Deep TMS provides an advantage over Traditional TMS because of its potential to
address a wider variety of brain disorders, and for a given disorder, to stimulate more relevant brain structures.

The training for operation of a Deep TMS system is relatively simple and generally requires a day of training which includes classroom lectures as well as a number of hours of practice providing treatment.
The OCD and smoking training protocols, respectively, also include tailored provocation procedures tailored to provoke the specific obsessions, compulsions, or addictions, as relevant, of the subject.

Competitive Strengths

●

Deep TMS technology has advantages over Traditional TMS

We believe that Deep TMS, with our proprietary H-Coil design, allows for deeper and broader penetration of regions of the brain compared to Traditional TMS, permitting Deep TMS to address a wider
variety of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. We believe that this deeper and broader penetration provides us with the opportunity to address more indications with potentially greater clinical
efficiency because Deep TMS stimulates a larger portion of the brain and is less sensitive to coil orientation and position during treatment. In addition, Deep TMS is administered at stimulation levels that we
believe are as safe and tolerable as Traditional TMS.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

We have obtained FDA marketing authorizations of Deep TMS for MDD (including anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction

We are the only manufacturer of a TMS device to have been cleared by the FDA for three separate mental health disorder indications based on clinically proven efficacy which was demonstrated in pivotal
randomized placebo controlled studies conducted on the device: MDD, for which our H1 Coil device was cleared by the FDA in 2013, (and which clearance was expanded in August 2021 to include reduction
of comorbid anxiety symptoms, or anxious depression) and for which our H7 Coil received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in August 2022; OCD, for which our device was classified by FDA as a Class II
device in a de novo classification in August 2018; and smoking addiction, for which our device was cleared for short term treatment in August 2020. For MDD (including anxious depression), we are one of
only two TMS companies that have performed clinical studies supporting an FDA clearance. For OCD, we are the only company to have received such clearance based on clinical data from a pivotal study on
the device. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for OCD based on a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, while other competitors that have since obtained
FDA clearance for this indication, have done so in part relying on our clinical data. For smoking addiction, and indeed addictions generally, we are the first and only TMS company to have received FDA
clearance.

●

Our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS

We believe that our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS, which could accelerate its market acceptance by clinicians. Our pivotal trial for MDD demonstrated statistically significant
response and remission rates of 38.4% and 32.6%, respectively, in week five of Deep TMS treatment of 20 minutes per session, compared to 21.4% and 14.6%, respectively, after sham treatment. Our pivotal
trial  for  OCD  demonstrated  statistically  significant  response  and  partial  response  rates  of  38.1%  and  54.8%,  respectively,  after  six  weeks  of  daily  active  Deep  TMS  treatment  of  19  minutes  per  session,
compared to 11.1% and 26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment. Post-marketing data on Deep TMS for OCD published in 2021 found that 58.4% of those who completed 29 sessions achieved response, and
73% of patients, including those who did and did not complete the full course of therapy, demonstrated response at least once prior to the conclusion of treatment. Our pivotal trial for smoking addiction
demonstrated  a  statistically  significant  difference  in  reaching  the  Continuous  Quit  Rate  (CQR),  defined  as  4  weeks  of  continuous  abstinence  from  smoking  at  any  point  during  the  study.  Among  the  168
participants in the study who completed three weeks of Deep TMS or sham treatment, plus the mandatory additional three weeks of follow-up (reaching the six-week endpoint), the CQR was 28.4% in the
treatment group, compared to 11.7% in the sham group (p=0.007). Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe and well-tolerated by patients in these trials.

With respect to our MDD labeling expansion which now includes anxious depression, data from 573 patients who had undergone Deep TMS treatment in 11 studies, including both randomized controlled trials
(RCT) and open-label studies, which was submitted by us in support of our application to the FDA, demonstrated a treatment effect that was consistent, robust, and clinically meaningful for decreasing anxiety
symptoms  in  adult  patients  suffering  from  major  depressive  disorder. An  analysis  of  our  data  found  favorable  outcomes  with  Deep  TMS  when  compared  to  sham  or  medication  as  standard  of  care.  For
example,  using  the  Cohen’s  d  statistical  method,  data  from  the  3  randomized  studies  of  Deep  TMS  demonstrated  effect  sizes  ranging  from  0.34  (when  compared  to  sham)  to  0.90  (when  compared  to
medication). As a reference, published articles from approximately 16,000 subjects in over 70 studies of drug-based anxiety treatments – including studies of standard-of-care medications frequently prescribed
for patients suffering from anxious depression and general anxiety disorder – report effect sizes ranging from 0.2 – 0.37.

●

We have a commercial track record for MDD and OCD

We have an established commercial footprint in the United States for Deep TMS for MDD, including our own sales, marketing, and support employees. We estimate that over 90% of total private insurer
covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep TMS is eligible for reimbursement from all Medicare
Administrative Contractors (MACs), and our OCD treatment is currently covered by one of the seven MACs. We are also currently selling Deep TMS for MDD in Canada, Europe, Asia, India, Israel, the
United  Arab  Emirates  ,  and  certain  other  countries.  We  received  reimbursement  coverage  applicable  to  Deep  TMS  in  Australia  in  November  2021  and  in  Israel  in  June  2022.  We  are  also  increasing  our
commercialization efforts for Deep TMS for OCD. Our installed base of Deep TMS systems for MDD facilitates faster expansion into OCD because clinicians who already have a Deep TMS system only need
to lease or purchase an add-on arm and helmet to the existing system. In 2021, for the first time, several payors issued policies and coverage determinations allowing for reimbursement coverage applicable to
Deep TMS for OCD, with over 90 million covered lives in the U.S. eligible for coverage as of March 2024. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation (with
26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives), Highmark
(with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US,
Palmetto GBA, published a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies
with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. Our strategy is to look for ways to facilitate increased coverage for
OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. After the receipt of FDA clearance for our Deep TMS product for smoking addiction, we initiated a clinical data collection effort
to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

Our flexible pricing models are designed to achieve market penetration

We market our products utilizing two basic pricing models: (i) a fixed-fee lease model enabling unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model. We also offer and/or are considering offering a pay per use
model to certain customers in certain territories. Warranty and support are either included (in varying degrees and for varying periods) or may be purchased as part of all pricing models. Additional potential
revenues  may  be  derived  from  extended  warranty  fees  paid  for  the  system  for  service  coverage  beyond  the  standard  included  warranty  period,  and  from  variable  or  usage  fees  based  on  the  number  of
treatments performed with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-coil helmets, to facilitate transactions
utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. We believe that our different pricing models offer flexibility and allow for increased market acceptance
among  clinics  and  psychiatric  professionals.  Based  on  our  commercial  data,  and  depending  on  insurer  reimbursement  rates,  we  believe  our  psychiatrist  customers  for  MDD  systems  can  generate  up  to
approximately $10,000 of gross revenues per patient, and in some cases more, for a course of treatment using our system. While OCD coverage is still emerging, we believe that our customers can generate up
to approximately $8,800 of gross revenues per OCD patient.

●

Deep TMS has potential application to a range of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders

Our clinical studies, including various feasibility studies, suggest that our Deep TMS system has the potential to serve as a platform technology that can address a potentially wide variety of other psychiatric,
neurological,  and  addiction  disorders  by  using  the  appropriate  H-Coil  structure  for  different  targeted  brain  regions.  We  are  the  first  and  only  TMS  company  to  be  cleared  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug
Administration (FDA) for three separate mental health disorder indications based on clinically proven efficacy as demonstrated in pivotal randomized placebo controlled studies. Current indications include
MDD  (including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly  referred  to  as  anxious  depression),  obsessive-compulsive  disorder  (OCD),  and  smoking  addiction.  Moreover,  in  August  2021,  we
received 510(k) clearance from the FDA expanding our MDD indication to also include treatment of depressed patients for the reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms (commonly referred to as anxious
depression). In 2021 we also received a clearance for a shortened three- minute depression protocol and a labeling expansion for anxious depression through subsequent 510(k) clearances. In 2022, the FDA
extended the clearance of our H7 Coil to include the treatment of MDD (including anxious depression). Our shortened three-minute depression protocol, however, continues only to apply for our H1 Coil.

Beyond our existing indications, we are also considering further clinical trials in other neurological and/or addiction areas.

Our Strategy

We  are  currently  focused  on  expanding  the  commercialization  of  Deep  TMS  with  respect  to  MDD,  OCD  and  smoking  addiction.  In  September  2021,  we  received  a  510(k)  clearance  from  the  FDA  for
expansion of our Deep TMS MDD treatment also to include treatment for reduction of anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression. In August 2022, we received FDA-clearance for treating
anxious depression with our H7 Coil, which had been previously cleared for treating OCD. In addition, we are actively engaged in research for other potential applications for Deep TMS for patients suffering
from neurological conditions and addictions. For each potential indication, we assess and evaluate our technology’s efficacy, safety, patent status, market potential, and development and regulatory pathways.
Our systematic approach to evaluating and developing applications for Deep TMS allows us to continually build upon our clinical pipeline, and advance those applications with the greatest clinical effect and
revenue potential. We also plan to advance other technological innovations in the neuromodulation space for the improvement of our products. For example, we are currently developing and initiated clinical
testing of our next generation multichannel device, which includes our patented “rotational field” TMS or “Deep TMS 360°™” technology, allowing for simultaneous modulation of different areas of the brain
and stimulation of neurons in various orientations to cover a greater number of neurons.

Specific elements of our strategy include the following:

●

Increase the full-scale commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD, OCD and smoking addiction

We are continuing to scale up our commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD as we seek to further penetrate the MDD market, including since September 2021 FDA- cleared treatment to anxious depression
and  the  August  2022  cleared  H7  Coil  for  such  treatment.  We  continue  to  focus  our  principal  commercial  activity  on  the  U.S.  market  in  light  of  the  market  size  and  wide  range  of  insurance  coverage.  In
addition, we continue our full- scale commercialization of Deep TMS for OCD, which is the first noninvasive medical device FDA-authorized for the treatment of OCD, with reimbursement coverage for this
indication obtained since 2021 from payors covering over 90 million covered lives in the United States. After the receipt of FDA clearance for our products for smoking addiction, the Company initiated a
clinical data collection effort to facilitate and support the long term viability of the commercial plan for this product.

●

Pursue additional indications and technological innovations for Deep TMS

We are considering expanding the application to other areas as well including - neurological and/or addiction disorders. We intend to progress these plans ourselves and through our relationships with third-
party researchers and clinical institutions in conducting clinical trials for additional psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. With this approach, we address psychiatric, neurological, and addiction
disorders that we believe present some of the most promising market opportunities for Deep TMS.

●

Expand reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for OCD, smoking addiction and other approved indications in the future

A key prerequisite to the successful market acceptance of Deep TMS is securing sufficient insurance/third-party payor coverage. The scope and level of coverage are also key factors in our ability to penetrate
the market and to expand further use of our Deep TMS system by healthcare providers and facilities for the benefit of the larger patient population. Our MDD treatment with Deep TMS is widely eligible for
reimbursement, including from Medicare, subject to the satisfaction of certain clinical criteria. We aim to achieve similar levels of reimbursement for Deep TMS for OCD. We also aim to secure coverage in
various jurisdictions outside of the United States, For example in 2021 and in 2022, favorable coverage decisions applicable to TMS for MDD were issued in Australia and Israel, respectively. The Company
has also begun efforts to obtain reimbursement for smoking addiction, and in October 2023 the Clinical TMS Society, an influential peer group, published the first coverage recommendations for smoking We
believe that our ability to secure coverage from payors will be a key factor in the long-term success of this indication.

●

Develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems.

We continue to develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems to expand the applicability of Deep TMS to additional indications and improve the capabilities of the systems for
approved  indications.  For  example,  in  December  2021  we  displayed  a  future  version  of  the  platform  that  will  serve  as  the  basis  for  our  next  generation  Deep  TMS  system,  which  includes  our  patented
“rotational field” TMS or “Deep TMS 360°™” technology, allowing for simultaneous modulation of different areas of the brain and stimulation of neurons in various orientations to cover a greater number of
neurons. Our novel rotational field technology involves the operation of two orthogonal coils to induce a rotating field in the brain, allowing for stimulation of neurons in various orientations. We have recently
begun to test the clinical efficacy of this next generation technology in 2 new feasibility studies – one for post-stroke rehabilitation, and the other for OCD using an accelerated protocol. We further believe
these enhancements hold the potential to make Deep TMS even more attractive for clinicians, researchers, and patients, and may serve to better position its use in neurology.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

Increase our international commercial footprint

We are working to expand our existing commercial footprint in Europe, Asia, Latin America, Australia, the broader Middle East, and to pursue commercialization in additional markets. We currently have
distribution and agent agreements in various territories, including, notably, Italy, Spain, Czech Republic, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, the Philippines, and the United Arab Emirates. In Israel, we
directly distribute to our customers.

We obtained regulatory approval with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (PMDA) in Japan, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health
Insurance Plan. We are working through our Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage.

Deep TMS for MDD

Disease Overview

MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional symptoms, such as sadness, despair, emptiness, self-
hate and critique, and cognitive symptoms, such as difficulty concentrating, memory dysfunction, suicidal thinking, and faulty judgment of reality. MDD is expressed differently, and in different intensities,
among patients, and significantly impacts the functioning in all aspects of life. Patients are often not diagnosed due to low levels of awareness of the disease and its symptoms by the patient and the family
doctor involved, or due to prejudice related to psychotherapy. In order to be diagnosed with MDD, a patient must display symptoms that are present most of the day, nearly every day, for at least two weeks. A
diagnosis of MDD is established by clinical interview, and an assessment of whether a patient reports a collection of the relevant symptoms.

MDD is a recurrent disease and follows a fluctuating course over an individual’s lifetime, with periods of remission and relapse. If an initial episode of MDD is resolved, the return of depressive symptoms
during the first nine months thereafter is referred to as a relapse of the illness and is generally considered to be part of the same depressive episode. When depressive symptoms return more than 12 months
after the initial episode of MDD is resolved, it is considered to be a recurrence of the illness and is deemed a new and distinct episode. A response to treatment is commonly measured as a clinically significant
decrease in symptoms on a standardized rating scale from baseline scores. When a patient shows no or nearly no symptoms, the patient is referred to as being in remission. Experiencing one episode of MDD
places  an  individual  at  an  estimated  50%  risk  of  experiencing  an  additional  episode  of  MDD.  Approximately  80%  of  those  individuals  who  have  experienced  two  episodes  of  MDD  will  experience  an
additional episode.

In people with MDD, the complex system of neuronal communication does not function properly. One of the most important discoveries in neuroscience has been the recognition that improper regulation of
one or more of the three major neurotransmitters, serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine, plays a key role in a patient’s depression. This understanding has guided psychiatric drug development and the
treatment of depression for more than three decades by placing a major focus on targeting chemically- based mechanisms. The relatively recent introduction of TMS as a targeted, circuit-based treatment
option has reintroduced the importance of electrical mechanisms in restoring proper function to neuronal pathways to treat depression.

Market Information

According to the WHO, an estimated 280 million people worldwide including 21.0 million individuals in the United States develop a major depressive episode within a given year. We estimate that there are
69 million depression patients in India, 71 million in China, 37 million in Europe, and 6 million in Japan. MDD is one of the most prevalent mental illnesses across all demographics. According to the Clinical
Psychology Review, MDD follows a chronic course of repeated bouts of remission and recurrence in about 50% of people affected. The chronic nature of MDD makes it the leading cause of years lost to
disability in the world, and MDD patients are more likely to commit suicide. According to the American Journal of Psychiatry, roughly 2% of MDD patients treated as outpatients, and 4% of those hospitalized
because of their condition, commit suicide. In addition, studies suggest that some patients exhibit a higher mortality rate even after controlling for suicide. Due to the prevalence and severity of MDD, the
treatment of the disorder is a pressing concern for mental health professionals.

We focus on the population segment for whom conventional treatment (medicinal and/or psychotherapy) of MDD has not provided the required clinical response, as patients who are treatment-resistant and are
entitled to reimbursement for Deep TMS treatment. It is customary to assess that approximately half of the sufferers from the illness do not respond to the first medicinal treatment, and that one-third do not
find conventional solutions to their suffering at all. In addition, even among patients who receive medicinal treatment that is found effective, many suffer from severe side effects that cause them to abandon the
treatment  and  be  left  with  their  depressive  condition.  We  aim  to  meet  the  enormous  need  of  these  groups  of  treatment-resistant  patients  and  provide  effective,  non-medicinal  treatment  which  is  not
accompanied by the systemic side effects of the medication on the one hand and the electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) treatments on the other hand (such as damage to memory).

Treatment Options for MDD

Treatment  for  patients  diagnosed  with  MDD  varies  by  disease  severity.  For  patients  with  mild  to  moderate  depression,  first  line  treatment  is  usually  psychotherapy  (the  treatment  of  mental  disorders  by
psychological means), especially if the patient is able to identify particular stressors or sources of depressive symptoms. For some of these patients, pharmacotherapy (anti-depressant medication) may be used
to supplement psychotherapy. For patients with moderate depression, pharmacotherapy with or without psychotherapy is the recommended initial treatment. TMS is a second line therapy for the treatment of a
patient who has failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from prior pharmacotherapy. For patients with severe depression and later stage treatment, somatic treatments such as ECT may be an option.

The central group of anti-depressant medicines is the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI) and selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake (SNR).

A significant systematic review of the existing evidence linking serotonin levels to depression was published in Nature in July of 2022. The review concluded that "[t]he main areas of serotonin research
provide no consistent evidence of there being an association between serotonin and depression, and no support for the hypothesis that depression is caused by lowered serotonin activity or concentrations." The
review, however, did not refute the body of evidence showing that randomized clinical trials (RCTs) comparing SSRIs to placebo have consistently demonstrated statistical significance in reducing depression.
As such, there has not been an appreciable change in prescribing patterns. Thus, SSRIs are effective for some patients in treating depression, but there is a gap in understanding as to why.

Positive data published in May 2023 in the Journal of Psychiatric Research demonstrated compelling data with respect to the effectiveness of Deep TMS for MDD, showing a high response rate from patients
in an average period of 16 sessions or 21 days after beginning treatment with Deep TMS.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  recent  publication  in  October  2023  in  the  Psychiatry  Research  journal  published  new  real-world  post-marketing  data  demonstrating  the  efficacy  of  accelerated  Deep  TMS  or  the  treatment  of  major
depressive disorder (MDD). The standard FDA-cleared Deep TMS protocol involves one treatment session per day, five days a week for 4 weeks, followed by a maintenance period. However, there has been
recent interest in “accelerated” dosing schedules which involve multiple sessions each day to allow for quicker overall treatment time. Data collected using this approach to treat depression was compiled from
clinical sites and analyzed in this study. Key findings from this post-marketing study included data demonstrating efficacy of Deep TMS administered over multiple sessions each day to allow for quicker
overall treatment time for depression patients.

Drug side effects play a decisive role in treatment selection and modification, as each class of drugs is associated with a host of side effects, some more severe or more common than others. The most common
side  effects  include  gastrointestinal  symptoms,  sedation,  insomnia,  weight  changes,  sexual  dysfunction,  nervousness,  sleep  disruption,  nausea,  headaches,  and  cardiovascular  or  neurological  effects.  Side
effects may also cause patients not to adhere to the treatment or to abandon it. On initiation of anti-depressant pharmacotherapy, close monitoring for response to treatment and development of side effects is
essential. Recently, in August 2022, the FDA has approved AUVELITY (dextromethorphan HBr -bupropion HCl) extended-release tablets for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) in adults.
AUVELITY is the first and only oral N-methyl D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist approved for the treatment of MDD.

The limitations of anti-depressant medications in MDD treatment were demonstrated in the STAR*D study, a large clinical trial funded by the NIMH that enrolled more than 4,000 adult MDD patients at 41
clinical sites to examine the outcomes to a sequenced series of anti-depressant medication attempts that mimicked best practices. In the study, only 36.8% and 30.6% of patients achieved remission in their first
and second medication attempts, respectively. In addition, 30-40% of MDD patients did not experience a meaningful response to anti-depressant medication. An analysis conducted in 2020 which was based
on  the  STAR*D  study  further  reinforced  the  limitations  of  anti-depressant  medications  in  MDD  treatment,  finding  that  only  21%  of  patients  achieve  remission  with  medication  and  that  58%  achieved  no
meaningful benefit with a second step switch to a monoaminergic antidepressant. This means that there is still a significant number of patients who could benefit from an alternative treatment such as Deep
TMS.

Side effects are one of the most commonly cited reasons for patients terminating the use of anti-depressants. The most troubling side effects resulting from long-term antidepressant use are insomnia, weight
gain, gastrointestinal issues, and sexual dysfunction. In addition, correlation was discovered between consumption of SSRI medications and actualization of suicidal thoughts in youth, and some SSRI group
medicines  require  strict  diets  and  medical  supervision.  The  most  common  side  effects  of  the  recently  approved  NMDA  treatment  include  dizziness,  headache,  diarrhea,  somnolence,  dry  mouth,  sexual
dysfunction, and hyperhidrosis.

TMS has been used as an antidepressant therapy since 2008. Currently, TMS for MDD is generally recommended for treatment-resistant MDD patients. Until recently payors typically required that patients fail
multiple antidepressant medications prior to receiving TMS; however, there has been a trend which continued over the past year to reduce the number of required failures to one or two medication failures
before qualifying for TMS. Based on research showing that TMS is effective in treating depressive symptoms in patients earlier within the continuum of care, many payors have now reduced the number of
prior failed medication trials needed to qualify for Deep TMS for MDD. Specifically, about 90 million covered lives in the US with commercial coverage now qualify for Deep TMS for MDD after two to
three failed medication trials, and approximately 42 million lives in the US with Medicare reimbursement coverage qualify after just one to two failed medication trials. For many patients, the side effects
associated with pharmacological treatments for depression are a primary reason underlying low compliance and, subsequently, low efficacy of treatment. For TMS, however, no significant side effects have
been observed, other than mild headaches for a short period of up to a few hours after the treatment, and rare instances of short seizures. The few side effects associated with TMS treatment is considered one
of its main advantages. The most common side effect of Deep TMS treatment is short-lasting mild pain or discomfort around the site of coil application. This side effect usually only lasts during the first week
of treatment. Other adverse reaction reactions such as jaw and face pain, muscle pain, spasm or twitching, and neck pain were reported as mild or moderate and were also resolved shortly after treatment, as
well as seizures in certain patients. The less severe side effects associated with Deep TMS make it an attractive option for patients.

Alternatives to pharmacological and TMS-based treatments include ECT, vagal nerve stimulation (VNS), and deep brain stimulation (DBS). ECT, the main psychotherapy alternative to TMS, is a therapy in
which patients are administered brief electric currents through the brain. ECT is a noninvasive treatment carried out by a doctor under full anesthesia and muscle relaxant medicines, and patients often undergo
partial hospitalization with recovery time lasting from hours to even days. While fewer treatment sessions are required (6-12 sessions) compared to TMS (20-30 sessions), each session lasts approximately an
hour compared to the Deep TMS sessions that are typically about 20 minutes each. While ECT has high proven efficacy (70-75%) for patients with MDD, ECT’s potential for serious side effects, as well as
negative  stereotypes  surrounding  the  treatment,  often  cause  patients  to  be  reluctant  to  undergo  ECT.  ECT  affects  the  entire  brain,  including  parts  which  do  not  need  treatment,  and  may  cause  permanent
cognitive damage, including memory loss. ECT may have significant and relatively severe side effects, the most common of which are cognitive and memory loss, changes in blood pressure, muscle pains,
nausea, changes in mood, headaches, and pain or discomfort. ECT is currently approved for treatment-resistant depression, severe mania, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, aggression or agitation in patients with
dementia, and catatonia. It is provided usually in cases of severe MDD, where medicinal treatment is ineffective or impossible and in instances where the depression constitutes a risk to the life of the patient.

VNS  and  DBS  are  invasive  therapies  that  can  have  serious  side  effects.  Both  involve  implanted  devices,  which  require  surgery.  In  DBS,  two  electrodes  are  surgically  implanted  in  the  brain  and  a  pulse
generator is implanted into the patient’s chest. The electrodes produce electrical impulses that can regulate the electrical activity of the brain. In VNS, a pulse generator is implanted on the upper left side of the
chest to stimulate the vagus nerve. VNS and DBS include surgical related risks, such as infection or local damage to the recurrent laryngeal nerve, which may lead to permanent voice alteration.

Prescription Digital Therapeutics, or PDTs, are a new therapeutic class of products designed to directly treat diseases with software. Certain PDTs are prescribed by healthcare providers after evaluation by the
FDA  for  safety  and  efficacy  testing  via  randomized  clinical  trials.  Digital  therapeutic  companies,  such  as  Pear  Therapeutics,  Inc.,  offer  and/or  are  exploring  products  across  a  variety  of  therapeutic  areas
including substance abuse, insomnia, and depression. These products can also include cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) techniques designed to improve disease outcomes.

Deep TMS for MDD—Our Clinical Trials

Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety of Deep TMS

We completed a Phase III trial at 20 different sites in the United States, Canada, Israel, and Germany to test the efficacy and safety of using Deep TMS to treat MDD between 2009 and 2013. The therapeutic
effect was clinically meaningful in both patients who failed one to two medications and patients who failed three or more medications, indicating that Deep TMS is effective in an even more treatment-resistant
population.

Based on these results, we filed a 510(k) application to the FDA for Deep TMS using BrainsWay’s H1 Coil. In 2013, the FDA cleared Deep TMS for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to
achieve satisfactory improvement from previous anti-depressant medication treatment in the current episode.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)

Trial Design

This randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial investigated the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS in 212 treatment-resistant adult MDD patients. Enrolled subjects were randomized in a
1:1 ratio to undergo either monotherapy with active Deep TMS or with a sham. For active Deep TMS treatment, BrainsWay’s H-Coils was used at 120% stimulation intensity and a frequency of 18 Hz.

The trial was designed with three phases. The first phase was a wash-out phase in which patients slowly stopped any anti-depressants, mood stabilizers, or antipsychotics that they were previously taking. This
phase lasted one to two weeks. The second phase was a four-week acute treatment phase in which patients received daily treatment with Deep TMS or a sham. The treatments were administered in a five-day
sequence each week during the second phase. Measurements in respect of this phase were taken in week five. The final phase was a 12-week maintenance- continuation phase in which patients received two
treatments per week of Deep TMS or a sham. Measurements in respect of the final phase were taken in week 16.

The primary efficacy endpoint was a change in the 21-question Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS) at week five (following the end of the acute treatment phase). The secondary efficacy endpoints
were response and remission rates at week five. Response was defined as a reduction of at least 50% from baseline HDRS score. Remission was defined as a total HDRS score of less than 10. Tertiary efficacy
endpoints included a change in HDRS score from baseline to week 16 and the response and remission rates at week 16. Safety was assessed at every treatment and additional safety evaluations included
auditory threshold tests and cognitive evaluations.

Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to meet the following criteria:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Antidepressant medication-free (following washout period)

Failure to respond to one to four antidepressant trials or not tolerant of at least two antidepressant treatments in the current episode

Diagnosed with MDD with a single or recurrent episode

Duration of current episode must be at least one month but less than seven years

Score of at least four on the Clinical Global Impression Severity of Illness (CGI-S)

Score of at least 20 on the HDRS

No current (or within past year) diagnosis of other Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) Axis I disorders (e.g., PTSD, OCD, other mood disorders, eating
disorders, psychotic disorders, or dissociative disorders)

No history or increased risk of seizures

During analysis, the study results were analyzed in two separate groups: the intention-to-treat (ITT) and per-protocol (PP) analysis sets. The ITT group included all subjects who met the eligibility criteria and
received at least one Deep TMS treatment. Some of these patients, however, were not administered the treatment at the specified stimulation intensity of 120%. The PP patients included all subjects from the
ITT group who received the protocol-specified treatment and stimulation intensity. Baseline demographic, clinical and safety assessments were performed on the ITT analysis set. Primary efficacy analysis was
performed only on the PP group.

(b)

Trial Results

The primary efficacy endpoint was a change in the HDRS total score from baseline through week five. The change was measured as the slope of a graph of time point versus HDRS score. The estimated slope
for the Deep TMS treatment group was −6.39 while the estimated slope for the sham treatment group was −3.28. The difference between groups was statistically significant (p = 0.008) for the PP group.

The secondary efficacy endpoints were response and remission rates through week five. As shown in Figure 1, response rates were 38.4% at week five for the Deep TMS group and 21.4% at the same time
point for the sham group. Remission rates were 32.6% for the Deep TMS group and 14.6% for the sham group. The difference between groups was statistically significant for both response and remission rates
(p = 0.0138 and p = 0.0051, respectively).

The tertiary efficacy endpoints were changes in HDRS scores, response, and remission rates at week 16 compared to baseline (see Figure 1 below). The difference in slope between Deep TMS and sham
groups  was  2.47,  which  was  statistically  significant  (p  =  0.0259).  Additionally,  the  response  rates  at  week  16  were  44.3%  for  the  Deep TMS  group  and  25.6%  for  the  sham  group,  which  demonstrated  a
statistically significant difference between the groups (p = 0.0086). Remission rates at week 16 were 31.8% for the Deep TMS group and 22.2% for the sham group, which was a nonsignificant difference
between groups (p = 0.1492).

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 1. Response and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups at Week 5 and Week 16

For the group of patients who failed one to two medications, remission rates were 36.6% in the Deep TMS group and 16.7% in the sham group. This was a statistically significant difference (p = 0.032). For
the group of patients who failed three or more medications, remission rates were 28.9% for the Deep TMS group and 12.2% for the sham group. This difference was just outside of significance (p = 0.057).
The data suggest that Deep TMS treatment can achieve high rates of remission even in patients who have been more resistant to medications.

Figure 2. HDRS Score Change (Slope) and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups in Subpopulations of Patients Who Failed 1 to 2 Medications versus Patients Who Failed 3+
Medications

Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015

Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

Safety Results

Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe and well-tolerated by patients. The most common reported side effects within the Deep TMS group are as follows: 26.7% of patients experienced headaches, 5.0%
experienced application site pain, and 3.0% experienced application site discomfort. The most common reported side effects within the sham group are as follows: 18.9% of patients experienced headaches,
3.6% experienced insomnia, and 2.7% of patients experienced back pain. One subject experienced a seizure, following excessive consumption of alcohol on the night before treatment that was not reported to
the  treating  physician  or  operator  at  the  time  of  treatment.  This  was  considered  device-related,  albeit  with  the  caveat  that  withdrawal  from  alcohol  may  have  led  to  a  reduction  of  seizure  threshold  and
consequently to this seizure during Deep TMS.

Longer-Term Remission and Response

As demonstrated by our pivotal multicenter study for MDD (as described above), and in another third-party study (Harel et al. (2014)), MDD patients who achieved remission or response after an acute course
of Deep TMS treatment of 20 sessions over four weeks were able to sustain the therapeutic effect by continuing to undergo Deep TMS treatment beyond the treatment course. Additionally, our trial and the
Harel study showed that among MDD patients who did not achieve a response after an acute course of Deep TMS treatment, the longer such patients continued to undergo Deep TMS therapy, the more likely
they were to achieve remission or response. This result was also demonstrated in another study examining the results of our multicenter trial (Yip et al. (2017)), which found that 72.7% of the patients who did
not achieve response after an acute course of treatment achieved a response within the next 12 weeks (which involved twice weekly Deep TMS treatment), of which 60.6% achieved response within the first
four weeks. These studies suggest that Deep TMS may continue to be effective beyond the standard acute treatment course, potentially broadening its clinical applicability.

Real world data further demonstrates the benefits of Deep TMS for MDD: In a peer-reviewed post-marketing study published in Psychiatry Research in 2023, we demonstrated that patients who had received
30 or more Deep TMS treatments achieved an 82% response rate and a 65% remission rate. In the study, BrainsWay collected an aggregate data set from 1,753 patients across 21 clinics, of which 1,351
patients met the inclusion criteria for the analysis. All patients were treated with our H1 Coil utilizing either a standard protocol (typically 18Hz, 20-minutes long) or a shorter intermittent theta burst (iTBS)
protocol. Outcomes were measured with clinician-based scales (HDRS-21) and/or patient self-administered questionnaires designed specifically for depression (PHQ-9, BDI-II). This analysis also showed that
the average patient achieved sustained response at 16 sessions, or 21 days after beginning treatment. The results found similar efficacy rates among patients undergoing the standard protocol and those who had
been administered an iTBS protocol. Data from questionnaires which are not specific to depression, and thus less relevant for assessing depression changes, were intentionally excluded.

Use of H7 Coil for treatment of MDD

Our randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter, non-inferiority study of our H1 and H7 Coils trial, which included 144 subjects, found overall efficacy rates for the H7 Coil which were comparable to
those achieved with our H1 Coil. Based on this trial, the Company's MDD clearance, which had previously applied to its H1 Coil, was extended by the FDA to also apply to its H7 Coil, which until this
clearance were used only for treatment of OCD.

Furthermore, following receipt of this clearance, a publication of the study in The Journal of Clinical Investigation (JCI) Insight included a retrospective analysis of the study results which identify preliminary
predictors that could help optimize treatment based on individual patients’ attributes. This analysis examined clinician rating scales and EEG data revealing intriguing differences between the patient treatment
of the two coils. Categorizing patients according to “clusters” of clinical depressive and anxiety baseline symptoms derived from a subset of the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS-21) resulted in two
subject groups: One with higher severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H1 Coil, and another with lower severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H7 Coil. This
analysis also showed that brain activity measured during the first treatment session correlated with the clinical outcomes ultimately achieved after the full course of treatment. This finding suggests that specific
brain patterns observed in an individual’s response to either coil during the early stages of treatment might be predictive of the longer-term outcome of treatment with that coil.

Deep TMS for OCD Disease Overview

OCD is a common, chronic, and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions) that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over
in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships.

Individuals  with  OCD  exhibit  obsessions,  compulsions,  or  both.  Obsessions  are  reoccurring  ideas,  thoughts,  or  impulses  that  cause  anxiety  that  individuals  experience  excessively  and  without  cause.
Compulsions are defined as repetitive behaviors or thoughts that are performed on a strict schedule and appear to have a purpose to the patient exhibiting the behavior or thought. Even if an individual is aware
that the thoughts are inappropriate or irrelevant, he or she still might not be able to suppress the thought or the corresponding action. Obsessions tend to be related to contamination, cleanliness, or orderliness,
and so compulsions frequently involve cleaning, washing, counting, arranging things in a particular way, or repeatedly checking on things. These symptoms can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work,
school, and personal relationships. While a wide spectrum of individuals may exhibit OCD-like symptoms, in order to be diagnosed with OCD, he or she must exhibit symptoms that cause severe distress or
disrupt a person’s functioning for more than one hour per day.

OCD can severely disrupt an individual’s daily functioning, and many individuals suffering from OCD have a lower quality of life and significantly more mental distress compared to unaffected individuals. A
survey of OCD patients found that 73% of patients have weakened family relationships, 62% have weakened friendships, and 40% are chronically underemployed or unemployed. Patients with both OCD and
MDD,  a  frequent  combination  of  disorders,  experience  the  most  severely  impacted  quality-of-life.  Additionally,  individuals  with  OCD  may  feel  embarrassment  or  shame  regarding  their  obsessions  and
compulsions, contributing to the low treatment-seeking rate of approximately 36%.

Market Information

Despite variances in estimates of the incidence of the disorder, we believe that a majority of research reports that 2% of the global population suffer from OCD sometime during their lifetime. According to the
National Institute of Mental Health, approximately 1.2% of the adult population in the United States suffers from OCD over their lifetime. Based on these data, we estimate that approximately 3.1 million
adults  in  the  United  States  suffer  from  OCD  annually,  and  approximately  half  (i.e.,  1.5  million)  are  treatment  resistant.  Of  the  total  OCD  population,  50.6%  of  cases  are  characterized  as  having  severe
impairment. Another 34.8% of adults with OCD had moderate impairment, and 14.6% had mild impairment. The average age of onset is 19 years old.

There is a significant overlap of patients experiencing MDD and those experiencing OCD. Researchers found that MDD was 10 times more prevalent in OCD patients compared to the general population.
Additionally,  roughly  30%  of  OCD  patients  have  concurrent  OCD  and  MDD  at  the  time  of  evaluation,  and  60  to  80%  of  OCD  patients  experience  a  depressive  episode  over  the  course  of  their  lifetime.
Frequently, depressive symptoms follow OCD, which suggests that the depressive symptoms occur as a response to the distress caused by OCD.

Treatment Options for OCD

OCD is generally considered to be one of the most difficult psychiatric diseases to treat. The wide variability in the expression of the disease and the frequent co-morbidity (simultaneous presence) with MDD
and other anxiety disorders has complicated the development of an effective, targeted treatment for OCD. The accepted treatment for OCD is medicinal treatment, psychotherapy or a combination of both.
However, up to 40% of patients do not respond to these treatments sufficiently.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
While 60-70% of patients respond or partially respond to treatment with antidepressant medications such as SRIs or SSRIs, there is a high relapse rate of approximately 60% when medications are stopped.
The  high  relapse  rate  suggests  that  pharmacological  treatments  should  be  continued  over  an  extended  period  of  time  in  order  to  have  continued  effect.  In  addition,  when  testing  a  new  pharmacological
treatment on a patient, it takes 10 to 12 weeks to determine if the medication is bringing about clinically significant improvements in symptoms. Over half of patients experience a 25% to 35% decrease in
symptoms within 10 to 12 weeks, but symptoms rarely disappear entirely. In addition, 40-60% of OCD patients do not experience a meaningful response to pharmacological treatment.

Deterrents to treatment include the often-severe side effects of medications. Tricyclic antidepressant medication, generally considered to be an effective first-line OCD treatment, is known for its particularly
strong side effect profile. The medication can cause heightened risk of seizures, weight gain, sleepiness, tremor, dry mouth, nausea, constipation, visual changes, sweating, and sexual dysfunction. All other
OCD  medications  may  cause  similar  side  effects,  which  make  it  challenging  for  patients  to  retain  a  high  quality  of  life  while  also  working  toward  disease  remission.  Upon  initiation  of  pharmacological
treatment for OCD, it is critical to closely monitor for development of any adverse effects.

Psychotherapy can be an effective treatment for adults and children with OCD. The treatment may involve controlled exposure to the source of the obsession and practice of refraining from performance of the
compulsion. Research shows that certain types of psychotherapy, including cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) and other related therapies (e.g., habit reversal training) can be as effective as medication for
many individuals. Research also shows that a type of CBT called Exposure and Response Prevention (EX/RP) is effective in reducing compulsive behaviors in OCD, even in people who did not respond well
to antidepressant medication. For many patients EX/RP is the add-on treatment of choice when antidepressant medication does not effectively treat OCD symptoms.

Deep TMS presents a novel, FDA-authorized treatment for OCD. In August 2018, the FDA classified and provided marketing authorization for Deep TMS for OCD as an adjunct treatment (i.e., to be used in
conjunction with first-line treatment, such as antidepressant medication or CBT) for adult patients suffering from OCD. Deep TMS has the unique ability to simultaneously influence a network of specific
regions in the brain related to OCD. In addition, it offers a direct effect over deep regions in the brain associated with the disorder. The effects of the treatment begin within a relatively short time period and the
duration of the entire treatment plan is shorter compared to a medicinal treatment. Deep TMS therapy for OCD has not demonstrated any systemic side effects, and we believe that Deep TMS presents an
attractive alternative to existing treatment options for OCD because antidepressant medications, due to their side effects, often lead to cessation of treatment by the patient and as a result, relapse of OCD
symptoms.

Positive data published in February 2022 in the Journal of Psychiatric Research demonstrated the relative cost-effectiveness of Deep TMS for refractory OCD patients when compared with other treatments
within  the  treatment  continuum,  which  includes  outpatient  medication,  CBT,  as  well  as  more  intensive,  facility-based  approaches.  The  data  suggest  that  Deep  TMS  is  a  cost-effective  alternative,  and
particularly indicate that it may serve as an incremental strategy to employ when higher intensity strategies, such as facility-based approaches, are either unavailable, not financially feasible, or have extended
waits for admission.

Since 2021, several payors issued policies and coverage determinations allowing for reimbursement coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS coverage varies
with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement.

The NIMH is supporting research into new treatment approaches for people whose OCD does not respond well to the usual therapies. These new approaches include combination and add-on (augmentation)
treatments, as well as novel techniques such as deep brain stimulation (DBS).

Deep TMS for OCD — Our Clinical Trials

Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety

We completed a Phase III trial at 11 sites in the United States, Israel, and Canada to test the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS as a treatment for OCD, which was conducted from 2014 through 2017. In this
trial, Deep TMS met its safety and efficacy endpoints and based on these results, we filed a de novo application to the FDA for the Deep TMS (using BrainsWay OCD) in this indication. In August 2018, the
FDA classified and granted marketing authorization for Deep TMS as an adjunct treatment for adult patients with OCD to be used together with other first-line therapies.

(a)

Trial Design

This double blind, placebo-controlled trial tested the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS in the treatment of 94 treatment-resistant OCD patients. Enrolled subjects were randomized to either treatment with active
Deep  TMS  or  a  sham.  Deep  TMS  for  OCD  was  used  for  all  treatment  sessions,  each  of  which  lasted  18.3  minutes.  BrainsWay  OCD  is  specifically  used  in  OCD  treatment  because  it  targets  the  anterior
cingulate cortex, a region believed to be affected by OCD.

The trial consisted of three phases. The first phase, lasting one to two weeks, was the screening phase, during which antidepressant medications other than SSRIs were tapered down and washed out (i.e., to
make sure that patients take during the trial only medications that were approved by the protocol (such as SSRIs), and that they remained stable on these medications). Following the screening phase, patients
entered into a six-week treatment phase. During the first five weeks of the treatment phase, patients received five consecutive sessions per week, followed by one week with four sessions (29 total treatment
sessions). The third phase was the follow-up, in which patients were assessed in week six after their final treatment.

The  primary  endpoint  measure  was  the  Yale-Brown  Obsessive  Compulsive  Scale  (YBOCS),  which  is  a  score  ranging  from  0  to  40,  with  higher  scores  indicating  greater  severity  of  OCD  symptoms.  The
secondary efficacy endpoint measures were response rate at weeks 6 and 10, partial response rate at weeks 6 and 10, and remission rates at week 6. Secondary safety endpoint measures included the number of
adverse events, physical and cognitive evaluations, and vital signs.

Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to be diagnosed with OCD, have a YBOCS score of greater than 20, and not be diagnosed with any severe personality disorders.

(b)

Trial Results

After six weeks of treatment, the Deep TMS treatment group had statistically significant improvement in YBOCS score compared to the sham treatment group. The adjusted mean YBOCS score decreased by
6.04 points in the Deep TMS group and by 3.27 points in the sham control group. The difference between the slopes of 2.78 points across six weeks between the treatment arms was statistically significant (p-
value: 0.0127), and the effect size at week six assessment was 0.69. As shown in Figure 3, 38.1% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a response compared to 11.1% of the sham treatment group.
Furthermore, 54.8% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a partial response, compared to 26.7% of the sham treatment group. The differences between groups were statistically significant for both
response rate (p = 0.0033) and partial response rate (p = 0.0076).

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 3. Response and Partial Response Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

One month after the end of treatment (10 weeks after baseline), patients retained clinical improvement of symptoms, and these measures (YBOCS change and response rate) were significantly better in the
Deep TMS group compared to the sham group (p=0.03 for YBOCS change and p=0.0057 for response rate).

Figure 4 highlights the continued decrease in unadjusted mean YBOCS score from baseline over the ten-week period.

Figure 4. Total YBOCS Score Change from Baseline over 10-Weeks for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

Real world data further demonstrates the benefits of Deep TMS for OCD: In a post-marketing study, published as a peer-reviewed paper, the overall first and sustained response rates were 72.6% and 52.4%,
respectively. The response rate was 57.9% in patients who had YBOCS scores after the FDA-cleared protocol of 29 Deep TMS sessions. First response was achieved in average after 18.5 sessions (SD = 9.4)
or 31.6 days (SD = 25.2). Onset of sustained one-month response was achieved in average after 20 sessions (SD = 9.8) or 32.1 days (SD = 20.5). Average YBOCS scores demonstrated continuous reduction
with increasing numbers of sessions. The results indicate that in real-world clinical practice, the majority of OCD patients benefitted from our therapy, and the onset of improvement usually occurs within 20
sessions. Extending the treatment course beyond 29 sessions resulted in continued reduction of OCD symptoms, raising the prospect of value for extended treatment protocols in non-responders.

A study published in November 2021 in the Brain Stimulation journal demonstrates the durability of Deep TMS for OCD and the significant reduction in functional disability experienced by those who have
undergone our therapy for this disorder. To evaluate durability, clinical sites from our pivotal trial, as well as other clinical sites contributing post-marketing data, conducted follow up assessments with patients
that had met response criteria following treatment with our H1 Coil. Durability was defined as the elapsed time from the end of the Deep TMS treatment course until there was a change in ongoing treatment.
Data revealed that of the 60 subjects evaluated from seven clinical sites, 52 demonstrated durability of one year or more (86.7%), 26 of which showed two or more years of durability. The data also showed that
patients exhibited a significant reduction in disability, with self-reported unproductive days per week dropping from 5.5 days (±0.4) to 1.8 days (±0.4), and self-reported lost days per week dropping from 1.9
(±0.6) to 0.3 days (±0.2).

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 5. OCD Durability and Reduction in Unproductivity

Deep TMS for Smoking Addiction Disease Overview

Smoking is one of the leading causes of death in developed countries. The addiction to nicotine, similar to the addiction to drugs and alcohol, activates the limbic system and causes uncontrollable desire to
smoke. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), 1.3 billion people globally use tobacco, primarily cigarette smoking. Globally, more than 8 million people die from smoking each year: 7 million
from direct us and 1.2 million from second-hand smoke. Approximately 34 million U.S. adults smoke cigarettes, and 480,000 die from smoking each year. Repeated nicotine use leads to tobacco use disorder
(TUD),  characterized  by  craving  and  withdrawal,  compulsive  use  despite  negative  consequences,  repeated  relapses,  and  is  associated  with  multiple  health  problems  and  failed  attempts  to  cease.  Smoking
causes about 90% of all lung cancer deaths.

Market Information

The global nicotine replacement therapy (NRT) market was estimated at $2.6 billion in 2019, and this market value is anticipated to increase as a result of the increasing incidence of chronic, smoking-related
diseases. Chantix (Varenicline), the leading smoking cessation pharmaceutical from Pfizer, had sales of $1.1 billion worldwide in 2019, $899 million from the United States. Considering the U.S. market, there
are 34 million cigarette smokers. Each year, 55% attempt to quit smoking (81% of which are motivated to quit). Only 29% of adult smokers that attempt to quit report using medication (e.g. NRT, Varenicline,
Buproprion), and less than 10% of smokers quit within a given year with varied long-term success.

Treatment Options for Smoking Addiction

One of the most common smoking addiction options is nicotine replacement therapy (NRT), which is the affixing of patches to the body or the chewing of gum which secrete decreasing concentrations of
nicotine in a manner which may assist physical withdrawal. However, this method does not treat the psychological-behavioral component of the addiction, and therefore there is a high probability that the
patient will return to smoking if nicotine patch treatment is discontinued. A study found that 93% of over-the-counter NRT users relapse and return to smoking within six months.

First line treatment options include antidepressants such as Zyban (bupropion) and Chantix (varenicline). Studies have found advantageous abstinence rates compared to placebo. Yet, recent studies using
objective measures found very low quit rates. A recent meta-analysis found that 20% of smokers treated with medications remained abstinent for one year, compared to 12% with placebo. The medications
may frequently be associated with undesirable adverse events.

There are studies that indicate that combination of psychological support with pharmacotherapy may increase the chances to quit smoking. In November 2023, the Clinical TMS Society (CTMSS), a medical
society dedicated to supporting the clinical practice, research, and access to transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), has published the first coverage recommendations for smoking addiction treatment using
TMS. With this new coverage guidance for insurers, CTMSS now recommends TMS coverage for individuals with a confirmed diagnosis of Tobacco Use Disorder (TUD) who failed two alternative treatment
methods, cannot tolerate drugs, or have other comorbid medical conditions (secondary to TUD) such as COPD, artery disease and lung cancer.

Deep TMS for Smoking Addiction – Our Clinical Trials

Deep TMS presents a novel, FDA-authorized treatment for smoking addiction. In August 2020, the FDA classified and provided marketing authorization for the use of Deep TMS as an aid in short-term
smoking cessation in adults. Deep TMS has the unique ability to simultaneously influence a network of specific regions in the brain associated with reward and craving. The effects of the treatment begin
within a relatively short time period and the duration of the entire treatment plan is shorter compared to a medicinal treatment. Deep TMS therapy for smoking cessation has not demonstrated any systemic side
effects, and we believe that Deep TMS presents an attractive alternative to existing treatment options for smoking cessation because antidepressant medications, due to their side effects, often lead to cessation
of treatment by the patient and as a result, relapse to smoking.

We concluded with positive results a pivotal multicenter trial assessing the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS as an aid in smoking cessation in adults suffering from chronic smoking addiction.

The trial was a randomized, double-blind, multicenter study designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS treatment as an aid in reducing cigarette smoking in individuals suffering from chronic
smoking addiction. It was conducted at 14 sites, primarily in the U.S., and enrolled 262 eligible subjects randomized into two groups: an active treatment group treated with our proprietary H4 Coil targeting
addiction-related brain circuits, and a sham (placebo) control group. The primary endpoint of the study was a comparison between the two groups of the four-week continuous quit rate (CQR), representing
abstinence during a consecutive four-week period. Weekly abstinence was defined as a subject’s self- report (in a diary) of no smoking, confirmed by urine tests indicating abstinence from smoking. The
participants in the study were highly addicted to smoking, with a history of smoking on average for over 26 years and multiple failed attempts to quit. All of the subjects in the study had at least one prior
unsuccessful attempt to quit smoking before being enrolled in the trial. Over 68% of the subjects had undertaken at least three prior unsuccessful attempts, and over 25% had undertaken at least five prior
unsuccessful attempts.

Participants received three weeks of daily Deep TMS (or sham) treatment followed by one session per week for three more weeks (for a total of 18 treatments over six weeks). Assessment visits, including
questionnaires and the collection of urine samples, were performed weekly from week two until week six. In addition, subjects were asked to keep a record of their smoking behavior on a diary card. Patients
reporting abstinence at 6 weeks were invited for a long follow-up (L-UP) visit at 4 months.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of the 169 participants in the study who actually completed three weeks of Deep TMS or sham treatment, plus the mandatory additional three weeks of follow-up (reaching the six-week endpoint), the CQR
was 28.0% in the treatment group compared to 11.7% in the sham group (p=0.007). The primary endpoint was defined based on the CQR among those subjects who received at least one Deep TMS (or sham)
treatment session and had at least one post-baseline assessment, even if not completing the treatment period. Within this cohort (ITT-E- which consisted of 234 participants and included dropouts) the CQR
was 19.4% in the treatment group and 8.7% in the sham group (p= 0.0174).

The Overall 4-week continuous quit rate (CQR) is shown in the figure below for the active Deep TMS and sham groups, within the ITT-E and completers (CO) cohorts.

Figure 6. Overall 4-week Continuous Quit Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

An important secondary endpoint was the reduction in the number of cigarettes smoked. At baseline, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was 123 for the active group and 139 for the sham
group. After 3 weeks of treatment, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was reduced to 38 in the active group and 57 in the sham group (p= 0.0018, active vs. sham). By the sixth week of the
study, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week declined to 31 for the active group and 48 for the sham group (p=0.0125, active vs. sham).

The numbers of cigarettes per week, from baseline to the 6-week time-point, are shown in the figure below for the two groups. As can be seen, the difference between the Deep TMS and sham group is
significant starting from week 2.

Figure 7. Number of Cigarettes Smoked for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups

Sales and Marketing United States

The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 75% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023. We operate in the United States through our wholly owned
subsidiary, BrainsWay USA Inc., as a direct marketing and sales channel, engaging in the marketing, sales, support, and logistics independently in the United States. As of December 31, 2023, we had 45 U.S.
employees, including 43 sales, marketing and service/operations employees, 1 general and administrative employee, and 1 medical affairs employee.

In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following two methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee,
generally with a term of between 48 to 60 months, for unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model in which the Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price. sales or purchase
model. We also utilize and/or are planning to utilize other commercial models, including those based on a pay per use model, with certain customers in certain territories. Additional potential revenues may be
derived from extended warranty fees paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, and from variable or usage fees based on the number of treatments performed with
the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing
models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. These flexible offerings are designed to facilitate market penetration by addressing the differing clinical needs and risk tolerance
among our customer base.

As of December 31, 2023, approximately 44% of our global Deep TMS systems installed base for MDD utilized the fixed-fee lease model, and approximately 56% utilized the sales model. We generally
commercialize Deep TMS for OCD utilizing a leasing or purchase model, and often as part of a combined offering with our MDD system.

Following  our  receipt  of  FDA  clearance  for  smoking  addiction,  we  completed  controlled  and  limited  market  releases  of  our  system  for  this  indication,  and  are  currently  in  the  process  of  a  clinical  data
collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The training for operation of our Deep TMS system is not complex and requires about a day of training which includes theoretical learning and a number of practical hours of practice of placing the helmet on
the head of the patient and providing treatment. Deep TMS for OCD requires additional training on triggering the patient’s OCD symptoms prior to administration of the treatment. Similarly, Deep TMS for
smoking addiction involves a provocation procedure which triggers each individual smoker's craving for his or her preferred cigarette brand prior to the administration of therapy.

After installation of our system, we offer high quality service, technical support, and repair to customers. Customers leasing the device generally receive support including maintenance and warranty for repairs
and replacements during the full term of the lease. In contrast, customers purchasing the device receive this support for the first year following purchase. Thereafter, the warranty and support can be extended
on a yearly basis by paying a set fee.

Our marketing activities include, amongst other things, corporate presence in major commercial and professional conferences, press releases, advertising, participation in open house and other similar events,
social media, Search Engine Optimization (SEO), and other internet-based promotional campaigns, and release of both direct and online marketing materials, which are all designed to increase the use of our
systems for the authorized indications.

Government Regulation Outside of the United States

Approximately 25% of our revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and 12% of our revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, were generated outside of the United
States. A significant part of our sales outside the United States are made indirectly with local distributors and agents. Most of our sales outside the United States are made via the purchase model, although we
lease some of our Deep TMS systems as well, and in Israel we have several sites who have enlisted under a pay-per-use model. Our primary focus is on selling to hospitals, medical centers and clinics dealing
with the treatment of psychiatric neurological and addiction illnesses and disorders.

Our non-U.S. sales are managed both by our internal team in Israel and by local agents in various countries. In Israel, we do not use a distributor and our sales team distributes directly to our customers. We
have  exclusive  distribution  agreements  in  various  territories,  including,  notably,  in  Japan,  South  Korea,  Thailand, Taiwan,  the  Philippines,  and  the  United  Arab  Emirates,  and  are  seeking  new  distribution
partners  for  other  strategic  markets.  Under  our  distribution  agreements,  the  distributor  typically  receives  an  exclusive  right  to  commercialize  the  Deep  TMS  in  the  relevant  territory.  The  exclusivity  is
contingent upon fulfillment of certain quotas, or pre-defined minimum orders of a number of systems per period. We have the right to cancel the exclusivity of the distributor if the distributor fails to fulfill the
set targets. The distributor is required to pay us for each Deep TMS system installed in the territory.

The duration of these agreements varies between distributors and ranges between three and ten years. In territories in which we use a local distributor, the distributor is generally responsible for obtaining and
maintaining the regulatory approvals required for marketing of Deep TMS systems in the territory and for the installation, training, and maintenance of the systems in the relevant territory. In Japan, we have
obtained PMDA regulatory approval for our Deep TMS system, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our
Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in Japan in an effort to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage.

We aim to increase our marketing and sales outside the United States by means of cultivating and supporting our existing distributors, and by considering other strategic opportunities in various markets.
Success  of  penetration  in  each  country  is  contingent  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including,  among  others,  the  strength  and  capabilities  of  the  distribution  partner,  the  existence  of  regulatory  approvals,  the
availability of reimbursement, the support of key opinion leaders, and the ability of customers to adopt our technology.

Our Clinical Pipeline

Set forth below is a table presenting the status of our currently planned clinical pipeline:

Additional Potential Deep TMS Applications

Our primary focus for additional potential applications for Deep TMS include neurological and/or addiction disorders. For instance, we announced pilot study results from a randomized, placebo-controlled,
double-blind study on the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS in reducing alcohol consumption and craving in adults with Alcohol Use Disorder (AUD). Analyzing data from 46 subjects, the study demonstrated
that subjects in the active group had an average of 2.9% heavy drinking days (defined as a day on which four or more drinks were consumed for women, or five or more drinks for men) compared to 10.6%
heavy drinking days in the sham group.

We  have  conducted  clinical  trials  evaluating  Deep  TMS  for  a  variety  of  neurological  and  psychiatric  conditions  and  believe  further  investigation  could  pave  the  way  for  marketing  authorizations  in  new
indications in the United States and expand the potential for treatment to a wider range of patients. Recent areas of focus include post-stroke rehabilitation and OCD treatment using an accelerated protocol,
which we are currently exploring via 2 new feasibility studies utilizing our next generation “Rotational Field” TMS (or “Deep TMS 360°™”) system. Factors that contribute to how we prioritize the pursuit of
certain clinical studies include, but are not limited to, the strength of our feasibility clinical data, market potential, required budget, and ease of conduct of the trial. However, there is no guarantee that we will
ultimately be successful in obtaining marketing clearance for the indications prioritized for further study.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition

The industry for the treatment of mental health diseases, disorders, and other conditions is intensely competitive. Our currently marketed Deep TMS System is, and any future indications we develop and
commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. Our Deep TMS system for MDD competes with existing antidepressant drugs, other TMS therapies and to a lesser degree, more invasive treatments such
as ECT, VNS, and DBS. Our Deep TMS system for OCD also competes with existing medications and other available treatments. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly
sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of current or new industry participants. Certain competitors may be larger and have greater resources than us, and may develop treatment
options that receive faster regulatory approvals and/or are more rapidly adopted by clinicians and patients. Our competitors compete with us on the basis of efficacy and safety, regulatory approvals, price and
availability of reimbursement from third-party payors, ease of use/administration of the treatment option, reputation, and market trends. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success Deep TMS
System are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability, reliability, convenience and time frame of administration, market acceptance of our products relative to alternative treatments, and reimbursement.

Competitors that sell other forms of TMS therapy for MDD include Neuronetics, MagVenture, Magstim, Neurocare (MAG & More), Cloud TMS, Nexstim, Yingchi Medical, Sebers, and Magnus Medical that
compete  directly  with  us.  Their  systems  are  typically  based  on  traditional  TMS  utilizing  a  figure-8  coil  and  are  generally  FDA-cleared  for  MDD.  MagVenture  and  Neuronetics  have  also  received  FDA
clearance for OCD, although these competitors did not conduct randomized, controlled studies as a predicate to receiving such clearance. By contrast, our unique Deep TMS H-Coils are designed to address a
number of different brain disorders. Several competitors have obtained 510(k) clearance for their TMS device for an OCD indication, using our de novo classification as a predicate device in their submission,
and others may follow suit. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for this indication based on a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, while other competitors
that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication, have done so in part relying on our clinical data. BrainsWay remains the only company currently with marketing authorizations for MDD, OCD, and
the treatment of smoking addiction.

We  also  face  competition  from  pharmaceutical  and  other  companies  that  develop  competitive  products,  such  as  antidepressant  medications  (including  but  not  limited  to  a  nasal  spray  utilizing  the  drug
esketamine  approved  by  the  FDA  for  use  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  antidepressant),  with  certain  competitive  advantages  such  as  widespread  market  acceptance,  ease  of  patient  use  and  well-established
reimbursement. We may also face competition from the SAINT™ Neuromodulation protocol (Magnus Medical), a brain stimulation technique for treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders, which received an
FDA clearance for the treatment of MDD in adults who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from prior antidepressant medications in the current episode. We believe that Magnus Medical may
attempt to launch a TMS system in 2024 with this protocol being their main offering. In addition, we may face competition from ketamine, which is used as an anesthetic to treat a variety of brain disorders.
Currently in clinical trials, there are a number of psychedelics including lysergic acid diethyamide (LSD), psilosybin, DMT, and methylendioxymethamphetatmine (MDMA) showing early promise in the
treatment of mental health conditions like depression and PTSD. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if these competitors develop and commercialize antidepressant medications or
other treatments that are safer, more effective or more convenient than  Deep  TMS.  At  any  time,  these  and  other  potential  market  entrants  may  develop  treatment  alternatives  that  may  render  our  products
uncompetitive or less competitive. In addition, we could face competition by the recently approved AUVELITY (dextromethorphan HBr -bupropion HCl) extended-release tablets for the treatment of major
depressive disorder (MDD) in adults, which are the first and only oral N-methyl D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist approved for the treatment of MDD.

We are also subject to competition from invasive neuromodulation therapies such as ECT, VNS, and DBS. Major players in this space include Abbott, Boston Scientific Corporation, LivaNova, and Medtronic.
For example, the VNS system developed by Cyberonics (now LivaNova) is FDA- approved for MDD.

For  smoking  addiction,  there  are  a  wide  range  of  prescription  and  over-the-counter  (OTC)  short  term  aids  in  smoking  cessation.  Two  prescription  medications  that  are  synonymous  with  the  market  are
Chantix® (varenicline) and Zyban (buproprion). OTC nicotine replacement therapies continue to play a major role in a multi-modal approach to smoking cessation, with common forms ranging from chewing
gums, to lozenges, to transdermal patches.

Digital therapeutics, including prescription digital therapeutics (PDTs), are also gaining popularity in the space of mental health treatments given the availability and affordability of smart phones. For all of the
conditions we address in the United States, there are numerous popular phone applications to help reinforce the multi-modal treatment algorithms.

In addition, we may face competition in the future from other noninvasive treatments for MDD (including anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction. Examples of noninvasive treatment options in
early  development  include  low-intensity  and  low-frequency  ultrasound  (LIFU),  transcranial  laser  therapy,  and  infrared  therapy.  We  cannot  predict  whether  any  of  these  or  any  other  treatment  options  will
succeed in clinical trials or be commercially marketable in the future.

Intellectual Property

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses.”

Government Grants

As of December 31, 2023, we have received grants from the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $13,4 million. We are currently required to pay 3% royalties of sales of our Deep TMS products,
which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate. As of December 31, 2023, we have paid royalties
to the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $5,1 million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $11 million.

In addition, we received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS 8.2 million (approximately $2.3 million based on the NIS to USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2023). There
is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon.

Manufacturing and Supply

We manage all aspects of product supply through our Jerusalem and/or U.S.-based operations teams. We manufacture our proprietary H-Coils and outsource the manufacture of certain components, including
the stimulator, the computer controlling the stimulator, cooling system, the helmet, and the arm of the helmet, which are produced and tested to our specifications. We assemble Deep TMS systems at our
headquarters in Jerusalem, US warehouses and/or installation sites. In some cases, we rely on third-party providers to provide components used in existing products and we expect to continue to do so for
future products. Our production activities also include manually assembling certain components of our devices for all required clinical and commercial quantities, and the integration of all components into a
functioning Deep TMS system.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  rely  on  suppliers  for  most  of  the  components  used  in  manufacturing  Deep  TMS,  including  the  computer  controlling  the  stimulator,  the  helmet,  and  the  arm  of  the  helmet.  In  addition,  we  rely  on  the
outsourcing company utilized for the manufacture of our newer systems, including our proprietary stimulator and various other components. We manage our arrangements with our third-party manufacturers
and suppliers to adjust delivery schedules and quantities of components to match our changing manufacturing requirements. We forecast our component needs based on historical trends, current utilization
patterns, and sales forecasts of future demand. We establish our relationships with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers through supplier contracts and purchase orders. In most cases, these supplier
relationships may be terminated by either party upon short notice. The prices that we pay for sourced components vary depending on various factors, including the cost of the raw materials required for those
components, our required delivery times, and shipping costs. Magstim (UK) has historically supplied us with stimulators, and it is anticipated that they will continue to be used a source for older generation
systems which do not include our newer FDA-cleared stimulator for as long as such older generation systems remain in usage or are commercially available.

In order to mitigate the risks related to a single-source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers when possible, maximize the use of commercial, off the shelf components and materials, minimize specialized
or proprietary manufacturing processes, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions, including maintaining adequate inventory of any critical components. For further discussion of the risks
related to our supply chain, see “Risk Factors – Our operations could be affected in the event of further geopolitical instability, global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market
or political conditions or other outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions”. To date, the supply of finished products to our customers and clinicians has not been materially adversely affected as a
result of component supply issues.

We  are  subject  to  extensive  governmental  regulation  in  connection  with  the  manufacture  of  our  devices.  We  must  ensure  that  all  of  the  processes,  methods,  and  equipment  are  compliant  with  the  current
Quality System Regulations (QSR) for devices on an ongoing basis, mandated by the FDA and other regulatory authorities, and must conduct extensive audits of vendors, contract laboratories and suppliers.
We comply with such regulatory requirements. Certain of our foreign marketing authorizations requires compliance of said manufacturing process with the ISO 13485 standard, with which we are compliant.

Reimbursement

We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS, available after one to four failed (inadequate
response or intolerable) trials of antidepressant medications. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep TMS is eligible for reimbursement from Medicare, and is available after one to two failed trials of
psychopharmacologic  agents  (such  as  antidepressant  medications)  and  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  other  clinical  criteria.  Typically,  payers  (including  Medicare)  will  provide  reimbursement  for  up  to  36
treatment sessions of Deep TMS for MDD, although the maximum number of covered sessions varies by insurer and/or location.

Recently, United HealthCare has updated their Medicare Advantage policy in states covered by National Government Services Medicare to allow non-physician practitioners, like nurse practitioners, to order
and administer TMS Therapy to their patients with MDD in states where they have scope of practice to do so. Similarly, Aetna nationwide commercial plans (with 16.8 million covered lives), recently allowed
TMS  treatment  to  be  ordered  and  administered  by  behavioral  health  nurse  practitioners  for  patients  with  MDD,  and  has  removed  the  previously  required  four-month  psychotherapy  trial  before  a  patient
becomes eligible to receive an initial course of treatment with TMS. BlueCross BlueShield of Michigan (with 4.7 million covered lives) and BlueCross BlueShield of Louisiana have also issued healthcare
policies updates reducing the number of failed medication trails from four down to two prior to TMS treatment eligibility.

Over  the  past  three  years  there  has  been  emerging  reimbursement  coverage  for  Deep  TMS  for  the  treatment  of  OCD,  with  over  90  million  covered  lives  eligible  for  coverage  as  of  March  2024.  Positive
coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation (with 26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with
9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives), Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered
lives).Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA, published a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to
Deep  TMS  for  OCD.  While  the  criteria  for  this  emerging  Deep  TMS  for  OCD  coverage  varies  with  each  payor,  generally,  coverage  requires  the  failure  of  between  two  and  four  medication  trials  before
qualifying for reimbursement. Our strategy is to look for ways to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. In addition, there is currently
an  out-of-pocket  market  for  our  Deep  TMS  systems  for  OCD.  Deep  TMS  for  smoking  addiction  is  not  currently  eligible  for  reimbursement.  We  plan  to  seek  to  obtain  coverage  as  we  progress  in  our
commercialization for this indication. In October 2023 the Clinical TMS Society, an influential peer group, published the first coverage recommendations for smoking addiction, and we intend to leverage
these recommendations in our efforts to educate payors.

The  sale  or  lease  of  a  medical  device  utilized  for  in-office  medical  treatments  depend,  in  part,  on  the  extent  to  which  such  treatments  using  that  device  will  be  covered  by  third-  party  payors,  such  as
government health care programs (e.g., Medicare), private insurance, and managed healthcare organizations. Even if a third-party payor covers a particular treatment, the resulting reimbursement payment rates
may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase such medical device or ensure that purchase or lease will be profitable for the provider. Additionally, patients who are treated in-office for a medical
condition  generally  rely  on  third-party  payors  to  reimburse  all  or  part  of  the  costs  associated  with  the  treatment  and  may  be  unwilling  to  undergo  such  treatment  in  the  absence  of  coverage  and  adequate
reimbursement.

Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that a treatment is: neither experimental nor investigational; safe, effective, and
medically necessary; appropriate for the specific patient; cost-effective; supported by high quality evidence published in peer reviewed medical journals; included in clinical practice guidelines; and supported
by medical community acceptance and demand.

Physician reimbursement under Medicare generally is based on a defined fee schedule, or the Physician Fee Schedule, through which payment amounts are determined by the relative values of the service
rendered in a physician office setting or by a physician in a facility setting. Medicare coverage for TMS also has specific patient history requirements. Medicare coverage for Deep TMS generally requires one
to four failed (inadequate response or intolerable) trials of psychopharmacologic agents (such as antidepressant medications).

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the United States, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among private third-party payors. Reimbursement rates from private payors vary depending on the procedure performed, the
commercial payor, contract terms, and other factors. Private third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies, but also have
their  own  methods  and  approval  process  apart  from  Medicare  coverage  and  reimbursement  determinations.  Private  insurance  coverage  for  Deep  TMS  has  traditionally  required  three  to  four  failures  of
antidepressant medications. However, many payors have now reduced the number of prior failed medication trials needed to qualify for Deep TMS for MDD. Specifically, 194 million covered lives in the US
with commercial coverage now qualify for Deep TMS for MDD after two to three failed medication trials, and all Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) have issued Local Coverage Determinations
(LCDs) qualifying approximately 62 million lives in the US for Medicare reimbursement after just one to two failed medication trials.

Coverage and reimbursement for treatments can differ significantly from payor to payor. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for an in-office treatment are
made on a plan-by-plan basis. One payor’s determination to provide coverage for a specific treatment does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and adequate reimbursement.

In addition, the U.S. federal government and state legislatures have continued to implement cost containment programs, including price controls and restrictions on coverage and reimbursement. Governmental
and private insurers are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-efficacy of medical services. Adoption of price controls and cost containment measures by
any such payors, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit our market opportunity and reduce our revenues.

Private insurers currently cover treatments using our Deep TMS system for MDD, and there is now emerging coverage from various payors for Deep TMS therapy for OCD. We are actively engaged in efforts
to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. Reimbursement is not yet available for Deep TMS for smoking addiction or for therapies
currently under development for other indications. However, we are engaged in efforts to obtain coverage for Deep TMS for smoking addiction as our commercialization efforts for that indication progress,
based on the novelty of the technology, unmet clinical need and the efficacy and safety profile of the treatment.

Nonetheless, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to obtain a wide range reimbursement coverage for OCD nor any reimbursement coverage for smoking addiction, and even if obtained, we can
provide no assurance that the coverage will be at the same levels as we have for MDD.

We are also working to include Deep TMS in additional insurance coverage policies in the United States and in other jurisdictions in which we operate. In regions where we have appointed a local distributor,
where reasonable, it is typically required under our agreements that the distributor utilize efforts to obtain reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS in the relevant territory on our behalf.

In June 2022, for the first time, the Israeli Ministry of Health has approved coverage applicable it its Deep TMS system for the treatment of depression. The inclusion of the treatment within Israel’s health
basket of essential medical services means that the country’s health funds must now make the treatment available to qualifying patients free of charge. Qualifying patients include adults over the age of 21 with
depression  who  have  either  not  responded  to  two  prior  antidepressants,  or  who  are  intolerant  to  other  treatment  alternatives.  Coverage  may  be  provided  for  up  to  40  treatment  sessions,  which  are  to  be
administered in hospitals. In Australia, in November 2021, for the first time, coverage applicable to Deep TMS for MDD was granted for adults over the age of 18. Coverage in Australia is available for 35
treatment sessions.

Government in the Regulation

United States
Our products and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our products
are subject to regulation as medical devices under the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical
and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, import, export, adverse event reporting, advertising,
promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the
requirements of the FDCA.

In addition to U.S. regulations, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA
clearance or approval for a product, we must obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials or obtain marketing authorization or approval of our products under the comparable regulatory authorities of
countries outside of the United States. The marketing authorization process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval.

FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification or premarket approval, or PMA. Under the
FDCA,  medical  devices  are  classified  into  one  of  three  classes—Class  I,  Class  II  or  Class  III—depending  on  the  degree  of  risk  associated  with  each  medical  device  and  the  extent  of  manufacturer  and
regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and efficacy. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and efficacy can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s
general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-
misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s general controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and efficacy of
the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries, special labeling requirements, premarket data requirements and FDA guidance documents.
While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section
510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as
510(k)  clearance.  Devices  deemed  by  the  FDA  to  pose  the  greatest  risks,  such  as  life-sustaining,  life-  supporting  or  some  implantable  devices,  or  devices  that  have  a  new  intended  use,  or  use  advanced
technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Deep  TMS  system  is  classified  as  a  Class  II  medical  device.  For  MDD,  smoking  addiction,  and  subsequently  granted  applications  relating  to  MDD  (including  a  3-minute  Theta  Burst  protocol  and  a
labeling expansion to include reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms among depressed patients), we obtained FDA marketing authorization through the 510(k) clearance process. For OCD, we obtained
FDA marketing authorization through the de novo classification process. Subsequent changes made to our Deep TMS system will be made through one or more of the various existing FDA review pathways.

510(k) Marketing Clearance Pathway

To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device already on the market. A
predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not
required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes nine
to 12 months, but may take significantly longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA agrees that the
device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially
equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based
classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo classification process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially
equivalent to a predicate device.

Premarket Approval Process

A PMA application must be submitted if the medical device is in Class III (although the FDA has the discretion to continue to allow certain pre- amendment Class III devices to use the 510(k) process) or
cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA application must be supported by, among other things, extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical trials, manufacturing, and labeling data to demonstrate to
the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device.

After a PMA application is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information, which typically takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. During
this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also, during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA will usually
be  convened  to  review  and  evaluate  the  application  and  provide  recommendations  to  the  FDA  as  to  the  approvability  of  the  device.  In  addition,  the  FDA  will  conduct  a  pre-  approval  inspection  of  the
manufacturing  facility  to  ensure  compliance  with  the  QSR,  which  imposes  extensive  design  development,  testing,  control,  documentation  and  other  quality  assurance  procedures  in  the  design  and
manufacturing process. The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on
labeling, promotion, sale, distribution, and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported approval. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in
materially adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. New PMA applications or supplements are required for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling
of the product and design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an original PMA application, except that the
supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory
panel.

De novo Classification Process

Medical  device  types  that  the  FDA  has  not  previously  classified  as  Class  I,  II,  or  III  are  automatically  classified  as  Class  III  regardless  of  the  level  of  risk  they  pose.  The  Food  and  Drug  Administration
Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a substantially equivalent predicate
device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification process. This process allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified as Class
III  to  request  down-classification  of  its  medical  device  into  Class  I  or  Class  II  on  the  basis  that  the  device  presents  low  or  moderate  risk,  rather  than  requiring  the  submission  and  approval  of  a  PMA
application.  Prior  to  the  enactment  of  the  Food  and  Drug Administration  Safety  and  Innovation  Act,  or  FDASIA,  in  July  2012,  a  medical  device  could  only  be  eligible  for  de  novo  classification  if  the
manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarket notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo
classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to request de novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) premarket notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent
determination.  We  obtained  marketing  authorization  for  the  OCD  indication  for  our  system  using  the  direct  de  novo  request  classification  process.  We  have  used  the  510(k)  clearance  process  to  obtain
authorization from the FDA for changes to our marketed Deep TMS system, including applications extending our clearances to our proprietary stimulator, and expansions to our MDD indication which now
allow  us  to  market  a  shorter  3  minute  depression  protocol  as  well  the  ability  to  market  our  MDD  therapy  for  the  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms  among  depressed  patients,  and  we  received  an
extension for the FDA clearance of our H7 Coil for treatment of MDD (including anxious depression).

Clinical Trials

A clinical trial is typically required to support a PMA application or  de novo classification, and is sometimes required for a 510(k) premarket notification. Clinical trials for significant risk devices generally
require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results,
showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the investigational protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients,
unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the
FDA as well as the appropriate institutional review boards (IRBs), at the clinical trial sites, and the informed consent of the patients participating in the clinical trial is obtained. After a trial begins, the FDA
may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Any trials we conduct must be conducted in accordance with FDA
regulations as well as other federal regulations and state laws concerning human subject protection and privacy. Moreover, the results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of
the product.

Changes to Marketed Devices

After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, or de novo classification, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its
intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, a de novo classification  or  PMA.  The  FDA  requires  each  manufacturer  to  determine  whether  the  proposed
change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications today are
accomplished by a manufacturer documenting the change in an internal letter-to-file. The letter-to-file is in lieu of submitting a new 510(k) to obtain clearance for every change. The FDA can always review
these letters to file in an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until
510(k) marketing clearance or PMA is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Post-market Regulation

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and extensive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;

QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures
during all aspects of the design, manufacturing, and distribution process;

labeling and marketing regulations, which require that promotion is truthful, not misleading, fairly balanced, and provide adequate directions for use and that all claims are substantiated,
and also prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling;

FDA guidance on off-label dissemination of information and responding to unsolicited requests for information;

clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of
our cleared devices;

medical  device  reporting  regulations,  which  require  that  a  manufacturer  report  to  the  FDA  if  a  device  it  markets  may  have  caused  or  contributed  to  a  death  or  serious  injury,  or  has
malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury or serious adverse events, if the malfunction were to recur;

correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to
health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

complying with regulations requiring Unique Device Identifiers (UDI) on devices and also requiring the submission of certain information about each device to the FDA’s Global Unique
Device Identification Database (GUDID);

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and

post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for
the device.

We may be subject to similar foreign laws that may include applicable post-marketing requirements such as safety surveillance and risk-benefit analysis. Our manufacturing processes are required to comply
with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging,
distribution, installation, and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a
manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on,
our manufacturing operations, and the recall or seizure of our products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of
increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device,
including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement
actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

refusal to grant export or import approvals for our products; or

criminal prosecution.

U.S. and Foreign Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

Healthcare providers, physicians, and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation, prescription, and payment for medical treatments. A medical device manufacturer’s arrangements with
third-party  payors,  providers,  and  patients  may  expose  it  to  broadly  applicable  fraud  and  abuse  and  other  healthcare  laws  and  regulations  that  may  affect  its  business  or  the  financial  arrangements  and
relationships through which it markets, sells and distributes its products. Even if a medical device manufacturer does not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other
third-party payors, federal, and state healthcare laws and regulations are applicable to its business. In addition, portions of our business may be subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996 (HIPAA). To the extent we provide any covered entity customers with services that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information (PHI) we may be required to enter into business
associate agreements. Business associates are also directly liable for compliance with HIPAA. The laws that may affect a medical device manufacturer’s ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

●

●

●

the  federal  healthcare  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  persons  and  entities  from  knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,  receiving,  offering  or  providing
remuneration (broadly interpreted to include anything of value), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the
purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and
Medicaid. The government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to violate.
Moreover, the government may assert that a claim for reimbursement that includes items resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or
fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback
Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve
remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to
scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti- kickback liability.
Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations;

the federal civil False Claims Act (FCA), which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for
payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or
conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring FCA qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and
themselves, and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because
the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,181 to $22,363 per false or fraudulent claim or statement. Many pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers
have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the FCA in connection with alleged off label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to
customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the
federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not
submit  claims  directly  to  government  payors  if  they  are  deemed  to  “cause”  the  submission  of  false  or  fraudulent  claims.  There  are  also  criminal  penalties,  including  imprisonment  and
criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the federal government;

HIPAA,  which  prohibits  and  imposes  criminal  liability  for,  among  other  things,  knowingly  and  willfully  executing  or  attempting  to  execute  a  scheme  to  defraud  any  healthcare  benefit
program,  including  private  third  party  payors,  knowingly  and  willfully  embezzling  or  stealing  from  a  healthcare  benefit  program,  willfully  obstructing  a  criminal  investigation  of  a
healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation, or
making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for
healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to
violate it to have committed a violation;

HIPAA,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  (HITECH),  and  their  implementing  regulations,  which  imposes  privacy,  security,
transmission, and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon entities subject to the law, including health plans, healthcare clearinghouses,
and certain healthcare providers and their respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve individually identifiable health information. HITECH also created
new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file
civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the PPACA, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies reimbursed under Medicare,
Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services information related to
payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors), and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and
investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers were also required to report information regarding payments and
transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives; and

foreign and state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may impose similar or more prohibitive restrictions, and may apply to
items or services reimbursed by any non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state laws that require device manufacturers to comply with the industry’s voluntary
compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other
potential referral sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or
marketing expenditures and pricing information; and other federal and state laws that govern the privacy and security of health information or personally identifiable information in certain
circumstances, including state health information privacy and data breach notification laws which govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal
information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus requiring additional compliance efforts and data privacy and security
laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the European Union, which adopted the General Data Protection Regulation,
which became effective in May 2018).

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors, it is possible that some of a medical device manufacturer’s business activities could be subject
to challenge under one or more of these laws. The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of
the  lack  of  applicable  precedent  and  regulations  on  some  issues.  Federal  and  state  enforcement  bodies  have  recently  increased  their  scrutiny  of  interactions  between  healthcare  companies  and  healthcare
providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.

Ensuring that business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations is costly and time consuming. If a medical device manufacturer’s operations are found to be in
violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to it, it may be subject to civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial
monetary penalties, individual imprisonment, exclusion from governmental funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting obligations and oversight if it becomes subject to
a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of
operations, any of which could adversely affect the ability of a medical device manufacturer to operate its business and the results of its operations.

United States Healthcare Reform

In the United States, a number of legislative and regulatory proposals have been considered or enacted to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect a medical device manufacturer’s business.
Among policy makers and governmental and private insurers in the United States, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs,
improving quality or expanding access. For example, in 2010, the PPACA was enacted, which includes measures to significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private
insurers, and significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other ways in which it may impact a medical device manufacturer’s business, the PPACA:

●

●

●

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical efficacy research in an effort to coordinate and develop such
research;

implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality,
and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and

expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs.

Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and
have  continued  to  evolve.  During  his  presidency,  President  Trump  has  supported  the  repeal  of  all  or  portions  of  the  PPACA,  and  in  January  2017,  he  signed  Executive  Orders  designed  to  delay  the
implementation of certain provisions of the PPACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such
efforts, certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included
a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a
year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. In December 2018, a district court
in Texas held that the individual mandate is unconstitutional and that the rest of the PPACA is, therefore, invalid. On appeal, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate
but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the validity of the rest of the PPACA. The Fifth Circuit’s decision on the individual mandate was appealed to the
U.S. Supreme Court. On June 17, 2021, the Supreme Court held that the plaintiffs (comprised of the state of Texas, as well as numerous other states and certain individuals) did not have standing to challenge
the constitutionality of the PPACA’s individual mandate and, accordingly, vacated the Fifth Circuit’s decision and instructed the district court to dismiss the case. As a result, the PPACA will remain in- effect
in its current form for the foreseeable future; however, we cannot predict what additional challenges may arise in the future, the outcome thereof, or the impact any such actions may have on our business.

The Biden administration has also introduced various measures in recent years with a focus on healthcare and drug pricing, in particular. For example, on January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive
order that initiated a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the PPACA marketplace, which began on February 15, 2021, and remained open through August 15,
2021. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid
demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the PPACA. On
the legislative front, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law on March 11, 2021, which, in relevant part, eliminates the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, currently set at 100% of a drug’s
average manufacturer price, for single source drugs and innovator multiple source drugs, beginning January 1, 2024. And, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed into
law. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare (beginning in 2026), imposes rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to
penalize price increases that outpace inflation (first due in 2023), and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). The IRA also authorizes HHS to
implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. We cannot yet assess the impact that the IRA will have on the medical-products industry, but it will likely
be significant.

There is seemingly constant evolution with regard to healthcare in the United States, and we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations may be implemented or changed at the federal and/or state
level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation on our business or that of our current or prospective customers, suppliers, and/or the U.S. healthcare industry as a whole.

It is possible that recent and/or future initiatives could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain approval and/or successfully commercialize products in the United States in the future. For example, any
changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we currently market, or may commercialize in the future (as applicable), in the United States would likely have an
adverse effect on our business and profitability.

Outside of the United States

We also have received European Conformity (CE) marking in the European Economic Area (EEA) and in Israel for MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction, and 11 other indications in psychiatry, addiction
treatment, and neurology. Additional regulatory approvals have also been obtained for Deep TMS in various other existing and potential territories, including, for example, in Canada and India. Sales and
marketing  of  medical  devices  outside  of  the  United  States  are  subject  to  foreign  regulatory  requirements  that  vary  widely  from  country  to  country.  The  time  required  to  obtain  appropriate  marketing
authorizations from other foreign authorities may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. Whether or not we have obtained FDA approval, our Deep TMS systems may be subject to different
regulatory requirements in other jurisdictions. The foreign regulatory approval process includes all the risks associated with FDA regulation, as well as country-specific regulations.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees

Our  employees  include  professionals  with  extensive  experience  in  medical  device  development  and  applications,  neurology  and  psychopathology,  pre-clinical  experimentation,  clinical  development,  and
business development. As of December 31, 2023, we had 134 employees, of which 65 were based in the United States and 69 were based outside of the United States (in Israel). Our U.S. employee base
includes 55 employees in sales, marketing, and service/operations, 3 employees in medical affairs, and 7 general and administrative employees. Our Israeli employee base includes 51 employees in clinical
trials, research and development, production, and service/operations, 5 employees in sales and marketing, and 13 general and administrative employees.

While none of our employees are party to any collective bargaining agreements, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the
Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment
related laws and regulations which apply to our employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum daily
wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other conditions of employment. We generally provide our
employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums.

We have never experienced an employment-related work stoppage and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.

Environmental Matters

We  are  subject  to  various  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations,  including  those  governing  noise  emissions.  We  believe  that  our  business,  operations,  and  facilities  are  being  operated  in
compliance  in  all  material  respects  with  applicable  environmental  and  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations.  Based  on  information  currently  available  to  us,  we  do  not  expect  environmental  costs  and
contingencies to have a material adverse effect on us. Significant expenditures could be required in the future, however, if we are required to comply with new or more stringent environmental or health and
safety laws, regulations or requirements.

Legal Proceedings

On January 10, 2023, the Company announced that it had settled a lawsuit filed by Neuronetics, Inc. in the District of Delaware. The Company had filed a motion to dismiss the case, and, while that motion
was pending, agreed to settle the case on mutually agreeable terms and without any admission of liability or wrongdoing, including the release of certain potential counterclaims, to avoid the time, expense and
uncertainty of litigation.

We  are  named  as  a  co-defendant  in  a  lawsuit  by  a  patient  alleging  hearing  loss  following  his  enrollment  in  one  of  our  clinical  studies  and  we  are  vigorously  defending  this  matter.  There  are  also  various
employment-related claims (brought by former employees) and collection matters (stemming from debt accrued by certain of our customers). For example, in 2023, we had to remove devices and pursue
collections from a large clinic network with whom we have had a relationship after the network had accrued an outstanding debt.

C.

Organizational Structure

Our three subsidiaries, all of which wholly-owned, are: BrainsWay, Inc., incorporated in Delaware on March 31, 2003; Brain Research and Development Services Ltd., incorporated in Israel on August 13,
2003; and BrainsWay USA Inc., incorporated in Delaware on November 24, 2014.

D.

Property, Plants and Equipment

BrainsWay has offices in the United States and Israel.

In Israel, the Company has leased offices in Jerusalem, Israel, since November 2007. In 2023, the Company signed a new lease agreement with an affiliate of the previous Landlord providing for a move to a
new building to a space across from the street from its current location which is currently being built out according to our custom specifications. In the interim, despite the end of the original lease term, the
parties arranged for BrainsWay to stay at its current location until the new buildout is completed. The newly built-out space will consist of approximately 1,730 square meters, including administrative offices,
research  operations,  central  laboratory,  and  a  warehouse.  The  initial  lease  term  of  the  new  space  is  5  years  beginning  from  the  date  we  move  into  the  new  space  (expected  to  occur  in  mid-2024  once  the
buildout  is  complete  and  required  permits  are  obtained),  with  an  automatic  extension  period  of  another  5  years  unless  terminated  prior  thereto.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  lease  payments  and
management fees are pre-set according to an escalating price structure per year of the term, such that in the first year of the lease, the fees will amount to approximately $48,540 plus value added tax, or VAT,
per month, in the aggregate, and are paid in NIS. By the fifth year of the lease term, these fees will amount to approximately $65,240 plus value added tax, or VAT, per month, in the aggregate.

In the United States, we have leased office space in Boston, MA, where our previous CEO and CFO resided, in a space comprised of 3,976 square feet leased at a rate of $8,118 per month, with a contractual
lease term that expires in November 2024. Under a sublease agreement signed in December 2023, we have allowed a third party to utilize the space beginning in January 2024 through the end of the term. We
are planning on leasing additional office space in Northern New Jersey - where we have previously held corporate offices - to better serve the Company’s current needs and personnel following the departure of
our previous CEO and CFO.

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The
following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors
that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly those in “Item 3. Key Information –
D. Risk Factors.”

Company Overview

BrainsWay  is  a  global  leader  in  advanced  noninvasive  neurostimulation  treatments  for  mental  health  disorders.  We  are  boldly  advancing  neuroscience  with  our  proprietary  Deep  Transcranial  Magnetic
Stimulation (Deep TMS™) platform technology to improve health and transform lives. We are dedicated to leading through superior science and building on what we believe to be an unparalleled body of
clinical evidence. We are the first and only TMS company to be cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for three separate mental health condition indications based on clinically proven
efficacy  as  demonstrated  in  pivotal  randomized  placebo  controlled  studies.  Current  indications  include  major  depressive  disorder  (MDD),  including  reduction  of  comorbid  anxiety  symptoms,  commonly
referred to as anxious depression, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction. We have also received CE Mark for a variety of psychiatric and neurological indications. We are focused on
increasing global awareness of and broad access to Deep TMS. Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain. Our technology can
either increase brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive, or alternatively decrease brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive. Our proprietary electromagnetic coils, which we
refer to as H-Coils, are designed to safely stimulate deep and broad brain regions, which we believe provides an advantage over other available TMS products, which we refer to collectively as Traditional
TMS, that generally use a “figure 8” design. In the United States, we sell our Deep TMS system for the treatment of MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as
anxious depression), OCD and smoking addictions. We believe that our Deep TMS technology has the potential to be safe and effective for the treatment of a wide range of additional psychiatric, neurological,
and addiction disorders. Additional clinical trials of Deep TMS in various psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders are underway or planned.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  first  commercial  H1  Coil  Deep  TMS  product  received  clearance  from  the  FDA  in  2013  for  the  treatment  of  MDD  in  adult  patients  who  have  failed  to  achieve  satisfactory  improvement  from  anti-
depressant medication in the current episode. Our Deep TMS system for MDD is currently marketed to and installed at psychiatrists’ offices and other facilities principally in the United States and in certain
other countries throughout the world. In addition, our second Deep TMS commercial product received FDA marketing authorization in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from
OCD, and in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD, and we currently market this product to the same general clientele as our MDD systems. Furthermore, our third Deep
TMS commercial product received FDA marketing authorization in August 2020 as a short-term therapy for smoking addiction. Moreover, in August 2021, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for our
Deep TMS for its use for the reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms in adult patients with depression. In August 2022, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for the use of our H7 Coil to treat MDD
(including anxious depression). Our sales and marketing efforts are currently focused in the United States, where we generated approximately 75% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2023.

We believe that Deep TMS represents a platform technology that provides for an opportunity to develop additional Deep TMS products for a variety of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. We
are planning clinical trials for other indications, including neurological and/or addiction disorders.

Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals, and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS
system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD
typically requires 20 treatment sessions (five times a week over a period of four weeks) and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions (twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks).
The  standard  Deep  TMS  treatment  protocol  for  OCD  requires  29  treatment  sessions  over  six  weeks.  A  course  of  treatment  for  smoking  addiction  typically  requires  18  treatment  sessions,  comprised  of
treatment five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional three weeks. Each standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20 minutes, 19
minutes, and 18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD, the FDA has also cleared a 3 minute “Theta Burst” treatment protocol. Patients may experience some discomfort during treatment and must use
earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation and no systemic side effects are associated with this therapy.

In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following two methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee,
generally with a term of between 48 and 60 months, for unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model in which the Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price. Additional potential
revenues  may  be  derived  from  extended  warranty  fees  paid  for  the  system  for  service  coverage  beyond  the  standard  included  warranty  period,  and  from  variable  or  usage  fees  based  on  the  number  of
treatments performed with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate transactions
utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. These flexible offerings are designed to facilitate market penetration by addressing the differing clinical
needs and risk tolerance among our customer base. We commercialize Deep TMS for OCD based generally on either the sale model, or as part of a fixed-fee lease model together with our MDD system.
Following  our  receipt  of  FDA  clearance  for  smoking  addiction,  we  completed  controlled  and  limited  market  releases  of  our  system  for  this  indication,  and  are  currently  in  the  process  of  a  clinical  data
collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product.

As of December 31, 2023, we had an installed base of approximately 1,101 Deep TMS systems, whereby 514 systems were leased from us, and an additional 587 systems were sold by us prior to December
31, 2023. Our installed base increased by 217 systems during 2023. In addition, as of December 31, 2023, we had shipped 607 H7 Coils as additional coils attached to certain of our new and existing systems
following our receipt in August 2018 of marketing approval from the FDA for our OCD system.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, our revenues were $31.8 million compared to $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing an increase of 17% over the revenues generated in
2022. We incurred net losses of $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $101.3 million. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in Israel and in the United States, and private placements of
our securities, grants from the Israel Innovation Authority (IIA), borrowings under our credit facilities, the lease and sale and commercialization of our products and services.

We expect our research, development, and clinical trials expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue to develop next generation technology (including in the areas
of multichannel and rotational field TMS), rollout additional features on our current platform (including beta testing of additional remote capabilities), pursue future confirmatory trials and data collection
efforts for existing indications, and seek FDA clearance for new indications such as fatigue in MS, addictions (including alcohol, cocaine and/or opioid addiction), pain and other potential psychiatric and
neurological indications. On February 25, 2021, we closed a follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs with gross proceeds of approximately $45.2 million before deducting underwriting discount and
commissions and offering expenses. We believe that our existing cash resources will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24
months.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

We derive our revenues from the lease and sale of our Deep TMS systems. We offer the following main pricing models:

●

Sale Model: The Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

Fixed-fee Lease Model: The customer leases the Deep TMS system and pays a fixed annual or monthly fee for the term of the lease (generally between 48 and 60 months).

Additional revenues may be generated from certain customers in certain territories who are or may potentially be under a Pay Per Use model, whereby the customer pays a fixed fee per every patient session
during which the system is used. Further potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty fees paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, which is
generally for one year, and from variable or usage fees based on the number of treatments performed with the system.

We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often
involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets.

Our revenues from the operating leases of our Deep TMS systems are recognized on a straight-line method over the term of the lease. Usage based fees, if applicable, are recognized as revenue when we are
entitled to receive such revenue. Our revenues from sales are recognized when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system.

Cost of revenues and gross margin

Our cost of revenues includes a significant component of depreciation of the Deep TMS systems, due to the fact that we maintain ownership of those systems placed under various models including our fixed-
fee lease model, where we place our system at a site for use by our customer, rather than selling it outright. We expect to continue to own those of our Deep TMS systems which have been placed under these
models for the foreseeable future, which allows us to maintain our relatively low cost of revenues for those systems.

In the case of the Deep TMS systems that we sell under our sales model, the entire cost of the Deep TMS system is recognized upon such sale. The cost of revenues for systems that we sell primarily consists
of the costs of raw materials, including components purchased from our third-party contract manufacturers and manufacturing and assembly of the components that we perform ourselves. While we have
previously used a third-party stimulator for our Deep TMS systems, we developed and have received FDA clearance for our own proprietary stimulator for MDD (in May 2018), OCD (in March 2019), and
smoking addiction (in April 2021).

The cost of revenues for systems that we lease or sell also include costs related to personnel, royalties to PHS and Yeda, shipping, and our operations department. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in
absolute dollars to the extent our revenues increase.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses consist of marketing and commercial activities related to the sale and lease of our Deep TMS systems, as well as personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits,
sales  commissions,  share-based  compensation  for  employees,  and  facility  costs.  Other  significant  sales  and  marketing  costs  include  conferences,  trade  shows,  and  promotional  and  marketing  activities,
including direct and online marketing, SEO, earned media, practice support programs, media campaigns and travel expenses.

We anticipate relative stability in current headcount levels for our commercial organization, and we plan to focus on aligning our current resources with existing territories in order to maximize and enhance
efficiency. As a result, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to decrease.

Research and development expenses, net

Research  and  development  expenses,  net,  consist  primarily  of  personnel  expenses,  including  salaries  and  related  benefits,  share-based  compensation  for  employees,  facility  costs,  laboratory  materials,
regulatory costs, patents, and travel expenses, as well as expenses associated with outsourced professional scientific development services, and the costs of multi-center and other clinical trials.

We expect to continue to incur research and development expenses for the near future as we advance the development of our Deep TMS technology for various neurological and/or addiction disorders, as well
as for various hardware and software development projects related to the Deep TMS system. While continuing to pursue these strategic initiatives, we also plan on streamlining existing resources as we shift
more of our focus to our commercial operations. As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to decrease.

General and administrative expenses

General  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  personnel  expenses,  including  salaries  and  related  benefits,  share-based  compensation,  and  travel  expenses  for  employees  in  executive,  finance,
information  technology,  legal,  and  human  resource  functions.  General  and  administrative  expenses  also  include  the  cost  of  insurance,  professional  services,  including  legal  and  accounting  fees  as  well  as
administrative costs, including corporate facility costs.

We  anticipate  that  our  general  and  administrative  expenses  will  decrease  as  we  realign  our  corporate  activities.  General  and  administrative  costs  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  accounting,  legal,  human
resources, consulting, investor relations, listing fees on The Nasdaq Global Market, costs associated with reporting and compliance in the United States, as well as director and officer insurance premiums, as a
result of becoming a public company in the United States.

Finance expenses, net

Our finance expenses, net, consist primarily of expenses related to bank charges, and the amortization of deferred financing costs related to our finance expense with respect to the fair value re-measurement
related to our outstanding liability to the IIA on account of grants received for financing our research and development activity, as well as interest income earned on our bank deposits and foreign currency
exchange transactions.

Income taxes expense

Our income taxes expense is derived primarily from income generated from the sales and lease of our Deep TMS systems from our U.S. subsidiary. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company
recorded deferred tax assets in respect of temporary differences in the U.S. subsidiary.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with IFRS, requires companies to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at and as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and judgments are
subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty, and actual results may differ. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Critical accounting estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under
the circumstances, and are particularly important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations. Our estimates are primarily guided by observing the following critical accounting policies:

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues from the sale and lease of our systems. We sell products mainly directly to end users, third party financing companies with arrangements with end users, and to a lesser extent, to third-
party distributors outside of the United States which typically do not include return rights. We typically have post-sale obligations of training and installation of our systems and may provide an annual service
warranty for the Deep TMS system after the expiration of the standard warranty. Revenues for such services are deemed distinct performance obligations and are recognized when the services are performed.

Revenue from sale of systems is recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system to the customer.

We generate lease revenue from a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally for a term of between 48 to 60 months, allowing for unlimited
use during the lease period. Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset are not transferred to the lessee are classified as operating leases. Revenues from
operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Usage based fees are recognized as revenue when the Company is entitled to receive such revenue.

Allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses on trade receivables

We apply a simplified approach and measure the loss allowance in respect of our short -term financial assets, trade receivables, in an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses.

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses for trade receivables. The allowance rates are based on days past due for its various customers. The allowance is
initially based on the Company’s historical observed default rates as well as forward- looking information. At each reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-
looking estimates are analyzed. The amount of the allowance is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecasted economic conditions.

Royalty Bearing Governmental Grants

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received, and the Company will comply with all attached conditions. Government grants received from the IIA and
repayable to the IIA through royalty-bearing sales are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected to be derived through estimated future cash flows from the research project,
resulting in royalty bearing sales due to the IIA.

A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount of the grant received and the fair value of the liability is
accounted  for  as  a  government  grant  and  recognized  as  a  reduction  of  research  and  development  expenses.  After  initial  recognition,  the  liability  is  measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest
method. Royalty payments are recorded as a reduction of the liability.

If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grants received are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is
treated as a contingent liability.

On each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there is reasonable assurance that the liability recognized, in whole or in part, will not be repaid based on the best estimate of future sales and using the
original effective interest method and, if so, the appropriate amount of the liability is derecognized against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

Grants received from the IIA prior to January 1, 2009, which are recognized as a liability, are accounted for as forgivable loans in accordance with IAS 20, based on the original terms of the loan.

Share-based compensation

Share-based  compensation  reflects  the  compensation  expense  of  our  stock  option,  and  restricted  share  unit  (RSU)  programs  granted  to  employees  and  other  service  providers,  in  which  the  compensation
expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The grant date fair value of share-based compensation is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures.
We  recognize  compensation  expense  for  awards  conditioned  only  on  continued  service  that  have  a  graded  vesting  schedule  using  the  accelerated  method  and  classify  these  amounts  in  our  statement  of
comprehensive loss based on the department to which the related employee/service provider reports.

Share-Based Compensation Valuation

We selected the Binomial Lattice option-pricing model as the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value of options compensation. For the purpose of the evaluation of the fair value, and
the manner of the recognition of options compensation, our management is required to estimate, among others, various subjective parameters that are included in the calculation of the fair value of the options
compensation, as well as our results and the amount of options that will vest. These parameters include the expected volatility of our share price over the expected term of the grant, the risk-free interest rate
assumption, forfeitures behaviors and expected dividends.

Some of our incentive equity grants are in the form of restricted share units (RSUs). We evaluate the fair value of RSUs based on the price of our ordinary shares at the time of grant and the quantity of RSUs
granted. In connection with these RSU grants, we adopted a mechanism entailing an irrevocable instruction by the CFO similar to a 10b5-1 plan in order to allow for “sale-to-cover” which entails the sale of
vested RSUs so as to cover the RSU holders’ tax expenses triggered by such vesting.

Fair value of Ordinary Shares. Since our Ordinary Shares have traded on the TASE since 2007, and our ADSs have traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since 2019, we have a market price per share of our
Ordinary Shares and ADSs. Traditionally, the exercise price for options granted by the Company was determined based on the average price per share over a calendar period of trading days preceding the grant
date. Under the new compensation policy approved by the Company’s shareholders on December 22, 2021, the exercise price for any newer options grants are to be based on the closing price of our ADSs on
the day prior to the grant. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Related Party Transactions.”

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volatility. The expected volatility of the price of our Ordinary Shares reflects the assumption that the historical volatility of the share prices on the TASE is reasonably indicative of expected future trends.

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the options granted in dollar terms.

Expected term. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding.

Expected dividend yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and we do not have current plans to pay cash dividends in the near term.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report.

A. Operating Results

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for the periods indicated. We have prepared this quarterly information on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements.

Three months ended

  March 31  

June 30  

Sep. 30  

Dec. 31  

  March 31  

June 30  

Sep. 30

Dec. 31

  March 31  

June 30  

Sep. 30

  Dec. 31 

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
Research and
development expenses,
net
Selling and marketing
expenses
General and
administrative expenses  
Total Operating
expenses
Total operating income
(loss)
Finance expenses
(income), net
Loss before income
taxes
Income taxes (tax
benefit)
Net income (loss) and
Comprehensive income
(loss)

2023

Statements of operations
7,829 
6,625 
2,095 
1,792 
5,734 
4,833 

1,785 

4,912 

1,803 

8,500 
(3,667)   

(1,407)   

(2,260)   

171 

1,902 

3,983 

1,192 

7,077 
(1,343)  

135 
(1,478)   

185 

8,302 
2,131 
6,171 

1,544 

3,602 

1,158 

6,304 
(133)   

(38)
(171)   

59 

9,029 
2,290 
6,739 

1,434 

3,959 

1,162 

6,555 

184 

221 
(37)   
(164)   

2022
U.S dollars in thousands

7,970 
1,867 
6,103 

1,576 

4,146 

1,863 

7,585 
(1,482)   

324 
(1,806)   

187 

8,006 
2,192 
5,814 

1,731 

4,552 

1,539 

7,822 
(2,008)   

329 
(2,337)   

113 

5,168 
1,341 
3,827 

2,220 

4,751 

1,726 

8,697 
(4,870)   

99 
(4,969)   

70 

6,033 
1,729 
4,304 

2,151 

4,750 

1,726 

8,627 

(4,323)   

(401)   
(3,922)   

(55)

6,121 
1,463 
4,658 

925 

3,129 

1,405 

5,459 
(801)   

412 
(1,213)   

160 

2021

7,005 
1,300 
5,705 

1,650 

4,191 

1,377 

7,218 
(1,513)   

269 
(1,782)   

156 

8,061 
1,930 
6,131 

1,786 

4,042 

1,536 

7,364 
(1,233)   

360 
(1,593)   

211 

8,470 
1,906 
6,564 

2,032 

4,518 

1,466 

8,016 

(1,452) 

379 
(1,831)

(484)

(2,431)

(1,663)

(230)

127 

(1,993)

(2,450)

(5,039)

(3,867)

(1,373)

(1,938)

(1,804)

(1,347)

Our quarterly revenues and operating results have varied in the past and are expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not
necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to year ended December 31, 2022

Revenues

Our total revenues increased by $4.6 million, or 17%, from $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in revenues was attributed
mainly to an increase in sales of our Deep TMS systems to customers. Revenues from sales were 64% of the revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 60% of the revenues for the year
ended December 31, 2022.

Cost of revenues and gross margin

Our cost of revenues was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase is primarily attributed to increase in sales volumes.
There has been no material change in our gross margin as a percentage of revenue for the last three years.

Research and development expenses, net

Our research and development expenses, net, were $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease of $1 million, or 13%,
was primarily attributable to a decrease in headcount and in investments in clinical trial and post-marketing studies. 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling and marketing expenses

Our selling and marketing expenses were $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease of $1.7 million, or 9%, was
primarily attributable to decrease in the costs of the commercial team in the United States. These cost savings included decreased headcounts and costs associated with same, recruiting expenses, advertising
and promotional expenses, as well as lower travel costs which are due to decreased headcount during the year. The Company also improved its cost effectiveness for marketing expenses by targeting the
investments to specific groups and growing markets. 

General and administrative expenses

Our general and administrative expenses were $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease of $1.6 million, or 23% is
mainly attributed to lower Directors and Officers' insurance fees as well as restructuring and decrease in allowance for doubtful debts.

Finance expenses, net

Our finance income, net, was $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to finance expenses, net of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase of $1.4 million is mainly
attributed to an increase in interest income from bank deposits.

For information on the impact of currency fluctuations on the company, please see Item 11 “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” below.

Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to year ended December 31, 2021

For comparison of fiscal year 2022 to fiscal year 2021 please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to year
ended December 31, 2021” section in our annual report on form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 27, 2023.

For  more  information  regarding  governmental  economic,  fiscal,  monetary  or  political  policies  or  factors  that  have  materially  affected,  or  could  materially  affect,  directly  or  indirectly,  the  Company’s
operations in Israel, please see also Item 3D. Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Functions in Israel.

B.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As of December 31, 2023, we had cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and short-term deposits of $46.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $101.3 million, compared to cash equivalents and short-term
deposits  of  $47.9  million,  and  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $97.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2022.  We  incurred  positive  cash  flows  from  operating  activities  of  $1.3  million  and  negative  cash  flows  from
operating activities of $9.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We have incurred operating losses since our inception, but anticipate that our operating losses will decrease as
we implement measures designed to reduce operating expenses. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in the U.S. and Israel and private placements of our securities, grants
from the IIA, and leases and sales of our Deep TMS systems. From inception through December 31, 2023, we raised $129 million from placements of our Ordinary Shares and exercise of options. 

The Company’s primary contractual obligations consist of liabilities in respect of research and development grants received from the Israeli Innovation Authority, royalties in respect of license agreements for
the use of some of our intellectual property with Yeda and PHS, as well as lease liabilities in respect of corporate facilities and vehicles. For information about the Company's contractual obligations, see Notes
11 and 14 to our Audited Financial Statements.

We expect our revenues to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we expand the marketing of our Deep TMS system for MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction. Given recent cost
cutting measures implemented by us, we expect the gap between operating expenses and revenues to decrease as compared to 2023 levels. Accordingly, based on our current business plan, we believe that our
cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2023 and the anticipated revenues from sales of our products will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through the
next 12 and 24 months periods, respectively.

Cash flows

The table below summarizes our cash flow activities for the indicated periods:

(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

1,284 
(37,409)  
(1,026)  
90 

(37,061)  

(9,760)
42,169 
(1,547)
(202)
30,660 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $9.8 million used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2022. The
increase of $11 million was primarily due to lower loss, as well as changes in working capital.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $37.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $42.2 million provided during the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease of $79.6 million
was mainly attributed to the investment of funds raised during 2022 in short-term deposits during 2023, compared to their classification as cash in 2022.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $1.5 million used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2022. The change
was mainly due to lower repayments of lease liabilities as well as liability in respect of research and development grants in 2023 compared to 2022.

Government Grants

As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Brain  Research  and  Development  Services,  Ltd.,  has  received  grants  from  the  IIA  in  an  aggregate  amount  of  approximately  $13.4  million.  Brain
Research and Development Services, Ltd. is currently required to pay 3% royalties of sales of our Deep TMS products, which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in
U.S.  dollars),  plus  interest  at  an  annual  rate  equal  to  the  LIBOR  rate.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  Brain  Research  and  Development  Services,  Ltd.  has  paid  royalties  to  the  IIA  in  an  aggregate  amount  of
approximately $5.1 million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $11 million.

Research and development grants received from the IIA are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the project that will result in royalty-bearing sales. The amount
of the liability for the loan is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest that reflects, in turn, the appropriate degree of risks inherent in our business. If no economic
benefits are expected from the research activity, the grant receipts are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent
liability in accordance with IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities, and Contingent Asset.”

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate whether there is a reasonable assurance that the received grants will not be repaid based on our best estimate of future sales and, if so, no liability is recognized,
and the grants are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

Research and development grants received from the European Union are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses.

Additionally, in 2013, the MAGNET committee of the IIA (MAGNET) approved the activities of the consortium for the development plan of a brain stimulator and monitor tool, which we refer to as the
Consortium, of which we are one of the participants. As part of the Consortium, Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd. received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS
8.2 million (approximately $2.27 million based on the NIS to USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2023). There is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon. Such non-royalty-bearing
grants from MAGNET program for funding approved research and development projects are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and we will comply with all attached
conditions, on the basis of the costs incurred, and are presented as a deduction from research and development expenses. In the event of failure of a project that was partly financed by the IIA, we would not be
obligated to pay any royalties or repay the amounts received.

C.

Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses

For descriptions of the company’s research and development policies for the years 2022 and 2021, please see the “Item 5.C Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses” sections in our annual reports on
Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 27, 2023 and April 12, 2022, respectively.

Intellectual Property

The core technology of our Deep TMS based on H-Coils is covered by our patents.

Our intellectual property portfolio consists principally of patents and pending patent applications related to our Deep TMS technology that are either exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a
worldwide basis from (1) agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), and (2) Yeda Research and Development Company Limited, or
Yeda, the commercialization arm of the Weizmann Institute for Science (Weizmann Institute) or are owned by us. These include a total of 34 issued U.S. patents, 2 pending U.S. patent applications, 51 issued
patents in other jurisdictions (treating Europe as one jurisdiction), and 14 pending patent applications in other jurisdictions.

Our strategy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are
important to the development of our business. Our intellectual property rights outside of the United States are principally in Europe (France, Italy, Sweden, UK, and Germany), Canada, Australia, Japan, Hong
Kong, and Israel. Patents related to our Deep TMS technology may provide future competitive advantages with claims related to aspects of the structure of our coils and methods of administration of treatment
for applications of such technology. We also rely on our trade secrets, know- how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We look to defend our Deep TMS
technology  by  asserting  our  intellectual  property  rights,  where  it  is  determined  to  be  necessary,  to  preserve  our  rights  and  gain  the  benefit  of  our  technological  investments.  We  seek  to  obtain  patents  in
connection with the technology that we have developed as part of our strategy for protection of our intellectual property, including technology covered under our license agreements with the PHS and Yeda.

The claiming strategy in each of our patent applications is based on the advice of our patent counsel and our business model and our business needs are taken into consideration. We file patent applications
containing claims seeking protection of our proprietary technologies and products, as well as all new applications and/or uses we discover or develop for existing technologies and products, assuming these are
strategically valuable. We continuously assess the number and types of patent applications, as well as the pending and issued patent claims, to ensure that appropriate coverage and value are obtained for our
systems and methods, given the governing law and the corresponding patent office rules and regulations. In addition, claims may be modified during patent prosecution or additional claims added to meet our
intellectual property and business needs.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patents and Patent Applications

Our first group of patents (Patent Family A) relates to the H-Coil technology in general: This includes coverage for the H-Coil for MDD, the H-Coil for OCD, the H-Coil for smoking addiction, and for future
products we are developing. This group of patents has been exclusively licensed to us from the PHS, and includes two issued U.S. patents and seven issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are
set to expire in 2026 in the U.S. and expired in 2021 outside the U.S. These coils are also covered by additional patents which extend until later dates as detailed further in this section.

Our  second  group  of  patents  (Patent  Family  B)  relates  to  additional  design  features  of  BrainsWay’s  H-Coil  for  MDD,  H-Coil  for  smoking  addiction  coil,  and  also  covers  some  future  products  we  are
developing. This group of patents has been licensed to us from the PHS and from Yeda, and includes six issued U.S. patents and eleven issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents in this group are
set to expire in 2025-2028 in the U.S. and in 2026 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. These coils are also covered
by additional patents which extend until later dates as detailed further in this section.

Our third group of patents (Patent Family C) relates to a family of central base coils including BrainsWay’s H-Coil for OCD, and also some future products that we are developing. This group of patents is
owned by us, and includes three issued U.S. patents, ten issued patents in other jurisdictions, and one pending patent application in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S.,
and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

Our fourth group of patents (Patent Family D) relates to a family of unilateral coils including some future products we are developing. Patent Family D is owned by us, and includes one issued U.S. patent, and
five issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S., and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that
may be available in the future.

Our fifth group of patents (Patent Family E) consists of utility model patent applications which provide coverage of several H-Coils, including those used in BrainsWay’s MDD and OCD systems. This group
of  patents  (Patent  Family  E)  is  owned  by  us,  and  includes  two  issued  Chinese  Utility  Model  patents,  one  issued  patent  in  the  U.S.,  four  issued  patents  in  other  jurisdictions,  and  three  pending  patent
applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2039.

Our sixth group of patents (Patent Family F) relates to a family of circular coils including BrainsWay’s H-Coils for MDD and smoking, as well as some other future products we are developing. This group of
patents (Patent Family F) is owned by us, and includes two issued U.S. patents, six issued patents in other jurisdictions and one pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to
expire in 2033 in the U.S. and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

Our seventh group of patents (Patent Family G) relates to real-time closed-loop brain stimulation and includes one pending patent application in the U.S. and two pending patent applications in other jurisdictions.

Our eighth group of patents (additional families of issued patents and pending patent applications) relates to a multichannel stimulator we are developing as an enhancement to our Deep TMS system, which
we see as the next generation of our products, several H-Coil designs which may be future products, capabilities to address additional medical conditions such as the need to open the blood brain barrier, and
biomarker research using Deep TMS with an EEG that we are currently conducting. These include seven issued U.S. patents, fourteen issued or allowed patents in other jurisdictions, and four pending patent
applications in other jurisdictions. Patent applications in these families, if issued, are set to expire in 2029, 2031, 2033, and between 2037 and 2039, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment
or extension that may be available in the future.

In  addition  to  the  list  of  patents  noted  above,  an  additional  group  of  patents  relates  to  multichannel  stimulation  and  was  acquired  from  TMS  Innovations,  LLC.  We  believe  these  patents  will  enable  us  to
broaden the scope of capabilities in the multichannel stimulator we are developing. The issued patents are set to expire between 2026 and 2035 in the U.S, not taking into account any potential patent term
adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

In addition to the list of patents noted above, in January 2020 we exercised our option to exclusively license the rights to certain patents relating to rotational field TMS from Yeda. This group of patents
includes two issued U.S. patents and four issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2032 in the U.S. and in 2030 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent
term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future.

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions that may vary from one jurisdiction to another. Our ability to maintain and solidify our
proprietary position for our technology will depend on our success in obtaining effective claims and enforcing those claims once granted. We can provide no assurance that our patent applications or those
patent applications that we in-license will result in the issuance of any corresponding patents (other than any allowed patent applications, which normally result in the issuance of a patent after the applicant has
paid the required issue fee). The inability of any such patent applications to be allowed may harm our ability to protect our intellectual property, our ability to compete in the neuromodulation market, and our
results of operations. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future, or those licensed to us, may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or found to be invalid or unenforceable, which could
limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products. Neither we nor our licensors can be certain that we were the first to invent or first to file for the inventions claimed in our owned or
licensed patents or patent applications which may also affect our ability to assert the patents against others. In addition, our competitors may design around our patents or any technology developed by us, and
the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with any meaningful competitive advantages against these competitors. Furthermore, because of the extensive time required for development,
testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before our future product can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following
commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Intellectual Property”.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
License Agreements

The core technology for Deep TMS is exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a worldwide basis from the PHS and Yeda.

PHS License Agreement

The initial discoveries of the Deep TMS technology and the feasibility studies for implementation of the technology were carried out in the framework of research performed at NIH by the scientific founders
of  our  Company  prior  to  its  formation.  The  rights  for  such  discoveries  are  owned  by  the  DHHS  and  are  now  licensed  to  us  by  the  PHS,  an  agency  within  the  DHHS.  Subsequent  to  these  discoveries,
applications were filed for registration of Patent Family A and Patent Family B (described under “—Patents” above) covering the H-Coils developed in the course of this research.

In 2003, we entered into a license agreement with the PHS, pursuant to which we were granted (i) an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, use, import and sell any product or treatment which is created
or  based  on  the  patents  and  which  deals  with  TMS  and  (ii)  the  right  to  enter  into  sublicense  agreements,  subject  to  approval  of  the  PHS.  The  U.S.  government  was  granted  an  irrevocable,  nonexclusive,
nontransferable  royalty-free  license  for  use  of  any  invention  in  connection  with  the  patents,  throughout  the  world,  for  the  benefit  of  the  U.S.  government,  a  foreign  government  and  other  international
organization under the provisions of a treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such time. In addition, the PHS is entitled to grant academic or commercial bodies a nonexclusive license for use
of the patents for advancement of basic research only, subject to our consent.

We are required to pay royalties consisting of 2% (beyond the first $10 million in cumulative sales, a milestone which has passed), or payments received from sales or leases of our Deep TMS systems and/or
portions thereof using the licensed technology. In addition, we are required to pay a royalty of 8% from the net cash proceeds we receive from any sublicenses, so long as the underlying intellectual property is
valid and enforceable in the relevant territory. In addition, there is a one-time $10,000 fee relating to certain new FDA approvals associated with these patents.

The PHS is responsible for registration and defense of Patent Family A, subject to indemnification by us for registration expenses. We are responsible for registration and defense of the Patent Family B and
are required to bear all related expenses.

The  PHS  license  agreement  is  valid  up  until  the  expiration  of  the  last  to  expire  of  the  licensed  patent  rights  under  the  agreement.  The  PHS  may  cancel  the  agreement  in  the  event  of,  among  others,  (i)  a
fundamental breach by us, (ii) we enter into involuntary liquidation proceedings or shall become insolvent, (iii) we have not achieved our milestones under the agreement (all of which have been achieved as of
the date hereof), (iv) we have maliciously made a false statement or has omitted a material fact in an application for a license or in any other report required under the agreement, (v) we do not make the
product based upon the patents accessible to the public after commencement of the commercial marketing of the product, (vi) we are unable to bring the product to a level of safety which it must reach in order
to license the product or (vii) we do not manufacture the licensed products substantially in the United States without reasonable justification, in each case, subject to a 90-day cure period (other than in respect
of clause (ii) above). We may cancel the agreement at any time with 60 days’ notice, subject to payment of any outstanding royalties.

If the PHS license agreement is terminated as a result of the expiration of the first registered patent under the agreement (as described above), we may continue to market and sell the products and processes in
any country in which the patent is expired, without an obligation to pay royalties or any other payment whatsoever to the PHS.

Yeda License Agreement

In 2005, we entered into a research and licensing agreement with Yeda, which, as amended from time to time, we refer to as the Yeda license agreement, pursuant to which we licensed certain technologies
developed at the Weizmann Institute in studies conducted by Prof. Avraham Zangen, the scientific founder and neurobiological advisor of the Company, in the field of treatment of depression using TMS
technology. Under the Yeda license agreement, all of the rights, including the rights to registration of patents, rights and inventions, information and/or other results which shall arise from the research, referred
to as the “licensed technology”, remain exclusively owned by Yeda. The Yeda license agreement grants us an exclusive license to use the licensed technology, throughout the world, for performance of research
and development, manufacture, commercialization, and sale of systems for medical treatment in the field of TMS treatment. The license is valid with regard to every product up to the expiration or revocation
date  of  the  latest  patent  registered  under  the  agreement  in  a  particular  country,  provided  that  the  date  of  expiry  of  the  license  shall  be  extended  to  a  period  of  15  years  commencing  on  the  date  of  first
commercial sale of the product in such country. Yeda reserves the right to make use of the information which shall be developed for academic and research purposes only, including its publication, subject to
various restrictions set forth in the agreement. We have agreed to lend to Yeda, without consideration, one Deep TMS system, which it shall use for academic research purposes only. We have the right to grant
sublicenses subject to the fulfillment of conditions specified in the agreement.

Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement  with  Yeda,  we  are  required  to  pay  1%  of  net  sales  on  systems  which  are  based  on  certain  patents  (which  include  technology  licensed  from  PHS).  Additionally,  we  are
required to pay 2% of net sales (beyond the first $10 million in cumulative sales, a milestone which has passed), for products which are based solely on certain patents licensed exclusively from Yeda. In
addition, in the event we receive income from products which are sublicensed, we would be re required to pay a royalty of up to 8% on the net cash proceeds received from such sublicenses, so long as the
underlying intellectual property is valid and enforceable in the relevant territory. In addition, there are certain one-time fees relating to certain new FDA approvals associated with these patents.

In January 2020, we exercised our right to add the additional rotational field TMS innovation. To the extent products based on this technology are commercialized we will have to pay Yeda royalties, either at
increased rates ranging from 1.6%-2% in addition to the previously determined rates for “combined products” (which also include innovations covered by previous agreements), or at a fixed rate of 5% for
products based exclusively on the rotational field TMS.

In addition to customary termination rights of a party due to material breach by the other party, Yeda has the right to terminate the agreement in the event that Yeda receives notice or a claim from the PHS that
performance of the research constitutes breach of a patent of the PHS. We have agreed to indemnify Yeda in respect of any such claim or demand from the PHS. To the best of our knowledge, the Yeda
agreement and performance of the research thereunder do not breach the terms of our license agreement with the PHS.

In any event of termination of the Yeda agreement, all of the rights in the licensed technology will be returned to Yeda, and we are required to grant Yeda a nonexclusive license, without consideration, in
perpetuity, throughout the world for all information developed by it or which shall arise from the development of the products under the agreement, including any license or application for license submitted by
us in connection with the products. Following the expiry of the latest patent in such country with regard to such product, we would be entitled to continue to manufacture and sell such product in such country
without payment of royalties to Yeda.

Trade Secrets and Know-How

We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and know-how to protect our technology. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes,
in  part,  through  confidentiality  agreements  and  assignment  of  inventions  agreements  with  our  employees,  consultants,  scientific  advisors,  and  contractors.  We  also  seek  to  preserve  the  integrity  and
confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these
individuals, organizations and systems, such agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become
known or be independently discovered by competitors.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D.

Trend Information

Trend information is included throughout the other sections of this Item 5. In addition, in the aftermath of the COVID-19 global pandemic, quarantine mandates, and the ensuing global supply chain crisis, we
have seen a significant rise in the price of many of the electronic components needed for our systems. These price increases are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and in some cases, shortages,
relating to these parts across the globe. On a related point, the lead time for receiving electronic components shipped by suppliers has increased significantly amid the worldwide supply chain crisis, and the
lead time for capacitors, caps and other components has increased as a result of Houthi terrorist disruptions to traditional trade routes. This has compelled us to significantly increase inventory levels and/or to
utilize more expensive shipping methods to ensure that future demand for our systems can be timely met. Within the broader context of electronic component supply issues, the third party we rely on for the
outsourced  manufacture  of  our  newer  generation  systems  halted  production  in  2021  for  a  period  due  to  the  shortage  in  PC  computers  which  are  needed  for  these  systems.  The  shortage  in  PC  computers,
including due to a worldwide shortage in PC boards, relative to our demand is an ongoing issue which may impact ongoing supply capabilities in the near term. While after the brief 2021 halt we were able to
adapt our standard manufacturing process to allow for the integration of these PC components at a later stage of the production line once inventory levels were restocked, this is illustrative of the continuing
need to adapt to the realities and challenges posed by the worldwide supply chain crisis.

In addition, we have seen a trend of high volatility in the workforce. In 2021, the number of voluntary resignations by employees across the U.S. and Israeli economies increased, and the technology sector has
seen  and  continues  to  see  wider  scale  layoffs  particularly  after  a  hiring  boom  that  occurred  during  the  COVID  pandemic.  We  believe  that  these  events  have  created  a  climate  of  volatility  in  employment
relations throughout the economy that has affected our ability to recruit, train and retain employees including effective sales professionals, thus our ability to ramp up our sales and marketing force as quickly
as would have otherwise been possible.

E.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Not applicable.

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.

Directors and Senior Management Recent Developments

In the beginning of 2023, we underwent a transition in our leadership. Our board of directors appointed Mr. Ami Boehm, an experienced, accomplished, and well-respected leader in capital markets, investing,
and advising in multiple global industries, as our new Chairman, succeeding Dr. David Zacut, co-founder of BrainsWay, who has held the role of Chairman since our inception, and now serves as a vice
chairman on the board. In tandem with the transition to a new Chairman, on February 13, 2023, our board of directors appointed Mr. Hadar Levy as our new Chief Executive Officer, and on May 23, 2023 our
board of directors appointed Mr, Ido Marom, an experienced senior financial leader in global industries, including medical technology, as the Company’s new Chief Financial Officer (CFO).

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this Annual Report.

Name
Senior Management:
Hadar Levy
Ido Marom
Dr. Yiftach Roth
Christopher Boyer
Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri)
Colleen Hanlon, PhD

Directors:
Ami Boehm
Dr. David Zacut(3)
Avner Hagai(2)(4)
Eti Mitrany(1)(2)
Karen Sarid(1)(2)(3)
Prof. Abraham Zangen
Yossi Ben Shalom(3)(4)
Avner Lushi(1)(4)

Age

Position

50
48
54
46
40
44

55
72
68
54
73
54
67
57

Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Scientist
Vice President of Global Marketing
Vice President of Research and Development
Vice President of Medical Affairs

Chairman of the Board
Vice Chairman of the Board
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director

(1) Member of our audit committee, which also serves as our financial statements committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
(3) Member of our executive committee
(4) Member of our nomination committee.

Board Diversity Matrix

Nasdaq’s Board Diversity Rule is designed to encourage a minimum board diversity objective for companies and provide stakeholders with consistent, comparable disclosures concerning a company’s current
board composition. The rule requires companies listed on Nasdaq to: (1) publicly disclose board-level diversity statistics using a standardized template; and (2) have or explain why they do not have at least
two diverse directors.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our current board composition is reflected in the following matrix:

Country of Principal Executive Offices:

Foreign Private Issuer

Disclosure Prohibited under Home Country Law

Total Number of Directors

Part I: Gender Identity

Directors

Part II: Demographic Background

Underrepresented Individual in Home Country Jurisdiction

LGBTQ+

Did Not Disclose Demographic Background

Directors who are Jewish People

Directors with Disabilities

Board Diversity Matrix (As of March 28, 2024)

Israel

Yes

No

8

Female

Male

Non-binary

Did  Not  Disclose
Gender

6

0

0

2

0

0

0

8

0

As a Foreign Issuer subject to the added flexibility provided under Nasdaq’s Board Diversity Rule, we currently meet the diversity objectives promulgated under this rule by having two female directors, as
reflected in the above matrix.

Executive officers

Hadar Levy serves as our Chief Executive Officer since February 13, 2023. Prior to this, Mr. Levy served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager North America since May 2020, and before that as
Chief Financial Officer from September 2014 to May 2020. Mr. Levy also serves as a director in ReWalk Robotics Ltd. (NASDAQ listed) since July 2022. Prior to his service at the Company, from August
2011  to  September  2014  Mr.  Levy  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Latin  American  Division  at  Amdocs;  and  from  2008  to  2011,  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  &  Vice  President  of  Business
Development of Notalvision. Prior to this position, he served as Controller of GE Healthcare Israel. Mr. Levy holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from Ruppin and an LLM from Bar Ilan University. Mr.
Levy is a Certified Public Accountant.

Ido Marom has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2023. Prior to joining the Company, he served as CFO of Surgical Theater Inc., a start-up medical technology company since 2019. Prior to this,
he served as Finance Director – Commercial Finance Business Officer at Amdocs, a global market leader in the communication and media industry. Previously, he served as CFO and Chief Operating Officer
of The Jewish Agency in North America and as Vice President of Finance of Ness Technologies, a global provider of IT services. Mr. Marom is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a BA in Accounting
and Finance from Haifa University, Israel.

Dr. Yiftach Roth is one of our scientific founders and key inventors of the Deep TMS technology. Dr. Roth has led and/or participated in our key scientific and Research and Development initiatives since May
2006. In 2010, Dr. Roth became our Chief Scientist. From 2003 through 2006, Dr. Roth worked in the Advanced Technology Center of the Chaim Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer as a researcher in the
field of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). Dr. Roth holds B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees in Physics and a Ph.D. in Medical Physics from Tel Aviv University. Dr. Roth is the brother-in-law of Professor Zangen, a
director and scientific consultant for the Company.

Christopher Boyer has served as our Vice President Global Marketing since June 2020. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Managing Director of Drake Partners LLC, a start-up private equity and
management  consulting  firm,  where  he  led  commercial  activities  for  many  of  the  portfolio  companies.  Prior  to  Drake  Partners,  he  was  Vice  President  at  St.  Jude  Medical  (now  part  of  Abbott),  where  he
managed the commercial integration of NeuroTherm, Inc. He was formerly the Vice President, America Sales, and Global Marketing for NeuroTherm, an international pain management company, where he
transformed  the  sales  and  marketing  organizations  to  accelerate  revenue  growth.  This  effort  contributed  to  the  subsequent  sale  of  the  company  to  St.  Jude  Medical.  Earlier  in  his  career,  Mr.  Boyer  held
marketing roles of increasing responsibility at Smith & Nephew and Stryker. Prior to his medical device career, he was a field artillery captain in the United States Army, and he received a Bronze Star Medal
for his service. Mr. Boyer holds a B.S. in Mathematical Sciences from the United States Military Academy at West Point.

Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri) has served as our Vice President of Research and Development since September 2017. Prior to her service as a Vice President of Research and Development, from 2010 to 2017,
Ms. Ankri served as a manager at the Biomedical Development Department of our Company and as a research and development project manager at our Company. Ms. Ankri holds a B.Sc. in Biomedical
Engineering from the Jerusalem College of Technology, and a B.Sc. in neurobiology studies at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

Colleen Hanlon, PhD has served as our Vice President Medical Affairs since November 2022. Prior to joining the Company, she spent nine years as a faculty member in the Department of Psychiatry at the
Medical  University  of  South  Carolina  (2010-2019),  before  being  recruited  to  design,  build,  and  manage  a  Neuromodulation  Program  as  a  tenured  professor  in  the  Departments  of  Cancer  Biology  and
Translational  Neuroscience  at  Wake  Forest  School  of  Medicine  (2019-2022).  She  has  experience  leading  multidisciplinary  clinical  research  programs  bridging  neurology,  psychiatry  and  pain.  She  has
published  over  100  articles,  authored  over  10  book  chapters,  been  involved  in  hiring  and  managing  over  50  people,  mentored  over  80  trainees,  delivered  over  100  invited  talks  and  educational  sessions
globally. Recognized as a leader and pioneer in the field of brain imaging and brain stimulation research for addiction, Dr. Hanlon received over $13 million from the National Institute of Health to develop
neural-circuit based therapeutics, like Transcranial Magnetic stimulation (TMS) for patients with a variety of psychiatric and neurologic disorders – including addiction, pain, and stroke rehabilitation. Dr.
Hanlon received a B.S. from the University of Florida in 2001 and a Ph.D. in Neurobiology from Duke University in 2005.

Directors

Ami Boehm serves as our Director since January 12, 2023, and as Chairman of our Board of Directors since February, 2023. Mr. Boehm has deep expertise in providing strategic advice for companies operating
in multiple global industries. From 2004 until 2022, he served as a partner at FIMI Opportunity Funds, Israel’s leading private equity firm. As a partner at FIMI, Mr. Boehm has sourced and led dozens of
control equity investments, and led improvement processes of FIMI’s portfolio companies and strategic activities of the portfolio companies in Israel, China, Europe and the U.S. He has served as Chairman of
the Board or Director of numerous public and private companies, including Ormat Technologies, Inc. (NYSE and TASE listed), Gilat Satellite Networks, Ltd. (NASDAQ and TASE listed), TAT Industries Ltd.
(NASDAQ  and  TASE  listed),  Kamada  Ltd.  (NASDAQ  and  TASE  listed),  Rekah  Pharmaceutical  Industries,  Ltd.  (TASE  listed),  Novolog  Ltd.  (TASE  listed),  Hamlet,  Ltd.  (TASE  listed),  Galam  Ltd.,  and
Greenstream Ltd., and has worked closely with management teams across the continuum of business and corporate development activities. Mr. Boehm received a Master of Business Administration from
Northwestern University and Tel-Aviv University, a Bachelor of Law from Tel-Aviv University, and a Bachelor of Economics from Tel-Aviv University.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dr. David Zacut serves as Vice-Chairman of our Board of Directors since February 2023. Prior to that he served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors since our inception, is a member of our executive
committee, and has been providing consulting services to Brain Research and Development Services since May 2001. Since 1983, Dr. Zacut has been working as a senior practicing physician at Hadassah
Hospital, and from 1994 through 2003, he served as a managing director of several large medical centers. In addition, Dr. Zacut serves as a director of several private companies, including Brain Research and
Development Services. Dr. Zacut holds an M.D. degree from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

Avner Hagai has served as our Director since November 2006 and currently serves as a member of our compensation committee and our nomination committee. He currently serves as a director at several
companies, including at Prisma F.S. Ltd., a building management company (where he has served since 2002), and previously served as a director at Hofit Kibbutz Kinneret Ltd., a plastics manufacturer. Mr.
Hagai established A.A. Glass Ltd., an automotive glass and services company, where he has served as a director since 1984.

Eti Mitrany has served as our Director since June 2016, and currently serves as chairperson of our compensation committee and a member of our audit committee. Ms. Mitrany is an executive with over 25
years of global experience in the life sciences industry. She has served as an active board member since January 2023 at TrioxNano, a nanotechnology treatment company, and also serves as a consultant at
pharmaceutical and digital health companies. From April 2021 until December 2022, she served as CFO and Head of Corporate Strategy at CytoReason, a life sciences AI company developing a computational
model of the human body. From 2012 until January 2020, she served as Senior Vice President, Head of the Corporate Economic Department at Teva Pharmaceuticals, with global responsibility for Teva’s
business planning and analysis. Prior to that, Ms. Mitrany held various positions at Teva, including serving as CFO of its global specialty business (commercial, R&D, and new ventures), head of Financial
Planning & Analysis of the global branded business, and global CFO of Copaxone (a multiple sclerosis treatment) and various other specialty products. Ms. Mitrany received her BA in Economics and an
MBA in Finance, both from Tel-Aviv University.

Karen Sarid has served as our Director since December 2017, currently serves as chairperson of our audit committee, and is a member of our compensation committee and our executive committee. Between
March 2014 and July 2017, Ms. Sarid served as VP Beauty and Dental and as Chairman of China activities at Syneron Medical Ltd. Between January 2012 and August 2013 Ms. Sarid served as President of
Alma Lasers Ltd. Ms. Sarid currently serves as a director of Eva Visual Ltd. She holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from the University of Haifa.

Prof. Avraham Zangen has served as our Director since June 2019. Prof. Zangen is the Head of the Brain Stimulation and Behavior Lab and the Chair of the PsychoBiology Brain Program at Ben-Gurion
University  in  Israel.  His  research  is  directed  at  identifying  and  understanding  altered  neuroplasticity  in  psychiatric  disorders,  primarily  depression,  addiction  and  ADHD,  utilizing  brain  stimulation,  and
imaging techniques to explore mechanisms and potential clinical applications. He co-developed, along with Dr. Yiftach Roth, the Deep TMS coil which serves as BrainsWay’s platform technology. Professor
Zangen has published over 150 peer reviewed articles, reviews, and book chapters. He has been awarded numerous prizes for his scientific achievements, including the Medical Futures Innovation Award in
London, the Sieratzki Prize for Advances in Neuroscience, and the Juludan Prize at the Technion. He has also received several distinguished research grants, including from the National Institutes of Health,
H2020 and the Israel Science Foundation. Professor Zangen is the brother-in-law of Dr. Yiftach Roth, who serves as our Chief Scientific Officer and a co-developer of our Deep TMS technology.

Yossi Ben Shalom has served as our Director since December 2018 and is a member of our executive committee and our nomination committee. Mr. Ben Shalom is a co-founder of D.B.S.I, a private investment
company specializing in investments in mature companies that are positioned globally for high growth or built for vast expansion through M&As. As such, Mr. Ben Shalom serves as the Chairman of Pointer
Telocation Ltd. (Nasdaq: PNTR), Rada (Nasdaq: RADA) and Shagrir Group Car Services Ltd. (TASE: SHGR). He also serves as a director at Taldor Computer Systems (1986) Ltd. (TASE: TALD), Eldan
Cargo Ltd., The 8 Note Production & Distribution Ltd., Car 2 Go Ltd., Matzman Et Merutz Milenum Ltd. and Kafrit Industries (1993) Ltd. Mr. Ben Shalom was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Koor Industries Ltd. from 1998 through to 2000. Before that, Mr. Ben-Shalom served as Chief Financial Officer of Tadiran Ltd. between 1994 and 1998. Mr. Ben Shalom holds a BA in Economics
and an MA in Business Administration both from Tel Aviv University.

Avner Lushi has served as our Director since January 2020 and currently serves as a member of our audit committee and our nomination committee. He co-founded the Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-industry
Investment  Fund  (GIBF)  which  focuses  on  introducing  Israeli  and  western  life  sciences  companies  to  the  Chinese  market  (and  related  investments),  where  he  also  serves  as  a  Managing  Partner  &  CEO.
Between 2004 and 2015 Mr. Lushi served as a Partner and Managing Director of Israel Healthcare Ventures (IHCV), a life sciences venture capital fund. From 2001 to 2005, he co-founded and served as CEO
of Life Sciences Transaction Support Ltd. (LTS), a PwC subsidiary dealing with life sciences investment banking. Since 2005, Mr. Lushi has served as an independent board member at nine public companies,
the two active one being Ram-On Investments and Holdings (1999) Ltd. In addition, he serves as a board member of several private companies as part of his role at GIBF. From 1997 to 2001, prior to turning
to the private sector, he held increasingly senior roles within the Israeli Prime Minister’s Chamber and the Israeli Supreme Court. Mr. Lushi holds an LLM in Law from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem,
LLB in Law and a BA in Economics from the Haifa University.

B.

Compensation

The aggregate compensation paid, and benefits-in-kind granted to or accrued on behalf of all of our directors and executive officers for their services, in all capacities, to us during the year ended December 31,
2023, was approximately $2.3 million. Out of that amount, $1.7 million was paid as salary, $0.3 million was attributed to the value of the equity-based awards granted to senior management during 2023 and
approximately $0.3 million was attributed to retirement plans. No additional amounts have been set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement, or similar benefits.

The compensation terms for our directors and officers are derived from their employment agreements and/or board/shareholder approvals, and comply with our Amended and Restated Compensation Policy for
Executive Officers and Directors, which was approved by our shareholders on December 22, 2021 and amended with the consent of our shareholders on March 20, 2023 (as amended, the “Compensation
Policy”). On November 14, 2023, our directors adopted the Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation (the “Compensation Recovery Policy”), which provides for certain incentive-based
compensation awarded to our officers to be recovered in the event that we are required to prepare an accounting restatement to correct material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement to
which we are subject. This description of the Compensation Recovery Policy is qualified by reference to the full text of such policy, which is filed as an exhibit hereto.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table and summary below outline the actual compensation granted or paid to our five highest compensated officers during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Name and position of director or officer*
Hadar Levy, CEO
Eric Hirt, former VP U.S. Sales(6)
Christopher Boyer, VP Global Marketing
Colleen Hanlon, VP Medical Affairs
Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri), VP R&D

Base Salary or 
Other Payments(1)
335 
373 
243 
255 
139 

Value of Social 
benefit(2)

Value of Equity 
Based Compensation 
Granted(3)(5)

All Other 
Compensation(4)

Total

71 
33 
49 
25 
41 

172 
(20) 
45 
26 
50 

28 
0 
0 
0 
11 

606 
386 
337 
306 
241 

*Compensation for Mr. Marom, our CFO, who only joined the Company in mid-2023, is not included in this table.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)
(5)

(6)

“Base  Salary  or  Other  Payments”  means  the  aggregate  yearly  gross  monthly  salaries  or  other  payments  with  respect  to  our  senior  management  and  members  of  the  board  of  directors  which  was
actually paid during the year ended December 31, 2023.
“Social Benefits” include payments to the National Insurance Institute, advanced education funds, managers’ insurance and pension funds; vacation pay; and recuperation pay as mandated by Israeli
law.
Value of Equity Based Compensation Granted consists of the fair value of the equity-based compensation granted during the year ended December 31, 2023 in exchange for the directors' and officers'
services recognized as an expense in profit or loss and is carried to the accumulated deficit under equity. The total amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the RSUs and/or
options.
“All Other Compensation” includes, among other things, bonuses, car-related expenses (including tax gross-up) and communication expenses.
Hadar Levy was granted 320,000 options on February 13, 2023 subject to a 4-year vesting period. Equity referenced for Mr. Hirt refers to a grant of RSUs from a previous year which was forfeited in
2023 upon his departure from the Company.
Mr. Hirt’s employment with the Company concluded on November 6, 2023.

Certain equity-based compensation listed in the table above was granted pursuant to an equity incentive plan. For information regarding the terms of our equity incentive plans, please see the section titled
“Award Plans” under Item 6.E.

In addition, all of our directors and executive officers are covered under our directors’ and executive officers’ liability insurance policies and were granted letters of indemnification by us.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into written employment or service agreements with each member of our senior management. All of these agreements contain customary provisions regarding noncompetition, confidentiality
of information, and assignment of inventions. However, the enforceability of the noncompetition provisions may be limited under applicable laws.

For information on exemption and indemnification letters granted to our directors and officers, please see “Item 6C. – Board Practices – Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Director Compensation

As of the date of the filing of this annual report, we pay our non-executive directors (i.e., all directors other than Mr. Boehm and Prof. Zangen) an annual cash fee of NIS 133,000. Additionally, as of the date of
the filing of this annual report, we pay a cash fee of NIS 2,480 per meeting of the Board and any committee thereof, which is increased to (i) NIS 4,020 in the case of a committee chairperson; or (ii) NIS 4,390
in the case of a director determined to be an expert.

Ami Boehm serves as an active chairman of our board of directors. Effective as of the date that Mr. Boehm was appointed as the Chairman of the Board, namely February 13, 2023 (Mr. Boehm’s compensation
from the date of his appointment as a director on January 1, 2023 until his appointment as Chairman was the same as that applicable to our other non-executive directors) Mr. Boehm receives a monthly
compensation of NIS 22,500 plus VAT for his term in office (calculated based on 30% capacity of a NIS 75,000 full capacity role). In addition, he was granted 300,000 options to purchase Ordinary Shares of
the Company, subject to a 4 year vesting schedule and acceleration in the event of a change of control, at an exercise price equal to 125% of half of the closing price of our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market
on March 17, 2023, subject to standard terms in our Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and compliance with all applicable laws. For more information, please see our proxy statement filed on
February 13, 2023 and resulting resolution approved by the shareholders on March 20, 2023.

We also have a consultancy agreement with Prof. Zangen, a director and scientific founder of the Company. For more information, please see “Item 7B. Related Party Transactions.”

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table and summary below outline the actual compensation granted or paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Name of director
Ami Boehm
Dr. David Zacut
Prof. Avraham Zangen
Karan Sarid
Eti Mitrany
Avner Lushi
Yossi Ben Shalom
Avner Hagai

(1) Mainly attributed to expenses for the granting of options.
(2) Mainly attributed to car expenses and reimbursements of travel expenses.

Compensation Policy

Annual Basis 
Compensation

Annual Per 
meeting 
compensation

66,251 
30,947 
58,424 
37,136 
37,136 
37,136 
37,136 
37,136 

1,246 
4,847 

19,858 
10,091 
7,191 
4,986 
6,509 

Value of Equity 
Based 
Compensation 
Granted(1)

80,375 

10,898 
10,898 

All Other 
Compensation(2)

Total

13,751 

535 
386 

147,873 
35,794 
72,176 
56,994 
58,660 
55,611 
42,122 
43,646 

In general, under the Israeli Companies Law, a public company must have a compensation policy approved by the board of directors after receiving and considering the recommendations of the compensation
committee. In addition, the compensation policy requires the approval of the general meeting of the shareholders. In public companies such as our Company, shareholder approval requires one of the following:
(i) the majority of shareholder votes counted at a general meeting including the majority of all of the votes of those shareholders who are non-controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in the
approval of the compensation policy, who vote at the meeting (excluding abstentions) or (ii) the total number of votes against the proposal among the shareholders mentioned in paragraph (i) does exceed two
percent (2%) of the voting rights in the company. Under special circumstances, the board of directors may approve the compensation policy despite the objection of the shareholders on the condition that the
compensation committee and then the board of directors decide, on the basis of detailed arguments and after discussing again the compensation policy, that approval of the compensation policy, despite the
objection of the meeting of shareholders, is for the benefit of the company.

The compensation policy must be based on certain considerations, must include certain provisions, and needs to reference certain matters as set forth in the Israeli Companies Law.

The  compensation  policy  must  serve  as  the  basis  for  decisions  concerning  the  financial  terms  of  employment  or  engagement  of  office  holders,  including  exculpation,  insurance,  indemnification  or  any
monetary payment or obligation of payment in respect of employment or engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s objectives, business
plan,  long-term  strategy,  and  creation  of  appropriate  incentives  for  office  holders.  It  must  also  consider,  among  other  things,  the  company’s  risk  management,  size,  and  the  nature  of  its  operations.  The
compensation policy must furthermore consider the following additional factors:

●

●

●

●

●

the education, skills, experience, expertise, and accomplishments of the relevant office holder;

the office holder’s position, responsibilities, and prior compensation agreements with him or her;

the  ratio  between  the  cost  of  the  terms  of  employment  of  an  office  holder  and  the  cost  of  the  employment  of  other  employees  of  the  company,  including  employees  employed  through
contractors who provide services to the company, in particular the ratio between such cost, the average, and median salary of the employees of the company, as well as the impact of such
disparities on the work relationships in the company;

if the terms of employment include variable components—the possibility of reducing variable components at the discretion of the board of directors and the possibility of setting a limit on
the value of variable equity-based components not settled in cash; and

if the terms of employment include severance compensation—the term of employment or office of the office holder, the terms of his or her compensation during such period, the company’s
performance during such period, his or her individual contribution to the achievement of the company goals and the maximization of its profits and the circumstances under which he or she
is leaving the company.

The compensation policy must also include, among others:

●

with regards to variable components in the terms of office and employment:

●

●

with the exception of office holders who report directly to the chief executive officer, determining the variable components on long- term performance basis and on measurable
criteria; however, the company may determine that an immaterial part of the variable components of the compensation package of an office holder’s shall be awarded based on non-
measurable criteria, if such amount is not higher than three monthly salaries per annum, while taking into account such office holder contribution to the company;

the ratio between variable and fixed components, as well as the limit of the values of variable components at the time of their payment. However, with respect to variable equity-
based components that are not settled in cash, the limit of their value at the time of grant.

a condition under which the office holder will return to the company, according to conditions to be set forth in the compensation policy, any amounts paid as part of his or her terms of
employment, if such amounts were paid based on information later to be discovered to be wrong, and such information was restated in the company’s financial statements;

the minimum holding or vesting period of variable equity-based components to be set in the terms of office or employment, as applicable, while taking into consideration long-term
incentives; and

a limit to retirement grants.

●

●

●

Our  compensation  policy  is  designed  to  promote  retention  and  motivation  of  directors  and  senior  management,  incentivize  superior  individual  excellence,  align  the  interests  of  our  directors  and  senior
management with our long-term performance and provide a risk management tool. To that end, a portion of an executive officer compensation package is targeted to reflect our short and long-term goals, as
well as the executive officer’s individual performance. On the other hand, our compensation policy includes measures designed to reduce the executive officer’s incentives to take excessive risks that may harm
us in the long-term, such as limitations on the value of cash bonuses and equity-based compensation to a maximum number of monthly salaries, limitations on the ratio between the variable and the total
compensation of an executive officer and minimum vesting periods for equity-based compensation.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our compensation policy also addresses our executive officer’s individual characteristics (such as his or her respective position, education, scope of responsibilities and contribution to the attainment of our
goals) as the basis for compensation variation among our senior management, and considers the internal ratios between compensation of our senior management and directors and other employees. Pursuant to
our compensation policy, the compensation that may be granted to an executive officer may include: base salary, exemption indemnification and insurance, annual bonuses and other cash bonuses (such as a
signing  bonus  and  special  bonuses  with  respect  to  any  special  achievements,  such  as  outstanding  personal  achievement,  outstanding  personal  effort  or  outstanding  company  performance),  equity-based
compensation, social benefits, retirement, and termination of service arrangements. All cash bonuses to executive officers (“Annual Target Bonus”, “Overachievement Bonus and “Special Bonus”) are limited
to a maximum amount linked to the executive officer’s base salary. In addition, the total equity-based compensation components may not exceed 200% of each executive officer’s base salary with respect to
any given calendar year.

An annual cash bonus may be awarded to senior management upon the attainment of pre-set periodic objectives and individual targets. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to our senior management
will  be  based  on  performance  objectives  and  a  discretionary  evaluation  of  the  executive  officer’s  overall  performance  by  our  compensation  committee  and  board  of  directors  and  subject  to  minimum
thresholds. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to senior management may be based in a rate of up to 25% on a discretionary evaluation. Furthermore, our chief executive officer will be entitled to
recommend performance objectives, and such performance objectives will be approved by our compensation committee (and, if required by law, by our board of directors).

The equity-based compensation under our compensation policy for our officers and directors is designed in a manner consistent with the underlying objectives in determining the base salary and the annual
cash bonus, with its main objectives being to enhance the alignment between the officers’ and directors’ interests with our long-term interests and those of our shareholders, and to strengthen the retention and
the motivation of senior management in the long term. Our compensation policy provides for officers and directors compensation in the form of share options or other equity-based awards, such as restricted
shares and restricted share units (RSUs), in accordance with our Share Incentive Plan then in place. All equity-based incentives granted to officers and directors shall be subject to vesting periods in order to
promote long-term retention of the awarded officer or director. The equity-based compensation shall be granted from time to time and be individually determined and awarded according to the performance,
educational  background,  prior  business  experience,  qualifications,  role,  and  the  personal  responsibilities  of  the  officer  or  director.  Our  compensation  policy  limits  the  number  of  outstanding  securities
exercisable or convertible into shares to 10% of our issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis.

In addition, our compensation policy contains compensation recovery provisions which allows us under certain conditions to recover bonuses paid in excess, enables our chief executive officer to approve an
immaterial change in the terms of employment of an executive officer (provided that the changes of the terms of employment are in accordance with our compensation policy) and allows us to exculpate,
indemnify, and insure our senior management and directors subject to certain limitations set forth thereto.

Our  compensation  policy  also  provides  for  compensation  to  the  members  of  our  board  of  directors  (except  for  directors  that  are  employed  by,  or  provides  services,  directly  or  through  companies  in  their
control, to the Company in another role) either (i) for external directors, if any, in accordance with the amounts provided in the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an
External Director) of 2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel) of 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to
time, or (ii) for all other directors, in accordance with the amounts determined in our compensation policy.

Our amended and restated compensation policy was last approved by our shareholders on December 22, 2021 and is valid for a period of three years according to the Israeli Companies Law.

In March 2023, our shareholders approved an amendment to the policy, limiting the total equity grants to employees, directors and consultants of the Company that are still subject to any share incentive plan
of the Company at any given time to 10% of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis.

C.

Board Practices

Appointment of Directors and Terms of Officers

Our board of directors consists of eight (8) directors, all qualify as “independent” under applicable U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq listing rules. The term of office of each director shall be until the next
general meeting of our shareholders.

Under our articles of association, the number of directors on our board of directors will be not less than four (4) but no more than nine (9) directors, not including any external directors to the extent required to
be appointed by the Israeli Companies Law, and not including up to two (2) additional directors who may be appointed by our board of directors whose term of office would expire as of the first annual
meeting of shareholders after their appointment, at which they may be re-elected by such general meeting subject to the total number of directors not exceeding nine (9).

Under our articles of association, our board of directors may elect new directors if the number of directors is below the maximum provided in the articles of association, and the term of office of such elected
directors shall be until the next general meeting of our shareholders.

Under Israeli law, the chief executive officer of a public company may not serve as the chairman of the board of directors of the company unless approved by a special majority of our shareholders as required
under the Israeli Companies Law.

In  addition,  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  our  board  of  directors  must  determine  the  minimum  number  of  directors  who  are  required  to  have  financial  and  accounting  expertise.  Under  applicable
regulations, a director with financial and accounting expertise is a director who, by reason of his or her education, professional experience, and skills, has a high level of proficiency in and understanding of
business accounting matters and financial statements. He or she must be able to thoroughly comprehend the financial statements of the company and initiate debate regarding the manner in which financial
information is presented. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, the board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the company and the scope and
complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that we should have at least two directors with the requisite financial and accounting expertise.

On February 2023 our board of directors appointed Mr. Ami Boehm as an active chairman who has taken a pro-active role in setting the growth strategy of the Company and works with our newly appointed
CEO to form the new leadership of the Company. Dr. David Zacut, our vice-chairman is closely familiar with the operations and procedures of the Company and was appointed by the board to provide special
consulting services to the board and senior management.

There are no arrangements or understandings between us, on the one hand, and any of our directors, on the other hand, providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service as directors of our
Company.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent and External Directors - Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, we would be required to include on our board of directors at least two members, each of whom qualifies as an external director, and as to whom special qualifications, voting
requirements and other provisions would be applicable. We would also be required to include one such external director on each of our board committees.

Under regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, Israeli companies whose shares are traded on stock exchanges such as the Nasdaq that do not have a controlling shareholder (as defined
therein) and which comply with the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s shares are traded with respect to the appointment of independent directors and the composition of an audit committee
and compensation committee, may elect not to follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of its audit committee and compensation committee and the appointment of
external directors. As we do not have a controlling shareholder, and as we comply with the requirements of the Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our board and such committees, therefore we are
exempt from the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect thereto, including the appointment of external directors.

Committees

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Our board of directors has established four standing committees, the audit committee (which serves also as our financial statements committee), the compensation committee, the nomination committee, and the
executive committee.

Audit Committee

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of any public company must also appoint an audit committee comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors (if any). The
audit committee may not include:

●

●

●

●

the chairman of the board of directors;

a controlling shareholder or a relative of a controlling shareholder;

any director employed by us or by one of our controlling shareholders or by an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders (other than as a member of the board of directors); or

any director who regularly provides services to us, to one of our controlling shareholders or to an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders.

According to the Israeli Companies Law, the majority of the members of the audit committee, as well as the majority of members present at audit committee meetings, will be required to be “independent” (as
defined below), and the chairperson of the audit committee will be required to be an external director. Any persons disqualified from serving as a member of the audit committee may not be present at the audit
committee meetings, unless the chairperson of the audit committee has determined that such person is required to be present at the meeting or if such person qualifies under one of the exemptions of the Israeli
Companies Law.

The term “independent director” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as an external director or a director who meets the following conditions, and who is appointed or classified as such according to the
Israeli Companies Law: (1) the conditions for his or her appointment as an external director (as described above) are satisfied, and the audit committee approves the director having met such conditions, and (2)
he or she has not served as a director of the company for over nine consecutive years with any interruption of up to two years of his or her service not being deemed a disruption to the continuity of his or her
service.

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our audit committee and compensation committee, and do
not follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of such committees, such as those described above. See the section titled “Directors and Senior Management” under Item
6.A above.

Nasdaq Listing Requirements

Under  the  Nasdaq  corporate  governance  rules,  we  are  required  to  maintain  an  audit  committee  consisting  of  at  least  three  independent  directors,  all  of  whom  are  financially  literate  and  one  of  whom  has
accounting or related financial management expertise.

Our audit committee consists of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi. Karen Sarid serves as Chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial
literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi is an
audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules, and has the requisite financial experience as defined by the Nasdaq listing rules.

Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Approval of Transactions with Related Parties

The approval of the audit committee is required to effect specified actions and transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders and their relatives, or in which they have a personal interest. See the
section titled “Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law” below. The audit committee may not approve an action or a transaction
with a controlling shareholder or with an office holder unless at the time of approval the audit committee meets the composition requirements under the Israeli Companies Law.

Audit Committee Charter

Our  board  of  directors  adopted  an  audit  committee  charter  setting  forth  the  responsibilities  of  the  audit  committee  consistent  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC  and  the  Nasdaq  corporate  governance  rules,  which
include:

●

retaining and terminating our independent auditors, subject to board of directors and shareholder ratification;

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

●

●

overseeing the independence, compensation, and performance of our independent auditors;

the appointment, compensation, retention, and oversight of any accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit services;

pre-approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors;

reviewing with management and our independent directors our financial statements prior to their submission to the SEC; and

approval of certain transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders, as described below, and other related party transactions.

Additionally, under the Israeli Companies Law, the role of the audit committee includes the identification of irregularities in our business management, among other things, by consulting with the internal
auditor or our independent auditors and suggesting an appropriate course of action to the board of directors. In addition, the audit committee or the board of directors, as set forth in the articles of association of
the company, is required to approve the yearly or periodic work plan proposed by the internal auditor. The audit committee is required to assess the company’s internal audit system and the performance of its
internal auditor. The Israeli Companies Law also requires that the audit committee assess the scope of the work and compensation of the company’s external auditor. In addition, the audit committee is required
to determine whether certain related party actions and transactions are “material” or “extraordinary” for the purpose of the requisite approval procedures under the Israeli Companies Law and whether certain
transactions  with  a  controlling  shareholder  will  be  subject  to  a  competitive  procedure.  The  audit  committee  charter  states  that  in  fulfilling  its  role  the  committee  is  empowered  to  conduct  or  authorize
investigations into any matters within its scope of responsibilities. A company whose audit committee’s composition also meets the requirements set for the composition of a compensation committee (as
further detailed below) may have one committee acting as both audit and compensation committees.

Compensation Committee

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, public companies are required to appoint a compensation committee in accordance with the guidelines set forth thereunder.

The  compensation  committee  must  consist  of  at  least  three  members.  All  of  the  external  directors,  if  any,  must  serve  on  the  committee  and  constitute  a  majority  of  its  members.  The  chairperson  of  the
compensation  committee  must  be  an  external  director,  if  any.  All  external  directors,  if  any,  must  be  members  of  the  compensation  committee,  and  the  remaining  members  must  be  directors  whose
compensation is in accordance with the regulations for compensation of external directors under the Israeli Companies Law. In addition, members of the compensation committee may not include directors
who are disqualified from serving as members of the audit committee (as described above).

The compensation committee, which consists of Eti Mitrany, Avner Hagai, and Karen Sarid, assists the board of directors in determining compensation for our directors and officers. Eti Mitrany serves as
Chairperson  of  the  committee.  Under  SEC  and  Nasdaq  rules,  there  are  heightened  independence  standards  for  members  of  the  compensation  committee,  including  a  prohibition  against  the  receipt  of  any
compensation from us other than standard supervisory board member fees. Although foreign private issuers are not required to meet this heightened standard, our board of directors has determined that all of
our expected compensation committee members meet this heightened standard.

In accordance with the Israeli Companies Law, the roles of the compensation committee are, among others, as follows:

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

to recommend to the board of directors the compensation policy for directors and officers, and to recommend to the board of directors once every three years whether the compensation
policy that had been approved should be extended for a period of more than three years;

to recommend to the board of directors updates to the compensation policy, from time to time, and examine its implementation;

to decide whether to approve the terms of office, and employment of directors and officers that require approval of the compensation committee; and

to decide whether the compensation terms of the chief executive officer, which were determined pursuant to the compensation policy, will be exempted from approval by the shareholders
because such approval would harm the ability to engage the chief executive officer.

In addition to the roles mentioned above our compensation committee also makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the awarding of employee equity grants.

In addition to the above, our compensation committee is entitled to agree to prior notice periods for resignation or dismissal within the context of certain acceleration events, and to agree to up to 12 months
full payment of the compensation package and fringe benefits, upon termination by us of an engagement with an officer or an employee.

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our audit committee and compensation committee, and do
not follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of such committees, such as those described above. See the section titled “Directors and Senior Management” under Item
6.C above.

Nasdaq Listing Requirements

Under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three members, all of whom are independent and are financially literate and one of whom has accounting
or related financial management expertise.

The independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act implement two basic criteria for determining independence:

●

●

audit committee members are barred from accepting directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer, other than in the
member’s capacity as a member of the board of directors and any board committee; and

audit committee members may not be an “affiliated person” of the issuer or any subsidiary of the issuer apart from her or his capacity as a member of the board of directors and any board
committee.

The SEC has defined “affiliate” for non-investment companies as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the
person specified.” The term “control” is intended to be consistent with the other definitions of this term under the Exchange Act, as “the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.” A safe harbor has been adopted by the SEC, under which a person who is
not an executive officer or 10% shareholder of the issuer would be deemed not to have control of the issuer.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, the audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and performance of our independent auditors.
In  addition,  the  audit  committee  is  responsible  for  assisting  the  board  of  directors  in  reviewing  our  annual  financial  statements,  the  adequacy  of  our  internal  control  and  our  compliance  with  legal  and
regulatory  requirements.  The  audit  committee  also  oversees  our  major  financial  risk  exposures  and  policies  for  managing  such  potential  risks,  discusses  with  management  and  our  independent  auditor
significant risks or exposure and assesses the steps management has taken to minimize such risk.

As noted above, the members of our audit committee include Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi, with Karen Sarid serving as chairperson. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements
for financial literacy under the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC
rules and all members of the audit committee have the requisite financial experience as defined by the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is
defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Compensation Committee Charter

Our board of directors adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the compensation committee consistent with the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance
rules, which include:

●

●

●

●

recommending to the Board of Directors for its approval (i) a compensation policy for officers and directors, (ii) once every three years, whether to extend the compensation policy, subject
to receipt of the required corporate approvals approval (either a new compensation policy or the continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur every three years);
and (iii) periodic updates to the compensation policy. In addition, the compensation committee is required to periodically review the implementation of the compensation policy;

approving  transactions  relating  to  the  terms  of  office  and  employment  of  office  holders  (within  the  meaning  of  the  Companies  Law),  which  require  the  approval  of  the  compensation
committee pursuant to the Companies Law;

reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board of directors; and

reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.

Nomination Committee

In March 2022, our Board of Directors appointed a nomination committee, comprised of Avner Lushi, Avner Hagai and Yossi Ben Shalom.

Our Nomination Committee assuming the responsibility for recommending to the Board nominees for election (including re-election) to the Company’s Board of Directors, in lieu of the recommendation by
our independent directors.

Consistent with the requirements of the Nasdaq Rules, our Nomination Committee is responsible for:

·

·

·

identifying potential new candidates for service on the Company’s Board of Directors, taking into account, inter alia, the candidate’s applicable experience, expertise and/or familiarity with
the Company’s field of business, as well as the candidate’s ethical character, independent judgment and industry reputation;

conducting appropriate inquiries into the backgrounds and qualifications of potential candidates for service as directors; and

reviewing and resolving whether or not to approve arrangements with respect to such candidates.

Nasdaq Requirements

The  Nasdaq  Rules  require  that  director  nominees  be  selected  or  recommended  for  the  board’s  selection  either  by  a  nomination  committee  composed  solely  of  independent  directors  or  by  a  majority  of
independent directors, in a vote in which only independent directors participate, subject to certain exceptions.

Executive Committee

In 2021, our Board of Directors appointed an executive committee, comprised of Dr. David Zacut, Karen Sarid and Yossi Ben Shalom. The roles of the executive committee are:

·

·

to oversee the implementation of the business strategy of our company; and

to exercise such other duties as the board may resolve from time to time.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the attendance rate for each of our directors in the board of directors during 2023:

Name
Ami Boehm
Dr. David Zacut
Avner Hagai
Avner Lushi
Eti Mitrany
Karen Sarid
Prof. Avraham Zangen
Yossi Ben Shalom

Percentage of Meetings Attended
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
87.50%
100%

Our board of directors takes an active role in supervising the risk management of the Company and follows our internal policies and procedures.

Corporate Governance Practices

Internal Auditor

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor based on the recommendation of the audit committee. The role of the internal auditor is, among
other things, to examine whether a company’s actions comply with applicable law and orderly business procedure. Under the Israeli Companies Law, the internal auditor may not be an interested party or an
office holder or a relative of an interested party or of an office holder, nor may the internal auditor be the company’s independent auditor or the representative of the same.

An “interested party” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law as (i) a holder of 5% or more of the issued share capital or voting power in a company, (ii) any person or entity who has the right to designate one
or more directors or to designate the chief executive officer of the company, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or as a chief executive officer of the company.

Mr. Yisrael Gewirtz of Fahn Kanne Control Management Ltd. (Grant Thornton Israel) serves as our internal auditor.

Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law

Fiduciary Duties and Duty of Care of Office Holders

The Israeli Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a fiduciary duty on all office holders of a company. The duty of care of an office holder is based on the duty of care set forth in connection with the tort
of negligence under the Israeli Torts Ordinance (New Version) 5728-1968. This duty of care requires an office holder to act with the degree of proficiency with which a reasonable office holder in the same
position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of care includes, among other things, a duty to use reasonable means, in light of the circumstances, to obtain:

●

●

information on the business advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and

all other important information pertaining to such action.

The fiduciary duty incumbent on an office holder requires him or her to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company, and includes, among other things, the duty to:

●

●

●

●

refrain from any act involving a conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs;

refrain from any activity that is competitive with the business of the company;

refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company for the purpose of gaining a personal advantage for himself or herself or others; and

disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder.

We may approve an act specified above which would otherwise constitute a breach of the office holder’s fiduciary duty, provided that the office holder acted in good faith, the act or its approval does not harm
the company, and the office holder discloses his or her personal interest, including any material fact or document, a reasonable time before consideration of the approval of such act. Any such approval is
subject to the terms of the Israeli Companies Law, setting forth, among other things, the appropriate bodies of the company entitled to provide such approval, and the methods of obtaining such approval.

Disclosure of Personal Interest of an Office Holder and Approval of Transactions

The Israeli Companies Law requires that an office holder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information or documents relating to any
existing or proposed transaction by the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the
transaction is considered. An office holder is not obliged to disclose such information if the personal interest of the office holder derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction
that is not considered an extraordinary transaction.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, once an office holder has complied with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve a transaction between the company and the office holder or a third party
in which the office holder has a personal interest. However, a company may not approve a transaction or action that is not to the company’s benefit.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, unless the articles of association of a company provide otherwise, a transaction with an office holder or with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest,
which is not an extraordinary transaction, requires approval by the board of directors. If the transaction considered is an extraordinary transaction with an office holder or third party in which the office holder
has a personal interest, then audit committee approval is required prior to approval by the board of directors. For the approval of compensation arrangements with directors and senior management, see the
section titled “Compensation Policy” under Item 6.B above.

Any persons who have a personal interest in the approval of a transaction that is brought before a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee, except for a transaction with an office holder or with
a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, which is not an extraordinary transaction, may not be present at the meeting or vote on the matter. However, if the chairman of the board of
directors or the chairman of the audit committee has determined that the presence of an office holder with a personal interest is required, such office holder may be present at the meeting for the purpose of
presenting  the  matter.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  director  who  has  a  personal  interest  may  be  present  at  the  meeting,  and  vote  on  the  matter  if  a  majority  of  the  directors  or  members  of  the  audit
committee have a personal interest in the approval of such transaction. If a majority of the directors at a board of directors meeting have a personal interest in the transaction, such transaction also requires
approval of the shareholders of the company.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A “personal interest” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as the personal interest of a person in an action or in a transaction of the company, including the personal interest of such person’s relative or
the interest of any other corporate body in which the person and/or such person’s relative is a director or general manager, a 5% shareholder or holds 5% or more of the voting rights, or has the right to appoint
at least one director or the general manager, but excluding a personal interest stemming solely from the fact of holding shares in the company. A personal interest also includes (1) a personal interest of a person
who votes according to a proxy of another person, including in the event that the other person has no personal interest, and (2) a personal interest of a person who gave a proxy to another person to vote on his
or her behalf regardless of whether or not the discretion of how to vote lies with the person voting.

An “extraordinary transaction” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as any of the following:

●

●

●

a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business;

a transaction that is not on market terms; or

a transaction that may have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

Disclosure of a Personal Interest of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Transactions

The Israeli Companies Law also requires that a controlling shareholder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information or documents
relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. A controlling shareholder’s disclosure must be made without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at
which the transaction is considered. Extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, including a private placement in which a controlling
shareholder has a personal interest, and the terms of engagement of the company, directly or indirectly, with a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative (including through a corporation
controlled by a controlling shareholder), regarding the company’s receipt of services from the controlling shareholder, and if such controlling shareholder is also an office holder or employee of the company,
regarding his or her terms of employment, require the approval of each of (i) the audit committee or the compensation committee with respect to the terms of the engagement of the company, (ii) the board of
directors, and (iii) the shareholders, in that order. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:

●

●

a majority of the shares held by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are voting at the meeting must be voted in favor of approving the transaction, excluding
abstentions; or

the shares voted by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction represent no more than two percent (2%) of the voting rights in the
company.

In addition, an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and an engagement of the company, directly or indirectly, with a controlling
shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative (including through a corporation controlled by a controlling shareholder), regarding the company’s receipt of services from the controlling shareholder, and if
such controlling shareholder is also an office holder or employee of the company, regarding his or her terms of employment, in each case with a term of more than three years requires the abovementioned
approval every three years; however, transactions not involving the receipt of services or compensation can be approved for a longer term, provided that the audit committee determines that such longer term is
reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  In  addition,  transactions  with  a  controlling  shareholder  or  a  controlling  shareholder’s  relative  who  serves  as  an  officer  in  a  company,  directly  or  indirectly  (including
through  a  corporation  under  his  control),  involving  the  receipt  of  services  by  a  company  or  their  compensation  can  have  a  term  of  five  years  from  the  company’s  initial  public  offering  under  certain
circumstances.

The Israeli Companies Law requires that every shareholder that participates, in person, by proxy or by voting instrument, in a vote regarding a transaction with a controlling shareholder, must indicate in
advance or in the proxy card whether or not that shareholder has a personal interest in the vote in question. Failure to so indicate will result in the invalidation of that shareholder’s vote.

Duties of Shareholders

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to act in good faith and in an acceptable manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company, and other shareholders
and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, when voting at meetings of shareholders on the following matters:

●

●

●

●

an amendment to the articles of association;

an increase in the company’s authorized share capital;

a merger; and

the approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval.

A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.

The remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply to a breach of the shareholder duties mentioned above, and in the event of discrimination against other shareholders, additional
remedies may be available to the injured shareholder.

In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder that knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote (including in a class meeting), and any shareholder that, under a company’s
articles of association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, or any other power with respect to a company, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The
Israeli Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with
fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in the company into account.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Approval of Private Placements

Under the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, a private placement of securities does not require approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company; provided
however, that in special circumstances, such as a private placement which is intended to obviate the need to conduct a special tender offer (see the section titled “Acquisitions under Israeli Law” in Exhibit 2.3)
or  a  private  placement  which  qualifies  as  a  related  party  transaction  (see  “Item  6.  Directors,  Senior  Management  and  Employees  –  C.  Board  Practices  –  Duties  of  Directors  and  Officers  and  Approval  of
Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law”), approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company is required.

Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the fiduciary duty. An Israeli company may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to
the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of the office holder’s duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of
association. Our articles of association include such a provision. A company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising due to the breach of his or her duty of care in connection with
dividend or distribution to shareholders.

Under the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the “Israeli Securities Law”) a company may indemnify an office holder in respect of the following liabilities, payments, and
expenses  incurred  for  acts  performed  by  him  or  her  as  an  office  holder,  either  in  advance  of  an  event  or  following  an  event,  provided  its  articles  of  association  include  a  provision  authorizing  such
indemnification:

●

●

●

●

●

●

a  monetary  liability  incurred  by  or  imposed  on  the  office  holder  in  favor  of  another  person  pursuant  to  a  court  judgment,  including  pursuant  to  a  settlement  confirmed  as  judgment  or
arbitrator’s decision approved by a competent court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided in advance, then such an undertaking
must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or
according to criteria determined  by  the  board  of  directors  as  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  and  such  undertaking  shall  detail  the  abovementioned  foreseen  events  and  amount  or
criteria; (ii) concluded without the filing of an indictment against the office holder but with the imposition of a monetary obligation on the office holder in lieu of criminal proceedings for an
offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; or (iii) in connection with a monetary sanction;

reasonable litigation expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which were incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding filed against the office holder by
an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that such investigation or proceeding was either (i) concluded without the filing of an indictment against such
office holder and without the imposition on him of any monetary obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding;

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a payment for a breach offended at an Administrative Procedure (as defined below) as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) to the
Israeli Securities Law;

expenses expended by the office holder with respect to an Administrative Procedure under the Israeli Securities Law, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees;

reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or which were imposed on the office holder by a court (i) in a proceeding instituted against him or her
by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, (ii) in connection with criminal indictment of which the office holder was acquitted, or (iii) in a criminal indictment which the office holder
was convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and

any other obligation or expense in respect of which it is permitted or will be permitted under applicable law to indemnify an office holder, including, without limitation, matters referenced
in Section 56H(b)(1) of the Israeli Securities Law.

An “Administrative Procedure” is defined as a procedure pursuant to chapters H3 (Monetary Sanction by the Israeli Securities Authority), H4 (Administrative Enforcement Procedures of the Administrative
Enforcement Committee) or I1 (Arrangement to prevent Procedures or Interruption of procedures subject to conditions) to the Israeli Securities Law.

Under the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, a company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder if and to
the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:

●

●

●

●

●

a breach of the fiduciary duty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;

a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party;

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party at an Administrative Procedure pursuant to Section 52(54)(a) (1)(a) of the Israeli Securities Law; and

expenses incurred by an office holder in connection with an Administrative Procedure, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following:

●

●

●

●

a breach of the fiduciary duty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the fiduciary duty to the company to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a
reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;

a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach solely arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or

a fine, civil fine, financial sanction or forfeit levied against the office holder.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the Israeli Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification, and insurance of office holders must be approved by the compensation committee and the board of directors, and, with respect to directors or
controlling shareholders, their relatives and third parties in which controlling shareholders have a personal interest, also by the shareholders.

Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify, and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted or to be permitted by law. Our office holders are currently covered by a directors’ and
officers’ liability insurance policy. As of the date of this report, no claims for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance have been filed under this policy, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened
litigation or proceeding involving any of our office holders, including our directors, in which indemnification is sought.

D.

Employees

Our  employees  include  professionals  with  extensive  experience  in  medical  device  development  and  applications,  neurology  and  psychopathology,  pre-clinical  experimentation,  clinical  development,  and
business development.

As of December 31, 2023, we had 106 employees, of which 45 are based in the United States and 61 are based outside of the United States (in Israel). This includes 46 employees in sales and marketing, and
29 employees in clinical trials and research and development.

Management, administration, and operations
Research and development
Sales and Marketing

2023
  Company Employees  
31 
29 
46 

As of December 31,
2022
  Company Employees  
58 
35 
41 

2021
  Company Employees  
53 
35 
30 

While none of our employees are party to any collective bargaining agreements, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the
Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment
related laws and regulations which apply to our employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum daily
wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other conditions of employment. We generally provide our
employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums.

We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and believe our relationship with our employees is good.

E. Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please see “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders.”

Award Plans

On May 29, 2014, we adopted the Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, or the Plan. The Plan is intended to afford an incentive to our and any of our affiliate’s employees, directors, officers,
consultants, advisors, and any other person or entity who provides services to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to continue as service providers, to increase their efforts on our and our affiliates
behalf and to promote our success, by providing such persons with opportunities to acquire a proprietary interest in us.

On September 26, 2019 we adopted the BrainsWay Ltd. Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan, which was approved by our shareholders on January 13, 2020. The 2019 Plan provides for the
granting  of  Ordinary  Shares,  ADSs,  stock  options  under  various  tax  regimes  in  Israel  and  the  U.S.,  restricted  shares,  restricted  share  units  (RSUs),  and  other  share-based  awards  to  employees,  officers,
directors, and/or other service providers, including advisors of the Company, and/or of its subsidiaries, and/or affiliated companies of the Company. The same number of our Ordinary Shares are available for
issuance as awards under the 2019 Plan as were available under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2019 Plan, and the 2014 Plan continues to govern the terms of awards issued thereunder prior to the
effective date of the 2019 Plan.

Under the 2019 Plan, we may issue options to purchase up to 3,626,200 of our Ordinary Shares. As of December 31, 2023, options to purchase 1,123,000 Ordinary Shares, at a weighted average exercise price
of $1.48 per share, and 269,638 unvested restricted share units (RSUs) were outstanding. The equity pool under the 2019 Plan is subject to adjustment if particular capital changes affect our share capital or
such other number as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Ordinary shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2019 Plan that subsequently expire, are cancelled, forfeited, repurchased
or terminated for any reason before being exercised will be automatically, and without any further action, returned to the “pool” of reserved shares and will again be available for grant under the 2019 Plan.

The equity pool under the 2019 Plan is subject to adjustment if particular capital changes affect our share capital or such other number as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Ordinary
shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2019 Plan that subsequently expire, are cancelled, forfeited, repurchased or terminated for any reason before being exercised will be automatically, and without
any further action, returned to the “pool” of reserved shares and will again be available for grant under the 2019 Plan.

A stock option is the right to purchase a specified number of Ordinary Shares in the future at a specified exercise price and subject to the other terms and conditions specified in the option agreement and the
2019 Plan. The exercise price of each stock option granted under the 2019 Plan will be determined in accordance with the limitations set forth under the 2019 Plan. The exercise price of any stock options
granted  under  the  2019  Plan  may  be  paid  in  cash,  through  “cashless  exercise”  mechanism  or  any  other  method  that  may  be  approved  by  our  compensation  committee,  which  may  include  procedures  for
cashless exercise.

Our compensation committee may also grant, or recommend that our board of directors' grant, other forms of equity incentive awards under the 2019 Plan, such as restricted shares, restricted share units
(RSUs), and other forms of share-based compensation.

Israeli  participants  in  the  2019  Plan  may  be  granted  options  subject  to  Section  102  of  the  Israeli  Income  Tax  Ordinance  (New  Version),  1961,  or  the  Israeli  Tax  Ordinance.  Section  102  of  the  Israeli Tax
Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers who are not controlling shareholders (as defined for those purposes under the Israeli Tax Ordinance) and are considered Israeli residents (and in certain cases
also  non-Israeli  residents  for  the  time  they  worked  in  Israel)  to  receive  favorable  tax  treatment  for  compensation  in  the  form  of  shares  or  options.  Our  non-employee  service  providers  and  controlling
shareholders may only be granted options under another section of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, which does not provide for similar tax benefits. Section 102 includes two alternatives for tax treatment involving
the issuance of options or shares to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative for the issuance of options or shares directly to the grantee. Commonly, the most favorable
tax treatment for the grantees is under Section 102(b)(2) of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gain track.” However, under this track we are not allowed to deduct an expense
with respect to the issuance of the options or shares. Any options granted under the 2019 Plan to participants in the United States will be either “incentive stock options,” which may be eligible for special tax
treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or options other than incentive stock options (referred to as “nonqualified stock options”), as determined by our compensation committee or our board of
directors and stated in the option agreement.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our compensation committee administers the 2019 Plan, or if determined otherwise by our board of directors, the Plan will be administered by our board of directors or other designated committee on its
behalf. Even if the compensation committee or any other committee was appointed by our board of directors in order to administrate the 2019 Plan, our board of directors may, subject to any legal limitations,
exercise any powers or duties of the compensation committee or any other committee concerning the 2019 Plan. The compensation committee will, among others, select which eligible persons will receive
options or other awards under the 2019 Plan and will determine, or recommend to our board of directors, the number of Ordinary Shares covered by those options or other awards, the terms under which such
options or other awards may be exercised (however, vested options generally may not be exercised later than ten years from the grant date of an option and a lesser period if the grantee ceased to be employed
by, or provide services to, the company) or may be settled or paid, and the other terms and conditions of such options and other awards under the 2019 Plan. All awards granted under the 2019 Plan shall not be
transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, our compensation committee will have the authority to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding awards at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole
discretion,  deems  appropriate.  In  the  event  of  a  change  of  control,  as  defined  in  the  2019  Plan,  any  award  then  outstanding  shall  be  assumed  or  an  equivalent  award  shall  be  substituted  by  the  successor
corporation of the merger or sale or any parent or affiliate thereof as determined by our board of directors. In the event that the awards are not assumed or substituted, our compensation committee may, in its
discretion, accelerate the vesting, exercisability of the outstanding award, or provide for the cancellation of such award and payment of cash, as determined to be fair in the circumstances.

Subject  to  particular  limitations  specified  in  the  2019  Plan  and  under  applicable  law,  our  board  of  directors  may  amend  or  terminate  the  2019  Plan,  and  the  compensation  committee  may  amend  awards
outstanding under the 2019 Plan. In addition, an amendment to the 2019 Plan that requires shareholder approval under applicable law will not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of shareholders.
In addition, in general, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the 2019 Plan may adversely affect any award previously granted without the written consent of grantees holding a majority
in interest of the awards so affected. The 2019 Plan will continue in effect until all Ordinary Shares available under the 2019 Plan are delivered and all restrictions on those shares have lapsed, unless the 2019
Plan is terminated earlier by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption of the 2019 Plan unless our board of directors
chooses to extend the term.

Any  equity  award  to  an  office  holder,  director  or  controlling  shareholder,  whether  under  the  2019  Plan  or  otherwise,  may  be  subject  to  further  approvals  in  addition  to  the  approval  of  the  compensation
committee as described above. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices – Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under
the Israeli Companies Law.”

F.

Disclosure of Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation

[Not applicable.]

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares as of March 18, 2024 by:

●

●

●

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding Ordinary Shares;

our directors and members of senior management, or our Named Directors and Officers; and

all of our directors and members of senior management as a group.

The beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares
voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. For purposes of the
table below, we deem Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 21, 2024, if any, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the
person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other
person. The percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned is based on 33,273,984 Ordinary Shares outstanding as of March 21, 2024.

Except where otherwise indicated, we believe, based on information furnished to us by such owners, that the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares listed below have sole investment and voting power with
respect to such shares.

None of our shareholders have different voting rights from other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

As of March 21, 2024, there was one shareholder of record of our Ordinary Shares. The number of record holders is not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our Ordinary Shares, as the shares
of all our shareholders who hold Ordinary Shares that are traded on the TASE are recorded in the name of our Israeli share registrar, Registration Co. of United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. As of March 22, 2024, there
were  83  U.S.  persons  that  were  holders  of  record  of  ADSs  representing  our  Ordinary  Shares,  representing  approximately  52%  of  our  outstanding  Ordinary  Shares.  The  number  of  record  holders  is  not
representative of the number of beneficial holders of the ADSs, as the ADSs of all our shareholders who hold ADSs that are traded on NASDAQ are recorded in the name of their respective brokers. 

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o BrainsWay Ltd., 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5% or Greater Shareholders
The Phoenix Provident Funds (1)
Dr. David Zacut (2)
Avner Hagai (2)
Masters Capital Management, LLC (3)

Directors and Named Executive Officers
Dr. Yiftach Roth
Prof. Avraham Zangen (4)
Hadar Levy (5)
Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri) (15)
Christopher Boyer (6)
Karen Sarid (7)
Yossi Ben Shalom (8)
Avner Lushi (9)
Eti Mitrany (10)
Ami Boehm (11)
Ido Marom (12)
 Eric Hirt (13)
 Colleen Hanlon (14)
All directors and members of senior management as a group
 * Less than 1.0%

Shares Beneficially

Number

Percentage

3,768,718 
2,157,668 
2,072,517 
1,800,000 

1,090,890 
937,143 
538,620 
74,438 
70,250 
27,500 
322,500 
27,500 
27,500 
93,750 
37,500 
12,500 
12,000 
7,502,276 

11.33%
6.48%
6.23%
5.41%

3.28%
2.82%
1.62%
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

22.55%

(1)

(2)
(3)

(4)
(5)

(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)

The shares are beneficially owned by various direct or indirect, majority or wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Phoenix Holding Ltd. (the “Phoenix Provident Funds”). The Phoenix Provident Funds manage their own funds and/or the funds of others,
including for holders of exchange-traded notes or various insurance policies, members of pension or provident funds, unit holders of mutual funds, and portfolio management clients. Each of the Phoenix Provident Funds operates under independent
management and makes its own independent voting and investment decisions. The Phoenix Holding Ltd. Is a controlled subsidiary of Delek Group Ltd. The majority of Delek Group Ltd.’s outstanding share capital and voting rights are owned,
directly and indirectly, by Itshak Sharon (Tshuva) through private companies wholly-owned by him, and the remainder is held by the public. The address of the Phoenix Provident Funds is HaShalom Road 53 Giv’atayim, 5345433, Israel.
A director of the Company. This consists of shares held directly by the named beneficial owner as well as shares held by family members or affiliates of the named beneficial owner.
The shares are held by Masters Capital Management, LLC and Michael Masters has beneficial ownership by virtue of his role as a control person of Masters Capital Management, LLC. The address of Masters Capital Management, LLC is 3060
Peachtree Road, Suite 1425, Atlanta, Georgia 30305, United States of America.
The address of Prof. Avraham Zangen is Mish’ol HaHadas 23, Jerusalem, Israel.
Consists of 40,620 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 498,000 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is $4.68, with 220,000 expiring on December 8, 2025, 128,000 expiring on
November 12, 2026, 50,000 expiring on October 1, 2027, and 100,000 expiring on February 9, 2033.
Consists of 14,000 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 56,250 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is $4.68. The options expire on June 1, 2028.
Consists of options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on December 3, 2027.
Consists of 295,000 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on November 12, 2026.
Consists of options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on January 13, 2028.
Consists of options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on January 13, 2028.
Consists of options to purchase 93,750 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 4.56. The options expire on February 9,2033.
Consists of options to purchase 37,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 4.28. The options expire on August 8, 2033.
Consists of 12,500 Ordinary Shares resulting from vested RSUs. Eric Hirt’s employment with the company concluded on November 6, 2023.
Consists of 12,000 RSUs vested or to be vested within 60 days.
Consists of 14,438 RSUs which either vested (and thus converted to Ordinary Shares) or RSUs which will be vested within 60 days, as well as options to purchase 60,000 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise
price of the options is $4.68, with 50,000 expiring on December 8, 2025, and 10,000 expiring on November 12, 2026.

The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of holders of our Ordinary Shares who are not major shareholders. Each of the above listed securities entitles the holder to one
vote at our Company’s shareholder meetings.

Changes in Percentage Ownership by Major Shareholders

Since April 19, 2021, which was the date we filed our 2020 Annual Report, we are not aware of significant changes in the reported percentage ownership held by any of our 5% or greater shareholders other
than The Phoenix Provident Funds which increased from 9.7% to 11.33%, Dr. David Zacut which increased from 5.4% to 6.48%, and Mr. Avner Hagai which increased from 5.3% to 6.23%, and RTW Funds
which decreased from 9.4% to below 5%. Additionally, during this three-year period, Cowen Financial Products, LLC, Wasatch Advisors Inc. and AIGH Capital Management, LLC each became 5% or greater
shareholders but have since decreased their respective holdings to below 5% as of the date of this report.

Control by Another Corporation, Foreign Government or Other Persons

To the best of our knowledge, the Company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation(s), by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person(s) severally or jointly.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.

Related Party Transactions

Employment Agreements

We have entered into written employment agreements with each member of our senior management. These agreements provide for notice periods of varying duration for termination of the agreement by us or
by the relevant executive officer, during which time the executive officer will continue to receive base salary and benefits. These agreements also contain customary provisions regarding noncompetition,
confidentiality of information, and assignment of inventions. However, the enforceability of the noncompetition provisions may be limited under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Employee
Matters—Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.”

Employment Agreement with Hadar Levy our Chief Executive Officer

In March 2023 we entered into an employment agreement with Hadar Levy reflecting his compensation package and other terms as our new CEO. The terms were approved by our shareholders in the
annual general meeting held on March 20, 2023. The following is a description of Mr. Levy’s compensation package, effective as of the date that Mr. Levy was appointed as the CEO, namely February 13,
2023: Annualized gross base salary of NIS 1,020,000 (calculated on the basis of NIS 85,000 monthly); Performance-based bonus in a gross amount not exceeding six (6) months of then current base salary
based on achievement of the milestones, goals and targets to be set each year by the Board; 320,000 options to purchase Ordinary Sharers of the Company, at an exercise price based on the closing price of the
Company on the last trading day prior to the date of the shareholders meeting, namely March 19, 2023, subject to standard terms in the company's Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and
compliance with all applicable laws. The options are subject to our standard 4 year vesting period, with acceleration in the event of a change of control; If Mr. Levy’s employment is terminated by the company
without cause (1) where such termination occurs during the first two years of employment as CEO, Mr. Levy shall be entitled to a 6 month prior notice, and (2) where such termination occurs after the first two
year of employment as CEO, Mr. Levy shall be entitled to a 4 month prior notice; Mr. Levy undertook not to compete with the products and services offered by the Company and not to do any interfering
activities during the term of his employment and for 12 months of the date of termination of his employment for any reason.

Employment Agreement with Ido Marom our Chief Financial Officer

In  September  2023  we  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  Ido  Marom  reflecting  his  compensation  and  other  terms  as  our  new  CFO.  The  following  is  a  description  of  Mr.  Marom’s
compensation package, effective as of September 1, 2023: Monthly base salary of NIS 50,000 and beginning from November 16, 2023 a monthly base salary of NIS 55,000 (approximately an annual amount
of NIS 647,500); Target Annual Bonus up to three (3) months of then current base salary based on achievements of the milestones, goals and targets to be set each year by the CEO and the Board and subject to
Compensation Policy; 150,000 options to purchase Ordinary Sharers of the Company, at an exercise price based on the closing price of the Company on the last trading day prior to the date of the Board
approval, namely August 7, 2023, subject to standard terms in the company's Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and compliance with all applicable laws. The options are subject to our standard
4 year vesting period, with acceleration in the event of a change of control; Mr. Marom undertook not to compete with the products and services offered by the Company and not to do any interfering activities
during the term of his employment and for 12 months of the date of termination of his employment for any reason.

Engagement with executive directors

We have engaged with each of our executive directors for compensation paid to them with respect to the services provided to the Company, for more information please see “Item 6B. – Compensation –
Director Compensation.”

Consulting Agreement with Prof. Avraham Zangen

In  April  2009,  we  entered  into  a  consulting  agreement,  which  was  last  amended  in  May  2014,  with  Prof.  Avraham  Zangen,  our  scientific  founder  and  a  member  of  our  Board,  under  which  Prof.  Zangen
provides advisory services to us in the field of neurobiology. Prof. Zangen’s monthly consulting fee is NIS 19,375. This agreement provides for a notice period of 180 days for termination of the agreement by
Prof. Zangen and 30 days for termination of the agreement by us.

Sponsorship of an Obesity Study at BGU

In 2021, the Company entered into an addendum to a July 2012 agreement with Ben Gurion Negev Technology and Applications Ltd. which operates a lab associated with Prof. Zangen, a director of the
Company. Under the terms of the addendum, we agreed to sponsor a 40-patient obesity study involving Deep TMS.

Option Grants

Each of our directors and members of senior management are participants in our Share Incentive Plan, pursuant to which they receive from time to time grants of options to purchase our Ordinary Shares. For
more information, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Share Ownership—Award Plans.”

Since January 1, 2021, we granted options to purchase 1,123,000 Ordinary Shares to employees and directors, with a weighted average exercise price, following the completion of the Exchange Offer, of
approximately $1.48 per share, or approximately NIS 5.02 per share (based on the exchange rate reported by the Bank of Israel on December 31, 2023), and 269,638 restricted share units (RSUs).

Directors and Officers Insurance Policy and Indemnification Agreements

Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify, and insure each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Israeli Companies Law. We have obtained directors and officers
insurance for each of our senior management and directors.

We have provided an undertaking to our directors and senior management to exculpate to the fullest extent permitted by law and to indemnify them for certain liabilities, subject to limited exceptions, to the
extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance. This indemnification is limited, with respect to any monetary liability imposed in favor of a third party, to events determined as foreseeable by the
board of directors based on our activities. The maximum aggregate amount of indemnification that we may pay to our directors and senior management based on such indemnification undertaking is the greater
of (i) 25% of our shareholders’ equity pursuant to our most recent audited financial statements at the time the indemnification is actually paid, and (2) $20 million. Such indemnification amounts are in addition
to any insurance amounts.

C.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become a party to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any significant active legal proceedings, subject to any disclosure
set forth under “Item 4. Information on the Company – Business Overview – Legal Proceedings” is incorporated herein by reference.

Export Sales

For geographical breakdown of the Company’s sales, see Note 17 to the financial statements.

Dividend Policy

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  cash  dividends  to  our  shareholders.  We  do  not  have  current  plans  to  pay  cash  dividends  in  the  near  term.  We  currently  intend  to  reinvest  any  future  earnings,  if  any,  in
developing and expanding our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future
earnings, if any, our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, applicable Israeli law and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

B.

Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2023.

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.

Offer and Listing Details

Our Ordinary Shares have been trading on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY” since January 2007. The ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares have been trading on The Nasdaq Global Market under the
symbol “BWAY” since April 16, 2019.

There were no suspensions in the trading of our shares in 2023, 2022 and 2021.

B.

Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.

Markets

Our Ordinary Shares are listed and traded on the TASE, and ADSs, each representing two Ordinary Shares and evidenced by an American depositary receipt, or ADR, are traded on The Nasdaq Global Market
under the symbol “BWAY.” The ADRs were issued pursuant to a Depositary Agreement entered into with The Bank of New York.

D.

Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.

Dilution

Not applicable.

F.

Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.

Share Capital

Not applicable.

B.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

For a description of provisions of our articles of association relating to the power of directors; rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of the shares; changes in control of the company; and
other information required under Item 10.B, please see Exhibit 2.3 “Description of Share Capital,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

C.

Material Contracts

For a description of our material agreements, please see Item 5.C Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses.

D.

Exchange Controls

Israeli law and regulations do not impose any material foreign exchange restrictions on non-Israeli holders of our Ordinary Shares or on the Company with respect to the import or export of capital. Dividends,
if any, paid to holders of our Ordinary Shares, and any amounts payable upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as well as the proceeds of any sale in Israel of our Ordinary Shares to an Israeli
resident, may be paid in non-Israeli currency or, if paid in Israeli currency, may be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E.

Taxation

Israeli Tax Considerations

General

The following is a summary of the material tax consequences under Israeli law concerning the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs (Shares).

This discussion does not purport to constitute a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences applicable to investors upon purchasing, owning or disposing of our Shares. In particular, this discussion
does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investor (such as tax- exempt entities, financial institutions, certain financial companies, broker-dealers, investors that own, directly or
indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding voting rights, all of whom are subject to special tax regimes not covered under this discussion). To the extent that issues discussed herein are based on legislation
which has yet to be subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the views expressed herein will accord with any such interpretation in the future.

Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Shares, including, in particular, the effect of any
foreign, state or local taxes.

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel

Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax on their taxable income at the rate of 23% for the 2024 tax year.

Taxation of Shareholders Capital Gains

Capital gains tax is imposed on the disposition of capital assets by an Israeli resident, and on the disposition of such assets by a non-Israeli resident if those assets are either (i) located in Israel; (ii) are shares or
a right to a share in an Israeli resident corporation, or (iii) represent, directly or indirectly, rights to assets located in Israel, unless an exemption is available or unless an applicable double tax treaty between
Israel and the seller’s country of residence provides otherwise. The Israeli Income Tax Ordinance distinguishes between “Real Gain” and the “Inflationary Surplus.” Real Gain is the excess of the total capital
gain over Inflationary Surplus generally computed on the basis of the increase in the Israeli Consumer Price Index between the date of purchase and the date of disposition. Inflationary Surplus is not subject to
tax.

Real Gain accrued by individuals on the sale of the Shares will be taxed at the rate of 25%. However, if the individual shareholder is a “Controlling Shareholder” (i.e., a person who holds, directly or indirectly,
alone or together with another, 10% or more of one of the Israeli resident company’s means of control) at the time of sale or at any time during the preceding 12-month period, such gain will be taxed at the
rate of 30%.

Corporate  and  individual  shareholders  dealing  in  securities  in  Israel  are  taxed  at  the  tax  rates  applicable  to  business  income  (23%  in  2024),  and  a  marginal  tax  rate  of  up  to  50%  in  2024  for  individuals,
including an excess tax (as discussed below).

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  capital  gains  generated  from  the  sale  of  our  Shares  by  a  non-Israeli  shareholder  may  be  exempt  from  Israeli  tax  under  the  Israeli  Income  Tax  Ordinance  provided  that  the
following cumulative conditions are met: (i) the Shares were purchased upon or after the registration of the Shares on the stock exchange (this condition will not apply to shares purchased on or after January 1,
2009), and (ii) the seller does not have a permanent establishment in Israel to which the generated capital gain is attributed. However, non-Israeli resident corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing
exemption  if  Israeli  residents:  (i)  have  a  25%  or  more  interest  in  such  non-Israeli  corporation  or  (ii)  are  the  beneficiaries  of,  or  are  entitled  to,  25%  or  more  of  the  income  or  profits  of  such  non-Israeli
corporation, whether directly or indirectly. In addition, such exemption would not be available to a person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the securities are deemed to be business income.

In addition, the sale of the Shares may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. For example, the Convention between the Government of the U.S. and the
Government of the State of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income (U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty) exempts a U.S. resident (for purposes of the treaty) from Israeli capital gain tax in connection with the sale of
the Shares, provided that: (i) the U.S. resident owned, directly or indirectly, less than 10% of the voting power of the company at any time within the 12-month period preceding such sale; (ii) the U.S. resident,
being an individual, is present in Israel for a period or periods of less than 183 days during the taxable year; and (iii) the capital gain from the sale was not derived through a permanent establishment of the
U.S. resident in Israel; however, under the U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the taxpayer would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the U.S. federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale,
exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations under U.S. law applicable to foreign tax credits. The U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes.

Payors of consideration for the Shares, including the purchaser, the Israeli stockbroker or the financial institution through which the Shares are held, are obligated, subject to certain exemptions, to withhold tax
upon the sale of Shares at a rate of 25% of the consideration for individuals and corporations.

Upon the sale of traded securities, a detailed return, including a computation of the tax due, must be filed and an advanced payment must be paid to the Israeli Tax Authority on January 31 and July 31 of every
tax year in respect of sales of traded securities made within the previous six months. However, if all tax due was withheld at source according to applicable provisions of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance and
regulations promulgated thereunder, such return need not be filed, and no advance payment must be paid. Capital gains are also reportable on annual income tax returns.

Dividends

Dividends distributed by a company to a shareholder who is an Israeli resident individual will generally be subject to income tax at a rate of 25%. However, a 30% tax rate will apply if the dividend recipient is
a Controlling Shareholder, as defined above, at the time of distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period. If the recipient of the dividend is an Israeli resident corporation, such dividend will
generally be exempt from Israeli income tax provided that the income from which such dividend is distributed, derived or accrued within Israel.

Dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a non-Israeli resident (either an individual or a corporation) are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax on the receipt of such dividends at the rate of
25%  (30%  if  the  dividend  recipient  is  a  Controlling  Shareholder  at  the  time  of  distribution  or  at  any  time  during  the  preceding  12-month  period).  These  rates  may  be  reduced  under  the  provisions  of  an
applicable double tax treaty. For example, under the U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the following tax rates will apply in respect of dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a U.S. resident: (i) if
the U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion of the taxable year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of its prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of
the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation, and not more than 25% of the gross income of the Israeli resident paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any)
consists of certain types of interest or dividends the tax rate is 12.5%; (ii) if both the conditions mentioned in clause (i) above are met and the dividend is paid from an Israeli resident company’s income which
was entitled to a reduced tax rate under The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, the tax rate is 15%; and (iii) in all other cases, the tax rate is 25%. The aforementioned rates under the
U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty will not apply if the dividend income is attributed to a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excess Tax

Individual holders who are subject to tax in Israel (whether any such individual is an Israeli resident or non-Israeli resident), and who have taxable income that exceeds a certain threshold in a tax year (NIS
721,560 for 2024, linked to the Israeli Consumer Price Index) will be subject to an additional tax at the rate of 3% on his or her taxable income for such tax year that is in excess of such amount. For this
purpose, taxable income includes taxable capital gains from the sale of securities and taxable income from interest and dividends, subject to the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty.

Estate and Gift Tax

Israel does not currently impose estate or gift taxes.

Foreign Exchange Regulations

Non-residents of Israel who hold our Shares are able to receive any dividends, and any amounts payable upon the dissolution, liquidation, and winding up of our affairs, repayable in non-Israeli currency at the
rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion. However, Israeli income tax is generally required to have been paid or withheld on these amounts. In addition, the statutory framework for the potential
imposition of currency exchange control has not been eliminated and may be restored at any time by administrative action.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs by U.S. Holders, as defined below. This summary
addresses solely U.S. Holders who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs, as applicable, as capital assets for tax purposes. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (Code), current and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive
basis.  In  addition,  this  section  is  based  in  part  upon  representations  of  the  depositary  and  the  assumption  that  each  obligation  in  the  deposit  agreement  and  any  related  agreement  will  be  performed  in
accordance with its terms. This summary does not address all
U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular holder or all tax considerations that may be relevant with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

dealers or traders in securities, currencies or notional principal contracts;

financial institutions;

insurance companies;

real estate investment trusts;

banks;

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

tax-exempt organizations;

traders that have elected mark-to-market accounting;

investors that hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a “straddle”, “hedge”, or “conversion transaction” with other investments;

regulated investment companies;

persons that actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of our voting shares;

persons that are treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income purposes and persons who hold the Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities;
and

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollars.

This  summary  does  not  address  the  effect  of  any  U.S.  federal  taxation  other  than  U.S.  federal  income  taxation.  In  addition,  this  summary  does  not  include  any  discussion  of  state,  local,  or  foreign  tax
consequences to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the foreign and U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of an investment in Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an Ordinary Share or ADS that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

●

●

●

●

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

a  corporation  (or  other  entity  taxable  as  a  corporation  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes)  created  or  organized  in  the  U.S.  or  under  the  laws  of  the  U.S.  or  any  political  subdivision
thereof;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a  trust  (1)  if  (a)  a  court  within  the  U.S.  is  able  to  exercise  primary  supervision  over  the  administration  of  the  trust  and  (b)  one  or  more  U.S.  persons  have  the  authority  to  control  all
substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partners and
the  activities  of  the  partnership.  Entities  that  are  classified  as  partnerships  for  U.S.  federal  tax  purposes  and  persons  holding  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  through  such  entities  should  consult  their  own  tax
advisors.

In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, gain or loss generally will not
be recognized if you exchange ADSs for the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs.

Distributions

Subject  to  the  discussion  under  “Item  10.  Additional  Information  –  E.  Taxation  –  U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Considerations  –  Passive  Foreign  Investment  Companies”  below,  the  gross  amount  of  any
distribution, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld from such distribution, see “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – Israeli Tax Considerations”, actually or constructively received by a
U.S. Holder with respect to our Ordinary Shares (or, in the case of ADSs, received by the depositary) will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as foreign source dividend income to the extent of our current and
accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.

The U.S. Holder will not be eligible for any dividends received deduction in respect of the dividends paid by us. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. Holder to the
extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Distributions in excess of such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. Holder as capital gain from the sale or
exchange of property as described below under “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.” If we do not report to a U.S. Holder the portion of a distribution that exceeds earnings and profits, then
the distribution will generally be taxable as a dividend. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of that property on the date of distribution.

Under the Code, certain dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders will be subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%. This reduced income tax rate is only applicable to dividends paid by a
“qualified foreign corporation” that is not a PFIC for the year in which the dividend is paid or for the preceding taxable year, and only with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs held by a qualified U.S. Holder
(i.e., a non- corporate holder) for a minimum holding period (generally 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). As discussed below, however, we will likely be a
“passive foreign investment company” (see “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below) for our current taxable
year and future taxable years. Accordingly, dividends paid by us to individual U.S. Holders may not be eligible for the reduced income tax rate applicable to qualified dividends. You should consult your own
tax advisor regarding the availability of this preferential tax rate under your particular circumstances.

The amount of any distribution paid in a currency other than U.S. dollars (a “foreign currency”), including the amount of any withholding tax thereon, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder in
an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of the U.S. Holder’s (or, in the case of ADSs, the depositary’s) receipt of the
dividend, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to
recognize a foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend. If the foreign currency received in the distribution is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a basis in
the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the foreign currency will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income
or loss.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any Israeli taxes withheld on dividends may be creditable against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to generally applicable limitations. The
rules relating to foreign tax credits and the timing thereof are complex. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular situation.

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

Subject to the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise
disposes of its Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition
and such holder’s adjusted basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Such gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder had held the Ordinary Shares
or ADSs for more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. Long-term capital gains realized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to a preferential U.S. federal income tax rate. In
general, gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition or our Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be U.S. source gain or loss for purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation. As discussed
below in “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” however, we may be a PFIC for our current taxable year and
future taxable years. If we are a PFIC, any such gain will be subject to the PFIC rules, as discussed below, rather than being taxed as a capital gain.

If a U.S. Holder receives foreign currency upon a sale or exchange of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized in the manner described above under “Distributions.” However, if such foreign
currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date received by the U.S. Holder, the U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion.

As discussed above under the heading “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – Israeli Tax Considerations – Taxation of Shareholders,”  a U.S. Holder who holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs through an
Israeli broker or other Israeli intermediary may be subject to Israeli withholding tax on any capital gains recognized on a sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs if the U.S. Holder does not
obtain approval of an exemption from the Israeli Tax Authorities or claim any allowable refunds or reductions. U.S. Holders are advised that any Israeli tax paid under circumstances in which an exemption from
(or  a  refund  of  or  a  reduction  in)  such  tax  was  available  will  not  be  creditable  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes.  U.S.  Holders  are  advised  to  consult  their  Israeli  broker  or  intermediary  regarding  the
procedures for obtaining an exemption or reduction.

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on their net investment income, which would include dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs and
capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

Although we have not made a formal determination as to whether we would be classified as a PFIC, it is likely that we will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year.
A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

●

at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of
passive income.

For purposes of the above calculations, if a non-U.S. corporation owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of another corporation, it will be treated as if it (a) held a
proportionate share of the assets of such other corporation, and (b) received a proportionate share of the income of such other corporation directly. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents,
royalties, and capital gains, but generally excludes rents and royalties which are derived in the active conduct of a trade or business, and which are received from a person other than a related person.

A separate determination must be made each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC (after the close of each such taxable year). Because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be
determined by reference to the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, which may fluctuate significantly.
Based on our retention of a significant amount of cash and cash equivalents, and depending on the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, we will likely be treated as a PFIC for the 2023 taxable year
and may be treated as a PFIC in future taxable years.

If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold the
Ordinary Shares or ADSs, unless we cease to be a PFIC and you make a “deemed sale” election with respect to the Ordinary Shares or ADSs you hold. If such election is made, you will be deemed to have
sold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs you hold at their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which we qualified as a PFIC, and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the
consequences  described  below.  After  the  deemed  sale  election,  the  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  with  respect  to  which  the  deemed  sale  election  was  made  will  not  be  treated  as  shares  in  a  PFIC  unless  we
subsequently become a PFIC.

For each taxable year we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other
disposition (including a pledge) of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the
average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these
special tax rules, if you receive any excess distribution or realize any gain from a sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs:

●

●

●

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs;

the amount of excess distribution or gain allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year before the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, must be included in gross income
(as ordinary income) for the current tax year; and

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on
the resulting tax attributable to.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years before the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of
the Ordinary Shares or ADSs cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs as capital assets.

If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you for any taxable year, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs, you will be deemed to own your proportionate share of any such lower-tier PFIC, and
you may be subject to the rules described in the preceding two paragraphs with respect to the shares of such lower-tier PFICs you would be deemed to own. As a result, you may incur liability for any “excess
distribution” described above if we receive a distribution from such lower-tier PFICs or if any shares in such lower-tier PFICs are disposed of (or deemed disposed of). You should consult your own tax advisor
regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the general tax treatment for PFICs discussed above. If you
make a mark-to-market election for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, you will include in income for each year we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares
or ADSs as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Ordinary Shares or ADSs. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs
over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs included in your income
for  prior  taxable  years.  Amounts  included  in  your  income  under  a  mark-to-market  election,  as  well  as  gain  on  the  actual  sale  or  other  disposition  of  the  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs,  are  treated  as  ordinary
income.  Ordinary  loss  treatment  also  applies  to  the  deductible  portion  of  any  mark-to-market  loss  on  the  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs,  as  well  as  to  any  loss  realized  on  the  actual  sale  or  disposition  of  the
Ordinary Shares or ADSs to the extent the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Your basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs
will  be  adjusted  to  reflect  any  such  income  or  loss  amounts.  If  you  make  a  valid  mark-to-market  election,  the  tax  rules  that  apply  to  distributions  by  corporations  which  are  not  PFICs  would  apply  to
distributions by us, except the lower applicable tax rate for qualified dividend income would not apply. If we cease to be a PFIC when you have a mark-to-market election in effect, gain or loss realized by you
on the sale of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be a capital gain or loss and taxed in the manner described above under “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.”

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is a stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, or regularly traded, on a
qualified exchange or another market, as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded. The Ordinary Shares or
ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market and, accordingly, provided the Ordinary Shares or ADSs are regularly traded, if you are a holder of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the mark-to-market election would
be available to you if we are a PFIC. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless the Ordinary Shares or ADSs cease to be marketable stock. If we are a PFIC for any year
in which the U.S. Holder owns Ordinary Shares or ADSs but before a mark-to-market election is made, the interest charge rules described above will apply to any mark-to-market gain recognized in the year
the  election  is  made.  If  any  of  our  subsidiaries  are  or  become  PFICs,  the  mark-to-market  election  will  not  be  available  with  respect  to  the  shares  of  such  subsidiaries  that  are  treated  as  owned  by  you.
Consequently, you could be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to income of the lower-tier PFICs the value of which already had been taken into account indirectly via mark-to-market adjustments. A U.S.
Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the availability and desirability of a mark-to-market election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any lower-tier PFICs.

In certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC can make a “qualified electing fund election” to mitigate some of the adverse tax consequences of holding stock in a PFIC by including in income its
share of the corporation’s income on a current basis. However, we do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election.

Unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury, each U.S. shareholder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require. A U.S. Holder’s failure to
file the annual report will cause the statute of limitations for such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return to remain open with regard to the items required to be included in such report until three years
after the U.S. Holder files the annual report, and, unless such failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, the statute of limitations for the U.S. Holder’s entire U.S. federal income tax return will
remain open during such period. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules, taking into account the uncertainty as to
whether we are currently treated as or may become a PFIC.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YOU  ARE  STRONGLY  URGED  TO  CONSULT  YOUR  OWN  TAX  ADVISOR  REGARDING  THE  IMPACT  OF  OUR  POTENTIAL  PFIC  STATUS  ON  YOUR  INVESTMENT  IN  THE
ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments  of  dividends  with  respect  to  Ordinary  Shares  or ADSs  and  the  proceeds  from  the  sale,  retirement,  or  other  disposition  of  Ordinary  Shares  or  ADSs  made  by  a  U.S.  paying  agent  or  other  U.S.
intermediary will be reported to the IRS and to the U.S. Holder as may be required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We, or an agent, a broker, or any paying agent, as the case may be, may be
required to withhold tax (backup withholding), currently at the rate of 24%, if a non-corporate U.S. Holder that is not otherwise exempt fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and comply
with other IRS requirements concerning information reporting. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, corporations and tax-exempt organizations) are not subject to backup withholding. Any amount
of backup withholding withheld may be used as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax
advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with the IRS with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs, including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement
of Specified Foreign Financial Assets). As described above under “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” each
U.S.  Holder  who  is  a  shareholder  of  a  PFIC  must  file  an  annual  report  containing  certain  information.  Substantial  penalties  may  be  imposed  upon  a  U.S.  Holder  that  fails  to  comply  with  the  required
information reporting.

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding tax and information reporting rules.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR ORDINARY SHARES
OR ADSs IN LIGHT OF SUCH INVESTOR’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

F.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G.

Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements, we file reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other
information are available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt
from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act, to file annual, quarterly, and current reports
and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to comply with the informational
requirements of the Exchange Act, and, accordingly, file current reports on Form 6-K, annual reports on Form 20-F and other information with the SEC.

In addition, since our Ordinary Shares are traded on the TASE, we have filed Hebrew language periodic, and immediate reports with, and furnish information to, the TASE and the Israeli Securities Authority,
as required under Chapter Six of the Israel Securities Law, 1968. Copies of our filings with the Israeli Securities Authority can be retrieved electronically through the MAGNA distribution site of the Israeli
Securities Authority (www.magna.isa.gov.il) and the TASE website (www.maya.tase.co.il).

We maintain a corporate website at www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

I.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market  risk  is  the  risk  of  loss  related  to  changes  in  market  prices,  including  interest  rates  and  foreign  exchange  rates,  of  financial  instruments  that  may  adversely  impact  our  financial  position,  results  of
operations or cash flows. Our overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on our financial performance.

Risk of Interest Rate Fluctuation and Credit Exposure Risk

At present, our credit and interest risk arise from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks as well as accounts receivable. A substantial portion of our liquid instruments is invested in short-term deposits.

We estimate that because the liquid instruments are invested mainly for the short-term, the credit, and interest risk associated with these balances is low. The primary objective of our investment activities is to
preserve principal while maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk and loss. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to fluctuations in interest rates,
which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. We manage this exposure by performing ongoing evaluations of our investments.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The U.S. dollar is our functional and reporting currency. Although a substantial portion of our expenses (mainly salaries and related costs) are denominated in NIS, accounting for approximately 34% of our
expenses in the year ended December 31, 2023, all of our financing has been in U.S. dollars, and the substantial majority of our liquid assets are held in U.S. dollars. Furthermore, while we anticipate that a
portion of our expenses, principally salaries and related personnel expenses in Israel will continue to be denominated in NIS, we expect to incur an increasing amount of expenses in U.S. dollars as we increase
our  marketing  and  sales  personnel  and  enhance  our  clinical  studies.  Changes  of  5%  in  the  U.S.  dollar/NIS  exchange  rate  would  have  increased/decreased  operating  expenses  by  approximately  $649/$683
thousand during the year ended December 31, 2023. We also have expenses, although to a much lesser extent, in other non-U.S. dollar currencies, in particular the Euro.

Moreover, for the next few years we expect that the substantial majority of our revenues from the sale or lease of our systems in the United States, if any, will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Since a portion of
our expenses is denominated in NIS and other non-U.S. currencies, we are exposed to risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations vis-à-vis the non-U.S. currencies.

We do not hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. In the future, we may enter into formal currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk of financial exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rates of
our principal operating currencies. These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from the material adverse effects of such fluctuations.

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A.

Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B.

Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C.

Other Securities

Not applicable.

D.

American Depositary Shares

Each of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents two (2) Ordinary Shares. The ADSs trade on The Nasdaq Global Market.

The form of the deposit agreement for the ADSs and the form of American Depositary Receipt (ADR) that represents an ADS have been incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form
20-F. Copies of the deposit agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, and at the principal
office of our custodians in Israel, Bank Leumi Le-Israel, 34 Yehuda Halevi St., Tel Aviv 65546, Israel.

Fees and Expenses

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or American Depositary Shareholders must pay:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion of 100
American Depositary Shares, including issuances resulting from a
distribution Depositary Shares)

● Issuance of shares or rights or other property
● Cancellation of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of
withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.05 (or less) per American Depositary Share

● Any cash distribution to American Depositary Shareholders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed

● Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities to you
which are distributed had been shares and the shares had been deposited 
for issuance of American Shareholders by the depositary to American Depositary Shares

$.05 (or less) per American Depositary Shares per calendar year

● Depositary services

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian
have to

● As necessary pay on any American Depositary Share or share
underlying an American Depositary Share, for example, stock transfer
taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities

● As necessary

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The
depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its
annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect
any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may
generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for
services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign
currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person
and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to
the  currency  conversion  made  under  the  deposit  agreement  and  the  rate  that  the  depositary  or  its  affiliate  receives  when  buying  or  selling  foreign  currency  for  its  own  account.  The  depositary  makes  no
representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that
rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligations under the deposit agreement. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency
conversions is available upon request.

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed on Form 20-F and filed with the SEC is recorded,
processed, summarized, and reported timely within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and
principal  financial  officers,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  disclosure  controls  and
procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within the company to disclose information otherwise required to be set forth in our reports. Nevertheless, our disclosure controls and procedures are
designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives.  Based  on  our  evaluation,  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  have
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d- 15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective at such reasonable
assurance level.

(b)

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management, under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes
policies and procedures that:

·
·
·
·

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and asset dispositions;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors (as appropriate); and
provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on our financial
statements.

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on the framework for Internal Control- Integrated Framework set forth by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013).
Based on our assessment and this framework, our management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

(c)

Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting due to an exemption for emerging growth
companies provided in the JOBS Act.

(d)

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2023, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our
internal control over financial reporting.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16.

[RESERVED]

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany are audit committee financial experts. Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany are independent directors for the purposes of The
Nasdaq Listing Rules.

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

As of the date of this Annual Report, we have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing
similar functions. This code of ethics is posted on our website, https://investors.brainsway.com/static-files/4f9e73f4-18d6-409a-b198-74984439a2e0.

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the aggregate fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firm for professional services.

Services Rendered
Audit (1)
Tax fees (2)
Total

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

235 
44 
279 

235 
77 
312 

(1) Audit fees consist of services that would normally be provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including services that generally only the independent accountant can

reasonably provide.

(2) Tax fees relate to tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Our audit committee’s specific responsibilities in carrying out its oversight of the quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing, and reporting practices of the Company include the approval of audit and
non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor. The audit committee approves in advance the particular services or categories of services to be provided to the Company during the following yearly
period and also sets forth a specific budget for such audit and non-audit services. Additional non-audit services may be pre-approved by the audit committee.

During 2023, all services provided to us by Ernst & Young were approved by our Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Nasdaq Stock Listing Rules and Home Country Practices

As a foreign private issuer whose ADSs are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of the rules of
The Nasdaq Global Market. Pursuant to the “foreign private issuer exemption”:

●

●

we established a quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding at least 33 and 1/3% of our voting rights, which complies
with Nasdaq requirements; however, if the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, the quorum for such adjourned meeting will be any number of shareholders, instead of 33 and 1/3% of
our voting rights;
we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c), which requires shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as issuances that will
result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another
company)  and  prior  to  an  issuance  of  securities  when  a  stock  option  or  purchase  plan  is  to  be  established  or  materially  amended  or  other  equity  compensation  arrangement  made  or
materially  amended,  pursuant  to  which  stock  may  be  acquired  by  officers,  directors,  employees  or  consultants.  By  contrast,  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  shareholder  approval  is
required  (subject  to  certain  limited  exceptions)  for,  among  other  things:  (a)  transactions  with  directors  concerning  the  terms  of  their  service  (including  indemnification,  exemption,  and
insurance for their service or for any other position that they may hold at a company); (b) extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of
office,  and  employment  or  other  engagement  of  our  controlling  shareholder,  if  any,  or  such  controlling  shareholder’s  relative;  (d)  approval  of  transactions  with  the  company’s  Chief
Executive  Officer  with  respect  to  his  or  her  compensation,  whether  in  accordance  with  the  approved  compensation  policy  of  the  company  or  not,  or  transactions  with  officers  of  the
company not in accordance with the approved compensation policy; (e) approval of the compensation policy of the company for office holders; and (f) certain private placements involving
the issuance of 20% or more of our total voting rights, or private placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling shareholder of the company. In addition, under the
Israeli Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies; and

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with
respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate governance rules.

ITEM 16H.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 16I.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16J.

INSIDER TRADING POLICIES

Pursuant to applicable SEC transition guidance, the disclosure required by Item 16J will only be applicable to the Company from the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2024.

ITEM 16K.

CYBERSECURITY

We operate in the medical device sector, which is subject to various cybersecurity risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, including intellectual property theft;
fraud;  extortion;  harm  to  employees  or  customers;  violation  of  privacy  laws  and  other  litigation  and  legal  risk;  and  reputational  risk.  We  recognize  the  critical  importance  of  developing,  implementing,  and
maintaining cybersecurity measures to safeguard our information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our data. We currently have security measures in place to protect information
we may have on our employees,  vendors, and in some cases (for example, in our clinical trial data sets) patients, as well as to prevent data loss and other security breaches.

Our current cybersecurity risk assessment and protection program consists of various cybersecurity software features and capabilities designed to protect our systems and alert us of any cybersecurity incidents,
such as software to strengthen protection against targeted attacks and previously unknown exploits, a network intrusion detection system, firewall and router features enabling unified threat management, load
balancing, multi Wide Area Network (WAN) and various measures which limit the ability of different sectors within our organization to access certain types of information.

In the event of a cybersecurity incident or threat, our Information Technology (IT) personnel and/or other personnel alert our Quality Assurance (QA) team and/or appropriate members of our Research and
Development (R&D) team such as our Head of Software Development. Our QA manager previously served as a Medical Devices lead auditor for the Israel Standards Institute and has over 20 years of overall
QA  and  project  management  experience  including  with  respect  to  managing  QA  systems,  regulatory  affairs,  supporting  engineering  and  production  processes,  and  involvement  in  corrective  and  preventive
actions (CAPA).

Our Head of Software Development previously served as a conditional access engineer (a key function in cybersecurity compliance) and a technical program manager for large cyber-focused programs, and
periodically attends cybersecurity workshops.

These departments/individuals and/or their teams are responsible for the day-to-day assessment and management of risks arising from cybersecurity threats, including the prevention, mitigation, detection, and
remediation of cybersecurity incidents.

In the event of a material incident or threat, our CEO is notified as well. The CEO would then be expected to report the threat to the audit committee of the Board of Directors, which is responsible for oversight
of strategic, financial and other major risks to the Company, which could include those posed by cybersecurity threats. This would include reviewing any cybersecurity measures taken by the IT team and any
reports of cybersecurity incidents or threats. The audit committee could also be notified of this type of threat to the extent deemed appropriate by our internal auditor, which conducts various risk assessments on
our company and issues periodic reports where appropriate.

We maintain business continuity, contingency, and recovery plans which may be used in the event of a cybersecurity incident.

We leverage the advice of third-party auditors and consultants as needed to help us assess and identify risks from cybersecurity threats and to help manage our risk assessment program. We rely on, and plan to
increase our collaboration with, a leading provider of cybersecurity services having operations in the U.S., Israel and the Philippines for various projects and initiatives relating to our company and technology
(including with respect to the integration of certain cloud-based capabilities within our proprietary Deep TMS device). This provider offers a wide variety of CISO training, compliance, strategy, governance and
other resources and tools which we believe will help us address any future cybersecurity threats that may arise in our dynamic and evolving field.

We also have policies and procedures to oversee and identify the risks from cybersecurity threats associated with our use of third-party service providers and vendors. Cybersecurity considerations are taken into
account by our Company in its selection of outside vendors, particularly those involved with R&D initiatives such as our efforts to integrate cloud-based capabilities within our proprietary Deep TMS device and
our plans with respect to our next generation devices incorporating rotational field technology. Any code relating to the operating systems on our devices, and any off-the-shelf software we wish to integrate into
our  devices,  is  vetted  to  ensure  that  it  meets  certain  cybersecurity  requirements  relating,  for  example,  to  access  limitations  and  encryption  capabilities.  Our  Head  of  Software  Development  requires  that
subcontractors involved in code writing/development be licensed by or partnered with the world’s leading cloud operator, and personally reviews all code inputs and functional configuration inputs to ensure that
it meets various cybersecurity protections such as those relating to access limitations, encryption capabilities and password protection.

Furthermore,  as  part  of  our  routine  contracting  with  customers,  our  legal  department  routinely  considers  whether  and  to  what  extent  specialized  contractual  agreements  (including,  for  example,  Business
Associates  Agreements)  are  warranted  or  prudent,  and/or  whether  to  include  specific  contractual  provisions  (including  for  example,  requirements  to  restrict  collection,  transmission  and  storage  of  and/or  to
anonymize confidential Patient Health Information pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and/or other similar patient privacy statutes). Inclusion of these contracts and/or
clauses, where appropriate, is intended to limit any negative impact that may result from a cybersecurity breach of our IT systems and our customer-facing devices.

To date, no cybersecurity incident (or aggregation of incidents) or cybersecurity threat has materially affected our results of operations or financial condition. However, an actual or perceived breach of our
security could damage our reputation, cause existing clients to discontinue using our Deep TMS systems, prevent us from attracting new clients, interfere with the progress of our clinical trials, interfere with our
efforts to pursue regulatory approvals for our product candidates, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other actions or liabilities, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating
results or financial condition. For further information, see also Item 3D. Risk Factors - Risks Related to our Business and Industry. We currently do not maintain a cyber liability insurance policy.

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

See Exhibit Index on page 86.

BRAINSWAY LTD
EXHIBIT INDEX

1.1

2.1

2.2

Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended (unofficial English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with
the Commission on April 12, 2022).

Form of Deposit Agreement between BrainsWay Ltd., The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time of ADSs issued thereunder (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed by The Bank of New York Mellon with the SEC on February 1, 2019).

Form of  American  Depositary  Receipt  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  1  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  F-6  filed  by  The  Bank  of New York Mellon with the SEC on
February 1, 2019).

2.3**

Description of Share Capital.

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

Amended and Restated BrainsWay 2019 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on
April 19, 2021).

Form of Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January
14, 2019).

Compensation Policy for Executive Officers and Directors, dated December 22, 2021 as amended on March 20, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on March 27, 2023).

Employment Agreement, dated March 22, 2023, between BrainsWay Ltd. and Hadar Levy as Chief Executive Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on March 27, 2023).

Patent License Agreement, dated July 7, 2003, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration
Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Patent  License  Amendment,  dated  August  24,  2005,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to  the
Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Second Amendment to Patent License Agreement, dated April 17, 2008, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Research and License Agreement, dated June 2, 2005, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10
to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

First Addendum Agreement, dated August 19, 2007, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to
the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Second  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  January  18,  2009,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Third Addendum Agreement, dated March 23, 2010, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to
the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.13

4.14

4.15

4.16

8.1

12.1**

12.2**

13**

15.1**

97.1**

101

Fourth Addendum Agreement, dated November 12, 2009, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.14 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

First  Amendment  to  Fourth  Addendum  Agreement,  dated  May  11,  2010,  by  and  between  BrainsWay,  Inc.  and  Yeda  Research  and  Development  Company  Ltd.  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Fifth Addendum Agreement, dated February 22, 2018, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16
to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Underwriting Agreement, dated February 23, 2021, between the Company and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Form 6-K filed by the Company
with the SEC on February 25, 2021).

List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, Member Firm of Ernst & Young Global.

BrainsWay Ltd. Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation

The following financial statements from the Company’s 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Loss, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File.

**

Filed herewith.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

Date: March 28, 2024

BRAINSWAY LTD.

By:

By:

/s/ Hadar Levy
Name: Hadar Levy
Title: Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Ido Marom
Name: Ido Marom
Title: Chief Financial Officer

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2023

U.S. DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

INDEX

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 1281)

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive loss

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

Page

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8 – F-47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2023 AND 2022 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023, 2022 AND 2021

BRAINSWAY LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

BRAINSWAY LTD. and its subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  the  financial  position  of  BrainsWay  Ltd.  and  its  subsidiaries  (“the  Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  loss,  changes  in  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2023,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the
results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2023,  in  conformity  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  as  issued  by  the
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We
are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our
audits  we  are  required  to  obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.
Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/S/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.

Tel-Aviv, Israel March 28, 2024

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

ASSETS

Note

2023

2022

December 31,

CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Short-term deposits
Trade receivables, net
Inventory
Other current assets

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

System components
Leased systems, net
Other property and equipment, net
Other long-term assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Trade payables
Deferred revenues
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Other accounts payable

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Deferred revenues and other liabilities
Liability in respect of research and development grants

EQUITY:

Share capital
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Currency Translation Adjustments
Accumulated deficit

4
4
5
6
7
8

9
9
9
10

16a
11

12
16a

17

18

    $

    $

    $

    $

  $

  $

  $

10,520 
271 
35,465 
3,780 
3,717 
1,712 
55,465 

1,273 
3,700 
817 
1,717 
7,507 
62,972 

758 
2,504 
1,008 
5,491 
9,761 

5,553 
6,077 
11,630 

367 
140,344 
4,360 
(2,188)  
(101,302)  
41,581 
62,972 

  $

47,581 
271 
—   
4,844 
3,837 
1,556 
58,089 

1,220 
3,118 
1,008 
1,042 
6,388 
64,477 

1,116 
1,477 
1,057 
4,491 
8,141 

4,923 
6,016 
10,939 

364 
138,146 
6,180 
(2,188)
(97,105)
45,397 
64,477 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit

Research and development expenses, net
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Finance income
Finance expense

Loss before income taxes
Income taxes
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

Note
19a
19b

19c
19d
19e

19f
19f

15

20

2023

  $

  $
  $

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

31,785 
8,308 
23,477 

6,665 
16,456 
5,315 
28,436 
4,959 
2,171 
1,158  

3,946 
251 
4,197 
  $
(0.13)   $

  $

27,177 
7,129 
20,048 

7,678 
18,199 
6,854 
32,731 
12,683 
1,117 
1,468  

13,034 
315 
13,349 

  $
(0.40)   $

29,657 
6,599 
23,058 

6,393 
15,880 
5,784 
28,057 
4,999 
255 
1,675  

6,419 
43 
6,462 
(0.21)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2021
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Exercise of share options
Expiration of share options
Issuance of shares, net (*)
Cost of share-based payment
Balance at December 31, 2021
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Exercise of share options
Expiration of share options
Issuance of shares, net
Cost of share-based payment
Balance at December 31, 2022
Net loss and total comprehensive loss
Exercise of share options
Expiration of share options
Cost of share-based payment
Balance at December 31, 2023

(*) Net of issuance expenses of $2,940 thousand.

BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

Share
capital

233 
—   
1 
—   
129 
—   
363 
—   
1 
—   
—   
—   
364 
—   
3 
—   
—   
367 

  $

  $

Reserve for
share-based
payment 
transactions  
3,748 
—   
(159)  
(142)  
—   
1,893 
5,340 
—   
(437)  
(197)  
—   
1,474 
6,180 
—   
(801)  
(1,400)  
381 
4,360 

Share

premium  
95,135 
—   
158 
142 
42,131 
—   
137,566 
—   
436 
197 
(53)  
—   
138,146 
—   
798 
1,400 
—   
140,344 

Currency
translation
adjustments  

Accumulated
deficit

Total
equity

(2,188)  
—   

—   
—   
—   
(2,188)  
—   

—   
—   
—   
(2,188)  
—   

—   
—   
(2,188)  

(77,294)  
(6,462)  

—   
—   
—   
(83,756)  
(13,349)  

—   
—   
—   
(97,105)  
(4,197)  

—   
—   

(101,302)  

19,634 
(6,462)
—   
—   
42,260 
1,893 
57,325 
(13,349)
—   
—   
(53)
1,474 
45,397 
(4,197)
—   
—   
381 
41,581 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Total comprehensive loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Adjustments to profit or loss items:
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation of leased systems
Impairment and disposal of inventory and system components
Finance expenses (income), net
Cost of share-based payment
Income taxes

Total adjustments to reconcile loss

Changes in asset and liability items:

Increase in inventory
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables
Increase in other current assets
Increase (decrease) in trade payables
Increase in other accounts payable
Increase in deferred revenues and other liabilities

Total changes in asset and liability

Cash paid and received during the year for:

Interest paid
Interest received
Income taxes paid

Total cash paid and received during the year
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from disposal (purchase) of property and equipment and system components, net
Withdrawal of (investment in) short-term deposits, net
Investment in long-term deposits, net

Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:

Receipt of government grants
Repayment of liability in respect of research and development grants
Repayment of lease liability
Issuance of share capital, net

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

(a) Significant non-cash transactions:
Recognition of new lease liability and right-of-use
Termination of lease liability and right of-use

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

  $

(4,197)   $

(13,349)   $

(6,462)

362 
975 
1,447 
(1,013)  
381 
251 
2,403 

(506)  
1,089 
(312)  
(327)  
62 
1,629 
1,635 

(253)  
1,707 

(11)  

1,443 
1,284 

(2,387)  
(35,000)  
(22)  
(37,409)  

32 
(787)  
(271)  
—   
(1,026)  
90 

(37,061)  
47,581 
10,520 

  $

308 
  $
(99)   $

558 
976 
816 
351 
1,474 
315 
4,490 

(3,595)  
1,456 
(403)  
—   
298 
790 
(1,454)  

(46)  

1,042 
(443)  
553 
(9,760)  

1,936 
40,254 

(21)  

42,169 

15 
(977)  
(533)  
(52)  
(1,547)  
(202)  

30,660 
16,921 
47,581 

  $

301 
—   

  $
  $

560 
1,126 
1,295 
1,420 
1,893 
43 
6,337 

—   
(849)
(1,226)
289 
815 
2,039 
1,068 

(62)
17 
(14)
(59)
884 

(2,238)
(40,000)
22 
(42,216)

492 
(761)
(475)
42,260 
41,516 
(224)
(40)
16,961 
16,921 

587 
(64)

  $

  $
  $

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 1: GENERAL

a. A general description of the Company and its activity:

BrainsWay is a leader in advanced non-invasive neurostimulation treatments for mental health disorders. The Company is advancing neuroscience with its proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic
Stimulation (Deep TMS™) platform technology to improve health and transform lives. The Company has obtained from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) three cleared indications
backed by pivotal studies demonstrating clinically proven efficacy. Current indications include MDD (Major Depressive Disorder), obsessive- compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction.

The  Company  received  its  first  commercial  Deep  TMS  product  received  clearance  from  the  FDA  in  2013,  for  the  treatment  of  MDD  in  adult  patients  who  have  failed  to  achieve  satisfactory
improvement from anti-depressant medication. In April 2021, the Company received FDA clearance for a shorter innovative MDD treatment and in August 2021, the Company received an additional
clearance from the FDA for expansion of the existing MDD clearance to include the non-invasive treatment of anxiety symptoms.

The Company received de novo clearance from the FDA in August 2018 for use of its Deep TMS an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD, and a clearance from the FDA in August
2020 for use of its Deep TMS system as an aid in short-term smoking cessation in adults.

BrainsWay Ltd. (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, BrainsWay, Inc. (“Inc”), Brain R&D Services Ltd. (“Brain R&D”), BrainsWay USA Inc (“USA Inc”), collectively (the “Group”)
derive revenues from the sale and lease of its systems.

In 2022, the Company extended its FDA clearance for MDD (including anxious depression) to our H7 Coil, also via the 510(k) process.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 1: GENERAL (Continued)

b. The Company has an operating loss of $4,197 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company’s management and board of directors believe that the Company has the current funding to finance

its business activity according to its plans in the foreseeable future.

c.

The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 were authorized for issuance in accordance with a
resolution of the board of directors on March 28, 2024.

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in the financial statements for all periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

a. Basis of presentation of the financial statements:

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on a cost basis, except for certain financial instruments which are presented at fair value through profit or loss. The Company has elected to
present the profit or loss items using the function of expense method.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

b.

Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign currency:

1.

Functional currency and presentation currency:

The functional currency is the currency that best reflects the economic environment in which the Company operates and conducts its transactions, is separately determined for each Group entity
and is used to measure its financial position and operating results. The Group determines the functional currency of each Group entity. The Company’s functional and presentation currency is the
US Dollar for all reported periods and subsidiaries.

2.

Transactions, assets and liabilities in foreign currency:

Transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded upon initial recognition at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. After initial recognition, monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currency are translated at each reporting date into the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date. Exchange rate differences, other than those capitalized to
qualifying assets or accounted for as hedging transactions in equity, are recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and measured at cost are
translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and measured at fair value are translated into the functional
currency using the exchange rate prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined.

c.

Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories comprises costs of purchase and costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location
and  condition.  Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  less  estimated  costs  of  completion  and  estimated  costs  necessary  to  make  the  sale.  The
Company periodically evaluates the condition and age of inventories and makes provisions for slow moving inventories accordingly. Furthermore, inventory classified as short-term for sale or
consumption, while inventory to be converted into fixed assets in the future for internal use or leasing to customers, is classified as system component as a long-term asset. These classifications
are determined according to management's estimates for the use of inventory in the foreseen future.

Cost of inventories is determined as follows:

Raw materials - at cost of purchase using the weighted average cost method

Work in progress and finished goods - on the basis of average costs including materials, labor and other direct and indirect manufacturing costs based on normal capacity.

Furthermore, inventory classified as short-term for sale or consumption, while inventory to be converted into fixed assets in the future for internal use or leasing to customers, is classified as
system component as a long-term asset. These classifications are determined according to management's estimates for the use of inventory in the foreseen future.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

d. Revenue recognition:

Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  is  recognized  when  the  control  over  the  goods  or  services  is  transferred  to  the  customer.  The  transaction  price  is  the  amount  of  the  consideration  that  is
expected to be received based on the contract terms, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties (such as taxes).

In determining the amount of revenue from contracts with customers, the Company evaluates whether it is a principal or an agent in the arrangement. The Company is a principal when the Company
controls  the  promised  goods  or  services  before  transferring  them  to  the  customer.  In  these  circumstances,  the  Company  recognizes  revenue  for  the  gross  amount  of  the  consideration.  When  the
Company is an agent, it recognizes revenue for the net amount of the consideration, after deducting the amount due to the principal.

The Company primarily generates revenue from two major streams: (a) sale of systems and related services and (b) lease of systems.

Revenues from sale of systems and related services:

Revenue from sale of systems is recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon shipment of the system to the customer.

Revenue  from  rendering  of  extended  warranty  services  is  recognized  over  time,  during  the  period  the  customer  simultaneously  receives  and  consumes  the  benefits  provided  by  the  Company’s
performance.  The  Company  charges  its  customers  based  on  payment  terms  agreed  upon  in  specific  agreements.  When  payments  are  made  before  or  after  the  service  is  performed,  the  Company
recognizes the resulting contract asset or liability.

Revenue from operating leases:

A  lease  in  which  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to  ownership  of  the  leased  asset  have  not  been  transferred  to  the  lessee  is  classified  as  an  operating  lease.  Lease  payments  are
recognized as income in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Initial direct costs incurred in respect of the lease agreement are added to the carrying amount of the underlying asset
and recognized as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

Costs of obtaining a contract:

In order to obtain certain contracts with customers, the Company incurs incremental costs in obtaining the contract (such as sales commissions which are contingent on making binding sales). Since
revenue from sale of goods is recognized in profit or loss at the point in time when the control of the goods is transferred to the customer, the costs of obtaining a contract are recognized as an
expense when incurred.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Contract liabilities:

A contract liability, presented as deferred revenues, is the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is
due) from the customer. Deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue in profit and loss when the work is performed. The Company elected to apply the practical expedient in IFRS 15 and does not
provide disclosure of the remaining unsatisfied performance obligations with respect to contracts that have a term of up to one year.

Allocating the transaction price:

For contracts that consist of more than one performance obligation at contract inception, the Company allocates the contract transaction price to each performance obligation identified in the contract
on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The stand-alone selling price is the price at which the Company would sell the promised goods or services separately to a customer.

e. Government grants:

Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and the Company will comply with all attached conditions.

Government grants received from the Israel Innovation Authority (“IIA”) are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the research project, that will result in
royalty-bearing sales.

A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount of the grant received and the fair value of the
liability is accounted for as a government grant and recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses. After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost using the
effective interest method. Royalty payments are treated as a reduction of the liability.

If  no  economic  benefits  are  expected  from  the  research  activity,  the  grant  received  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  of  the  related  research  and  development  expenses.  In  that  event,  the  royalty
obligation is treated as a contingent liability in accordance with IAS 37.

Amounts paid as royalties are recognized as settlement of the liability.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

f.

Taxes on income:

Current or deferred taxes are recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that they relate to items which are recognized in other comprehensive income or equity.

1. Current taxes:

The current tax liability is measured using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, as well as adjustments required in connection with the
tax liability in respect of previous years.

2. Deferred taxes:

Deferred taxes are computed in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts in the financial statements and the amounts attributed for tax purposes.

Deferred taxes are measured at the tax rate that is expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the
reporting date.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is not probable that they will be utilized. Temporary differences that can be deducted for which deferred
tax assets had not been recognized are reviewed at each reporting date and a respective deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that utilization is probable.

Taxes that would apply in the event of the disposal of investments in subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing deferred taxes, as long as the disposal of the investments in
subsidiaries is not probable in the foreseeable future. Also, deferred taxes that would apply in the event of distribution of earnings by subsidiaries as dividends have not been taken into account
in computing deferred taxes, since the distribution of dividends does not involve an additional tax liability or since it is the Company’s policy not to initiate distribution of dividends from a
subsidiary that would trigger an additional tax liability.

Deferred taxes are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset a current tax asset against a current tax liability and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxpayer and the same taxation
authority.

F-13

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

g.

Leases:

1. The Company as lessee:

The Company accounts for a contract as a lease when the contract terms convey the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

For leases in which the Company is the lessee, the Company recognizes on the commencement date of the lease a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, excluding leases whose term is up to 12
months and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value. For these excluded leases, the Company has elected to recognize the lease payments as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line
basis over the lease term. In measuring the lease liability, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in the Standard and does not separate the lease components from the non-lease
components (such as management and maintenance services, etc.) included in a single contract.

On the commencement date, the lease liability includes all unpaid lease payments discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be readily determined, or otherwise using the
Company’s incremental borrowing rate. After the commencement date, the Company measures the lease liability using the effective interest rate method.

On the commencement date, the right-of-use asset is recognized in an amount equal to the lease liability plus lease payments already made on or before the commencement date and initial direct costs
incurred. The right-of-use asset is measured applying the cost model and depreciated over the shorter of its useful life and the lease term.

Following are the amortization periods of the right-of-use assets by class of underlying asset:

Lease facilities
Motor vehicles

The Company tests for impairment of the right-of-use asset whenever there are indications of impairment pursuant to the provisions of IAS 36.

F-14

Years
to
-

2
3

3
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.

The Company as lessor:

In  order  to  determine  whether  to  classify  a  lease  as  a  finance  lease  or  an  operating  lease,  the  Company  evaluates  whether  the  lease  transfers  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to
ownership of the asset.

h.

System components, leased systems and other property and equipment, net::

Other  property  and  equipment  are  measured  at  cost,  including  directly  attributable  costs,  less  accumulated  depreciation,  accumulated  impairment  losses  and  any  related  investment  grants  and
excluding day-to-day servicing expenses. Cost includes spare parts and auxiliary equipment that are used in connection with plant and equipment.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the assets at annual rates as follows:

Leased systems
Laboratory equipment
Computers
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

%
15
15
33
-
-

6
10

15
33

The  useful  life,  depreciation  method  and  residual  value  of  an  asset  are  reviewed  at  least  each  year-end  and  any  changes  are  accounted  for  prospectively  as  a  change  in  accounting  estimate.
Depreciation of an asset ceases at the earlier of the date that the asset is classified as held for sale and the date that the asset is derecognized.

System components include raw materials to be converted into fixed assets in the future for internal use or leasing to customers, and depreciated over the useful life once converted to fixed assets.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

i.

Impairment of non-financial assets:

The Company evaluates the need to record an impairment of non-financial assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount is not recoverable. If the carrying
amount of non-financial assets exceeds their recoverable amount, the assets are reduced to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of sale and value in
use. In measuring value in use, the expected cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the risks specific to the asset. The recoverable amount of an asset that does not
generate independent cash flows is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.

An impairment loss of an asset is reversed only if there have been changes in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. Reversal of
an impairment loss, as above, shall not be increased above the lower of the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation or amortization) had no impairment loss been
recognized for the asset in prior years and its recoverable amount. The reversal of impairment loss of an asset presented at cost is recognized in profit or loss.

j.

Impairment of financial assets:

The Company evaluates at the end of each reporting period the loss allowance for financial debt instruments which are not measured at fair value through profit or loss. The Company distinguishes
between two types of loss allowances:

a)       Debt instruments whose credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, or whose credit risk is low - the loss allowance recognized in respect of this debt instrument is
measured at an amount equal to the expected credit losses within 12 months from the reporting date (12-month ECLs); or

b)       Debt instruments whose credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition, and whose credit risk is not low - the loss allowance recognized is measured at an amount equal to the
expected credit losses over the instrument's remaining term (lifetime ECLs).

The Company has short-term financial assets such as trade receivables in respect of which the Company applies the simplified approach in IFRS 9 and measures the loss allowance in an amount equal
to the lifetime expected credit losses.

k.

Provisions:

A provision in accordance with IAS 37 is recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

  1.

Share-based payment transactions:

The Company’s employees and other service providers are granted remuneration in the form of equity-settled share-based payment (options and restricted shares).

The  cost  of  equity-settled  transactions  with  employees  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  granted  at  grant  date.  The  fair  value  of  an  option  granted  is  determined  using  the
Binomial Lattice option-pricing model (“Binomial model”). The Binomial model takes into account variables such as volatility, dividend yield rate, and risk-free interest rate and also allows for the
use of dynamic assumptions and considers the contractual term of the option, the probability that the option will be exercised prior to the end of its contractual life, and the probability of termination
or retirement of the option holder in computing the value of the option.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

1.

Share-based payment transactions:

The Company’s employees and other service providers are granted remuneration in the form of equity-settled share-based payment (options and restricted shares).

The  cost  of  equity-settled  transactions  with  employees  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  granted  at  grant  date.  The  fair  value  of  an  option  granted  is  determined  using  the
Binomial Lattice option-pricing model (“Binomial model”). The Binomial model takes into account variables such as volatility, dividend yield rate, and risk-free interest rate and also allows for the
use of dynamic assumptions and considers the contractual term of the option, the probability that the option will be exercised prior to the end of its contractual life, and the probability of termination
or retirement of the option holder in computing the value of the option.

The fair value of the restricted shares granted is determined using the closing price of the Company's share, as quoted in the Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange (TASE) on the day of the grant.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized in profit or loss together with a corresponding increase in equity during the period which the performance and/or service conditions are to be
satisfied ending on the date on which the relevant employees become entitled to the award (“the vesting period”). The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at the end of each
reporting date includes the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

If the Company modifies the conditions on which equity-instruments were granted, an additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based
payment arrangement or is otherwise beneficial to the employee/other service provider at the modification date.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

m. Amendment to IAS 8, "Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors":

In February 2021, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 8, "Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors" ("the Amendment"), in which it introduces a new definition of
"accounting estimates".

Accounting estimates are defined as "monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty". The Amendment clarifies the distinction between changes in accounting
estimates and changes in accounting policies and the correction of errors.

The Amendment is to be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023 and is applicable to changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting
estimates that occur on or after the start of that period. Early application is permitted.

n. Amendment to IAS 12, "Income Taxes":

In  May  2021,  the  IASB  issued  an  amendment  to  IAS  12,  "Income  Taxes"  ("IAS  12"),  which  narrows  the  scope  of  the  initial  recognition  exception  under  IAS  12.15  and  IAS  12.24  ("the
Amendment").

According to the recognition guidelines of deferred tax assets and liabilities, IAS 12 excludes recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities in respect of certain temporary differences arising from
the initial recognition of certain transactions. This exception is referred to as the "initial recognition exception". The Amendment narrows the scope of the initial recognition exception and clarifies
that it does not apply to the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from transactions that are not a business combination and that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary
differences, even if they meet the other criteria of the initial recognition exception.

The Amendment applies for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, with earlier application permitted. In relation to leases and decommissioning obligations, the Amendment
is to be applied commencing from the earliest reporting period presented in the financial statements in which the Amendment is initially applied. The cumulative effect of the initial application of the
Amendment should be recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or another component of equity, as appropriate) at that date.

The Company estimates that the initial application of the Amendment is not expected to have a material impact on its financial statements.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2: ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) 

  o. Amendment to IAS 1, "Disclosure of Accounting Policies":

In February 2021, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 1, "Presentation of Financial Statements" ("the Amendment"), which replaces the requirement to disclose 'significant' accounting policies with a
requirement to disclose 'material' accounting policies. One of the main reasons for the Amendment is the absence of a definition of the term 'significant' in IFRS whereas the term 'material' is defined in
several standards and particularly in IAS 1.

The Amendment is applicable for annual periods beginning on January 1, 2023.

The application of the above Amendment did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In the process of applying the significant accounting policies in the financial statements, the Group has made the following judgments, estimates and assumptions, which have the most significant effect on the
amounts recognized in the financial statements:

a.

Judgments:

Classification of leases – the Company as a lessor:

In  order  to  determine  whether  to  classify  a  lease  as  a  finance  lease  or  an  operating  lease,  the  Company  evaluates  whether  the  lease  transfers  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to
ownership of the asset.

Determining the fair value of share-based payment transactions:

The fair value of share-based payment transactions is determined upon initial recognition by the Binomial model. The Binomial model is based on share price and exercise price and assumptions
regarding expected volatility, term of share option, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate.

b.

Estimates and assumptions:

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that have an effect on the application of the accounting policies and on the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in accounting estimates are reported in the period of the change in estimate.

The key assumptions made in the financial statements concerning uncertainties at the reporting date and the critical estimates computed by the Group that may result in a material adjustment to the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

● Impairment of inventory:

The net realizable value is determined based on management's evaluation including forecasts and estimates as to the amounts expected to be realized from the sale or use of inventory. The
possible effects on the financial statements are the recognition of impairment loss or the reversal of impairment loss.

● Grants from the IIA:

Government grants received from the IIA are recognized as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the research and development activity that will result in royalty-bearing
sales. There is uncertainty regarding the estimated future cash flows and discount rate used to measure the amount of the liability.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

• Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused carryforward tax losses and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which
the  losses  can  be  utilized.  Significant  management  judgment  is  required  to  determine  the  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  that  can  be  recognized,  based  upon  the  timing  and  level  of  future
taxable profits, its source and the tax planning strategy.

NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

1. Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash for immediate withdrawal
Cash equivalents - bank deposits less than three months

2. Restricted cash:

Restricted cash - bank deposits

(*) Reclassified

NOTE 5: SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS

Bank deposits (*)

(*) Reclassified

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

  $

10,520 
—   
10,520 

  $

  $

7,307 
40,274 
47,581 

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

271 

  $

271(*) 

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

35,465 

  $

—(*)

Short-term deposits at banks are for periods of up to one year. The deposits earn annual interest at the respective term of the deposits of approximately 6%.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET

a.

Trade receivables, net:

Open accounts (1)
Less-allowance for credit losses
Trade receivables, net

BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

  $

  $

(1)    Trade receivables generally have 90-day credit terms. Certain customers payments are made through monthly credit card transactions.

December 31,

2023

2022

4,684 
(904)  
3,780 

  $

  $

5,945 
(1,101)
4,844 

b. Movement in allowance credit losses:

Balance as of January 1, 2022
Change in provision for the year
Derecognition of bad debts
Balance as of December 31, 2022
Change in provision for the year
Derecognition of bad debts
Balance as of December 31, 2023

  $

  $

U.S. dollars in thousands

1,256 
282 
(437)
1,101 
(131)
(66)
904 

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET (Continued)

Following is information about the credit risk exposure of the Company’s trade receivables:

December 31, 2023:

Not past
due

< 30
days

U.S. dollars in thousands
61 - 90
days

30 - 60
days   

91 - 120
days   

>120
days

Total

Gross carrying amount

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Trade receivables, net

December 31, 2022:

Gross carrying amount

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Trade receivables, net

NOTE 7: INVENTORY

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods

Provision for Inventory
Inventory, net

NOTE 8: OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Government authorities
Prepaid expenses and other

  $
  $
  $

2,817 
7 
2,810 

  $
  $
  $

167 
12 
155 

  $
  $
  $

U.S. dollars in thousands
  $
  $
  $

314 
44 
270 

  $
  $
  $

271 
19 
252 

253 
235 
18 

  $
  $
  $

862 
587 
275 

  $
  $
  $

4,684 
904 
3,780 

Not past
due

< 30
days

U.S. dollars in thousands
61 - 90
days

30 - 60
days   

91 - 120
days   

>120
days

Total

  $
  $
  $

1,570 
4 
1,566 

  $
  $
  $

999 
87 
912 

  $
  $
  $

U.S. dollars in thousands
  $
  $
  $

330 
60 
270 

  $
  $
  $

357 
48 
309 

491 
78 
413 

  $
  $
  $

2,198 
824 
1,374 

  $
  $
  $

5,945 
1,101 
4,844 

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

  $

  $

  $

F-23

  $

1,791 
1,211 
1,833 
4,835 
(1,118)  
3,717 

  $

December 31,

2023

2022

420 
1,292 
1,712 

  $

  $

2,565 
1,651 
1,227 
5,443 
(1,606)
3,837 

606 
950 
1,556 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 9: SYSTEM COMPONENTS, LEASED SYSTEMS, OTHER PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

December 31, 2023:

Cost:
Balance at January 1, 2023
Additions
Transfer to Leased systems
Reductions
Balance at December 31, 2023

Accumulated depreciation:
Balance at January 1, 2023
Additions
Reductions

Balance at December 31, 2023

System
Components  

Leased
systems

Laboratory
equipment
and
Computers  

Right of
use assets 

Office
furniture
and
equipment   

Leasehold
improvements   

Total 

  $

  $

1,220 
2,336 
(1,905)  
(378)  
1,273 

  $

7,227 
—   
1,994 
(727)(*) 
8,494 

  $

1,276 
30 
(89)  
— 
1,217 

—   
—   
—   

—   

4,109 
975 
(290)

4,794 

926 
80 
—   

1,006 

814   $
308 
—   
(348)  
774 

331 
264 
(249)  

346 

  $

225 
—   
—   
— 
225 

76 
14 
—   

90 

  $

81 
21 
—   
—   
102 

55 
4 
—   

59 

10,843 
2,695 
—   
(1,453)
12,085 

5,497 
1,337 
(539)

6,295 

5,790 

Depreciated cost at December 31, 2023

  $

1,273 

  $

3,700 

  $

211 

  $

428   $

135 

  $

43 

  $

(*) Derived mainly from returned systems as well as sale of leased systems.

December 31, 2022:

Cost:
Balance at January 1, 2022
Additions
Transfer to Leased systems
Reductions
Balance at December 31, 2022

Accumulated depreciation:
Balance at January 1, 2022
Additions
Reductions

Balance at December 31, 2022

System
Components

Leased
systems

  $

  $

4,463 
5,930 
(836)
(8,337)(**)
1,220 

  $

7,463 
—   
836 
(1,072)(*) 
7,227 

—   
—   
—   

—   

3,650 
976 
(517)

4,109 

Laboratory
equipment
and
Computers  

Right of
use assets 

Office
furniture
and
equipment   

Leasehold
improvements   

Total 

1,170 
106 
—   
—   
1,276 

857 
69 
—   

926 

  $

1,635   $

301 
—   
(1,122)  
814 

981 
476 
(1,126)  

331 

  $

135 
90 
—   
—   
225 

63 
13 
—   

76 

  $

69 
30 
—   
(18)  
81 

14,935 
6,457 
—   
(10,549)
10,843 

53 
2 
—   

55 

5,604 
1,536 
(1,643)

5,497 

5,346 

Depreciated cost at December 31, 2022

  $

1,220 

  $

3,118 

  $

350 

  $

483 

  $

149 

  $

26 

  $

(*) Derived mainly from returned systems as well as sale of leased systems.

(**) Reduction in systems components for the year ended December 31, 2022, mainly includes (a) reclassification to inventory in the amount of $3,837, (b) impairment provision in the amount of $816 and

(c) system components sold in the amount of $3,006.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10: OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and deposits
Deferred tax assets, net

NOTE 11: OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Employee and payroll accruals
Accrued expenses
Institutions
Income tax payable
Liabilities to related parties (1)
Current maturities of lease liabilities

(1)

current non-interest-bearing accounts.

BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

  $

  $

  $

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

889 
828 

1,717 

  $

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

2,065 
2,480 
153 
504 
57 
232 

  $

5,491 

  $

766 
276 

1,042 

1,868 
2,309 
—   
—   
80 
234 

4,491 

F-25

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 12: DEFERRED REVENUES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Composition:

Deferred revenues (a)
Lease liabilities (b)

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

  $

  $

5,314 
239 

5,553 

  $

4,669 
254 

4,923 

a.      

Including an amount of $1,479 relating to deferred distribution fees received as of the both years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For more information see note 16c.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 12: DEFERRED REVENUES AND OTHER LIABILITIES (Continued)

b.

Lease liabilities:

December 31, 2023:

Maturity analysis:
Less than one year
One to five years
Total lease commitments
Impact of discounting remaining lease payments
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023:

Current
Non-current

Total

December 31, 2022:

Maturity analysis:
Less than one year
One to five years
Total lease commitments
Impact of discounting remaining lease payments
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022:

Current
Non-current

Total

F-27

U.S. dollars in 
thousands

U.S. dollars in 
thousands

234 
284 
518 
(47)
471 

232 
239 

471 

265 
269 
534 
(46)
488 

234 
254 

488 

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 13: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a.

Financial risks factors:

The  Company  is  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk,  interest  risk,  credit  risk  and  liquidity  risk.  The  Company’s  senior  management  oversees  the  management  of  these  risks  in  accordance  with  the
policies approved by the board of directors.

1.

Foreign currency risk:

The currency exposure arises from current accounts and deposits that are mainly managed in NIS and from liability in respect of employee payroll accruals that are paid in NIS.

2.

Interest rate risk:

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.

The Company's exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company's long-term liabilities in respect of government grants received from IIA.

The repayment of grants received by the Company from 2018 have interest rate that reference LIBOR and are expected to be repaid after 2023.

3. Credit risk:

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations as a customer or under a financial instrument leading to a loss to the Group. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its
operating activity (primarily trade receivables).

4.

Liquidity risk:

The Group monitors its risk of a shortage of cash using a quarterly budget.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 13: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

1. The table below presents the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments including interest payments:

December 31, 2023:

Trade payables
Other accounts payable
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Lease liability

December 31, 2022:

Trade payables
Other accounts payable
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Lease liability

Less than 
one year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3 
years

3 to 4 
years

4 to 5 
years

> 5 
years

  $

  $

758 
5,257 
1,119 
234 

  $

—   
—   
1,575 
131 

  $

—   
—   
2,250 
100 

  $

—   
—   
2,685 
53 

  $

—   
—   
2,850 
—   

  $

—   
—   
529 
—   

Total

758 
5,257 
11,008 
518 

  $

7,368 

  $

1,706 

  $

2,350 

  $

2,738 

  $

2,850 

  $

529 

  $

17,541 

Less than
one year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3 
years

3 to 4 
years

4 to 5 
years

> 5 
years

  $

  $

1,116 
4,228 
1,217 
265 

  $

—   
—   
1,715 
172 

  $

—   
—   
2,177 
71 

  $

—   
—   
2,645 
26 

  $

—   
—   
3,079 
—   

  $

—   
—   
721 
—   

Total

1,116 
4,228 
11,554 
534 

  $

6,826 

  $

1,887 

  $

2,248 

  $

2,671 

  $

3,079 

  $

721 

  $

17,432 

2. The table below presents the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual discounted payments:

December 31, 2023:

Trade payables
Other accounts payable
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Lease liability

December 31, 2022:

Trade payables
Other accounts payable
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Lease liability

Less than 
one year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3 
years

3 to 4 
years

4 to 5 
years

> 5 
years

  $

  $

758 
5,259 
1,008 
232 

  $

—   
—   
1,176 
121 

  $

—   
—   
1,441 
79 

  $

—   
—   
1,478 
39 

  $

—   
—   
1,353 
—   

  $

—   
—   
629 
—   

Total

758 
5,259 
7,085 
471 

  $

7,257 

  $

1,297 

  $

1,520 

  $

1,517 

  $

1,353 

  $

629 

  $

13,573 

Less than 
one year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3 
years

3 to 4 
years

4 to 5 
years

> 5 
years

  $

  $

1,116 
4,257 
1,057 
234 

  $

—   
—   
1,267 
161 

  $

—   
—   
1,392 
61 

  $

—   
—   
1,442 
32 

  $

—   
—   
1,319 
—   

  $

—   
—   
596 
—   

Total

1,116 
4,257 
7,073 
488 

  $

6,664 

  $

1,428 

  $

1,453 

  $

1,474 

  $

1,319 

  $

596 

  $

12,934 

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 13: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

b.

Sensitivity tests relating to changes in foreign currency:

Sensitivity test to changes in the NIS exchange rate:
Gain (loss) from the change:
Increase of 5% in exchange rate
Decrease of 5% in exchange rate

December 31,

2023

2022

  $
  $

29 
  $
(29)   $

8 
(8)

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has deficit of financial liabilities over financial assets in NIS in relation to US dollar of $576.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has excess of financial assets over financial liabilities in Euro and CAD in relation to US dollar of $1,389 and $859, respectively. An increase or decrease of 5% of
the US dollar relative to the Euro would have an effect of $69 and $43, respectively.

Sensitivity tests and principal work assumptions:

The selected changes in the relevant risk variables were determined based on management’s estimate as to reasonable possible changes in these risk variables.

The Company has performed sensitivity tests of principal market risk factors that are liable to affect its reported operating results or financial position. The sensitivity tests present the profit or loss in
respect of each financial instrument for the relevant risk variables chosen for that instrument as of each reporting date. The test of risk factors was determined based on the materiality of the exposure of the
operating results or financial condition of each risk with reference to the functional currency and assuming that all the other variables are constant.

NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND LIABILITIES

Employee benefits consist of short-term and post-employment benefits.

Defined contribution plans:

Section  14  to  the  Severance  Pay  Law,  1963  applies  to  all  of  the  Company’s  employees  pursuant  to  which  the  fixed  contributions  paid  by  the  Group  into  pension  funds  and/or  policies  of  insurance
companies release the Group from any additional liability to employees for whom said contributions were made. These contributions benefits represent defined contribution plans.

Expense in respect of defined contribution plans was $343, $345 and $329 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 15: TAXES ON INCOME

a.

Tax rates applicable to the Company and subsidiaries:

1.

Tax rate applicable to the Company and Brain R&D:

The Israeli corporate income tax rate was 23% in 2023, 2022 and 2021.

A company is taxable on its real capital gains at the corporate income tax rate in the year of sale.

2.

Tax rate applicable to US subsidiaries:

The subsidiaries are subject to U.S federal tax at the rate of 21%.

On  December  22,  2017,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (the  "Tax  Act")  was  signed  into  law  making  significant  changes  to  U.S.  income  tax  law.  These  changes  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  a
corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years 2018 onwards and created new taxes on certain foreign- sourced earnings and certain related-party payments.

The Tax Act required the Company to pay U.S. income taxes on accumulated foreign subsidiaries earnings not previously subject to U.S. income tax at a rate of 15.5% to the extent of foreign
cash and certain other net current assets and 8% on the remaining earnings.

b.

Tax assessments:

The Company and the Israeli subsidiary received final tax assessments through tax year 2017 as for the statute of limitation. The subsidiary, Inc, received final tax assessments through the 2019 tax
year.

c. Carryforward losses for tax purposes:

Carryforward losses for tax purposes as of December 31, 2023 amount to approximately $82 million in Brainsway Ltd. (on an Israeli consolidated basis).

d. Deferred taxes:

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:

1.       Composition:

Gross deferred tax assets:
Employee benefits
Lease liabilities
Other temporary differences

Gross deferred tax assets

Gross deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets

Gross deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets, net

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

  $

  $

78 
6 
787 

871 

(36)  
(7)  

(43)  

  $

828 

  $

46 
—   
288 

334 

(58)
—   

(58)

276 

2.      The Company did not record deferred tax assets with respect to net operating losses incurred by the Company and the Israeli subsidiary since it is not probable that they will generate a taxable

income in future years.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 15: TAXES ON INCOME (Continued)

e.      Theoretical tax:

The reconciliation between the tax expense, assuming that all the income, expenses, gains and losses in profit or loss were taxed at the statutory tax rate and the taxes on income recorded in profit or
loss is as follows:

Loss before taxes on income

Statutory federal income tax rate

Tax (tax benefit) computed at the statutory tax rate

Unrecognized temporary differences
Increase in unrecognized tax losses in the year
Tax adjustment in respect of different tax rates
Taxes in respect of previous years
Non-deductible expenses and other differences

  $

  $

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

(3,946)   $

(13,034)   $

21% 

21% 

(829)   $

(2,737)   $

(47)  

1,070 
44 
5 
8 

140 
2,889 
21 
—   
2 

(6,419)

21%

(1,348)

(295)
1,485 
21 
137 
43 

  $

251 

  $

315 

  $

43 

1.      Statutory income tax rate according to US federal tax rate in respect of income generated by the US subsidiaries, for which income tax was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2023 2022

and 2021.

f.      Taxes on income (tax benefits) included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss:

Current taxes
Deferred taxes
Taxes in respect of previous years

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

  $

  $

798 
(552)  
5 

251 

  $

  $

133 
182 
—   

315 

  $

364 
(458)
137 

43 

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES

a. Brain R&D received from the Israeli Government participation grants in research and development and, in return, it is currently obligated to pay royalties amounting to 3% of sales of products from

such grants up to 100% of total grants received.

The Company's provision for royalties payable to the IIA as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 amounts to $7,085 and $7,073, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, the maximum royalties payable by the Company in the future in respect of active projects is $11,008, including interest at the LIBOR rate. Through December 31, 2023,
royalties paid were $5,134.

b. The Company entered into a few distribution agreements with third parties regarding different territories around the world. According to these distribution agreements, the third parties are generally
granted the exclusive right to market, distribute, lease and/or sale, use and promote sales of the systems in the relevant territories for a period defined in the agreement, generally ranging from 3 to 10
years. The Company supplies the systems to the distributors, and they promote and provide various services (such as installation, training and maintenance) to local costumers. These distributors are
typically contractually committed to meet minimum order quantities, absent which may serve as grounds for termination.

F-32

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

c.

In September 2013, the Company entered into a distribution agreement in Japan with Century Medical Inc., a member of the Itochu concern, which specializes in the import and distribution of medical
systems and equipment in Japan. According to the agreement, the distributor was granted the exclusive right to market the Company’s system for the treatment of major depression in patients in Japan
for a ten-year period which begins after the required regulatory approvals for marketing the system in Japan and after either obtaining reimbursement or deployment of a commercial product to a
clinical site. If the distributor meets the minimum quantities which it has committed during the contractual term, the agreement will be extended for an additional five year period. The distributor is
granted a right of first offer to distribute the Company’s system in Japan without further codification.

In consideration for the above, the distributor is obligated to pay the Company distribution fees of 190 million Yen (approximately $1.8 million), whereby 100 million Yen was paid in September 2013
and 90 million Yen was paid in 2019.

In each year of the agreement in which the distributor meets the respective annual predetermined revenue target, 10% of the distribution fees are to be returned to the distributor. The distribution fee
which  the  Company  expects  to  be  entitled  to  is  presented  in  deferred  revenues  and  is  recognized  as  revenue  during  the  estimated  exclusivity  term.  The  distributor  is  to  pay  the  Company  for  any
treatment made with the Company’s system (pay-per-use), but in no case less than the pre-determined annual amount. The agreement prescribes conditions in which the Company or the distributor
may terminate the agreement, including a requirement to conduct a clinical trial in order to obtain the PMDA approval and non-compliance with the requirement to purchase minimum predetermined
quantities.

The agreement sets a minimum payment threshold to the Company that is examined every few years throughout the contractual term. If the distributor does not qualify for the minimum payment
threshold at the end of each period, the Company will be entitled to terminate the distribution agreement, unless the parties reach another agreement between them. The agreement further determines
that the distributor will act on its account to receive the regulatory approvals that are required to market the Company’s system for the treatment of depression in patients in Japan and to receive
reimbursement coverage at the price range established in the agreement.

On January 22, 2018, the distributor in Japan applied to the Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”), which is responsible for all import and export licenses of pharmaceuticals and
medical equipment to Japan, for approval of marketing and selling the Company’s systems in Japan. On January 2019, approval of the PMDA was received.

The Company is currently working through its distributor in Japan with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain reimbursement
coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan.

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

d.

In March 2014, the Company entered into an exclusive marketing and distribution agreement of the Company’s system with a third party in Israel for a maximum period of 15 years, subject to meeting
minimum  sales  targets  as  set  in  the  agreement.  In  April  2014,  the  distributor  paid  the  Company  a  one-time  exclusivity  fee  of  NIS  1  million.  Effective  July  2019,  the  Company  assumed  direct
operations  for  customers  in  Israel,  after  terminating  its  distribution  agreement  with  the  third-party  distributor,  pursuant  to  which  a  portion  of  the  exclusivity  fee  (up  to  NIS  600  thousand)  was
determined to be refundable via annual payments, which depend on future sales. To date, the Company paid a total of NIS 300 thousand (excluding VAT) of this amount.

e.

License agreements:

1.

In July 2003, Inc signed a license agreement with the agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“PHS”), according to which the
Company was granted an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, make use of, market, sell and import products and processes to be developed in the framework of the license agreement with
respect to TMS and a right to enter into sublicense agreements, subject to approval of the PHS. In return, Inc is committed to pay PHS earned royalties of 2% (beyond the first $10 million in
cumulative sales, a milestone which has passed), with a minimum annual royalty of $2,000, subject to the terms in the agreement.

In addition, if Inc enters into a sub-license agreement, it is committed to pay royalties of 8% of the net consideration received for the grant of the sub-license.

The  agreement  is  valid  until  the  expiration  of  the  last  to  expire  of  the  licensed  patent  rights  under  the  agreement.  PHS  is  entitled  to  cancel  the  agreement  if  Inc  does  not  comply  with  the
conditions detailed in the agreement.

2.

In June 2005 and March 2010, Inc signed a research and licensing agreement and addendum with Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (“Yeda”), according to which Inc was granted
an exclusive license to intellectual property that can be used for research, development, marketing and manufacturing of products in the field of TMS treatment and may have the right to grant
sublicenses subject to conditions specified in the agreement in consideration of royalty payment as follows:

a)

b)

1% of net sales systems based upon certain patents (which include technology licensed from PHS);

3% for the first $10,000 of net sales, and 2% for net sales over $10,000, for all other Deep TMS products solely based on certain patents licensed exclusively from Yeda provided however in
the event that the products are sold to a sublicensee and are thereafter sold by such sublicensee, the royalties paid to Yeda will be based on the higher of the net sales by the licensee or the net
sales of the sale by the sublicensee.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 16: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued)

c)

4%-8% of the net cash proceeds that the Company receives in respect of granting sublicenses or options for sublicenses dependent on the patents licensed.

Royalties are payable at the later of 15 years after the first commercial sale or the patent life (20 years through October 2021). The agreement expires at the later of: the expiration of the last
patent, 15 years after Inc starts to sell products integrating the patent and after a period of 20 years during which no sales are made.

The  license  agreement  with  Yeda  may  be  subject  to  modifications  in  the  event  that  the  license  agreement  with  PHS  is  modified  (see  1,  above)  and  may  be  cancelled  based  on  various
conditions, including the cancellation of the PHS agreement.

On February 22, 2018, Inc and Yeda signed an additional addendum to the agreement (the "fifth addendum"), according to which Inc received the right to examine an additional invention
based  upon  the  patent  issued  in  connection  with  research  in  the  field  of  rotational  electrical  fields  owned  by  Yeda.  Under  the  fifth  addendum,  the  Company  has  the  right  to  include  the
aforementioned invention and the intellectual property accompanying it under the Yeda license agreement.

In January 2020, the Company exercised the right granted to it under the fifth addendum, and accordingly royalties on net sales of products which are based on the use of the invention and
know-how subject to the fifth addendum will be paid to Yeda at increased rates of 1.6%-2% in addition to the royalties described above and, in certain cases, at a flat rate of 2%. In respect of
products under the fifth addendum that are not based on patents or research results for which the license was granted according to the original agreement (excluding the fifth addendum),
royalties on net sales will be at the fixed rate of 5%.

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 17: EQUITY

a. Composition of share capital:

Ordinary shares of NIS 0.04 par value each

120,000,000 

33,242,189 

120,000,000 

33,053,323 

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Authorized

Issued and
outstanding

Authorized

Issued and
outstanding

Number of shares

b. Movement in share capital:

Issued and outstanding capital:

Balance as of January 1, 2023
Vesting of restricted shares

Balance of December 31,2023

c. Rights attached to shares:

Number of
shares

NIS par
value

33,053,323 
188,866 

33,242,189 

1,322,133 
7,554 

1,329,687 

Ordinary shares confer their holders’ rights to receive dividends in cash and in Company’s shares, right to nominate the Company’s directors and rights to participate in distribution of dividends upon
liquidation in proportion to their holdings. Also, Ordinary shareholders have one vote at the shareholders’ meeting such that each share confers one vote to its holder.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 17: EQUITY (Continued)

d.      Capital management in the Company:

The  Company’s  capital  management  objectives  are  to  preserve  the  Group’s  ability  to  ensure  business  continuity  thereby  creating  a  return  for  the  shareholders,  investors  and  other  interested
parties.

The Company is not under any minimal equity requirements, nor is it required to attain a certain level of capital return.

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 18: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT

a.

The expense recognized in the financial statements for services received is shown in the following table:

Equity-settled share-based payment plans to employees, directors and consultants.

  $

381 

  $

1,475 

  $

1,883 

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

b. The share-based payment transactions that the Company granted to its employees, directors and consultants are shown in the following table:

Range of exercise prices
0.36 - 4.91
3.41 - 3.87

(*) Options and restricted shares.

Options outstanding
as of December 31, 2023 (*)

1,982,100
90,000

Weighted Average
remaining contractual Term
5.74
4.9

Weighted Average
exercise price ($)
2.91
3.67

Options exercisable
December 31, 2023

1,060,037
67,500

c.

The fair value of the Company’s options granted for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was estimated using the Binomial model with the following assumptions:

Expected volatility (%)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected exercise factor

Year ended December 31,

2023
48.9 - 71.61
3.39 - 4.58
2.8

2022
33.00 - 64.44
0.06 - 2.90
2.8

2021
50.49 - 64.44
0.06 - 1.59
2.8

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 18: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

d. Movement of options during the year:

Outstanding at January 1,
Granted
Expired
Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31,

Exercisable at December 31,

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

Number of options

Weighted average
exercise price (*)

Number of options

Weighted average
exercise price (*)

  $

1,549,600 
913,000 
(90,200)  
(300,300)  

2,072,100 

  $

1,127,537 

  $

4.6 
0.9 
4.3 
3.8 

2.9 

4.6 

  $

1,552,383 
50,000 
(16,000)  
(36,783)  

1,549,600 

  $

1,367,033 

  $

4.6 
3.9 
3.3 
4.5 

4.6 

4.4 

(*) The exercise price of all options denominated in NIS and was translated to USD in the table above using the exchange rate as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The contractual life of the options is ten years from the grant date. The weighted average remaining contractual life for the options outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was approximately
three years and five years, respectively.

During 2021, the Company completed a repricing of outstanding options via an exchange offer pursuant to which the Company exchanged previously granted options with new options. For those that
chose to participate in the exchange, the repricing resulted in an updated exercise price of $4.675 or NIS 15.26 per ordinary share, and is otherwise subject to the same expiration date, vesting schedule
and other terms as previously existed prior to the exchange offer. Several employees chose not to participate in the exchange because their options were subject to a lower exercise price than that
offered in the repricing. Accordingly, the exercise price range for options outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2023 was NIS 10.61-15.26.

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 18: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued)

e. Movement of restricted shares during the year:

Outstanding at January 1,
Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31,

BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

2023
Number of
Restricted shares

2022
Number of
Restricted shares

769,040 

—     
(193,347)  
(306,055)  
269,638 

539,530 
498,400 
(142,189)
(146,701)
749,040 

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

a. Additional information on revenues:

1.      Revenues reported in the financial statements for each group of similar products and services:

Revenues from sale
Revenues from lease
Revenues from sale related service
Revenues from other service

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

  $

  $

20,372 
8,523 
2,311 
579 

  $

16,182 
9,244 
1,276 
475 

31,785 

  $

27,177 

  $

16,208 
11,608 
1,075 
766 

29,657 

2.      Revenues from major customers which each accounts for 10% or more of total revenues reported in the financial statements:

Customer A
Customer B

*) Less than 10 %

Geographic information:

Revenues reported in the financial statements based on the location of the customers, are as follows:

2023
15%
*)

Year ended December 31, 
2022
*)  
16%

2021
*)  
15%

2023

%

2022

%

2021

%

  $

  $

23,979 
7,806 

31,785 

  $

75 
25 

100 

  $

20,300(*) 
6,877(*) 

27,177 

  $

75 
25 

26,094(*) 
3,563(*) 

100 

  $

29,657 

Year ended December 31,

U.S.
Other

(*) Reclassified

b. Cost of revenues:

Cost of revenues from sale
Cost of revenues from lease
Cost of revenues from sale related service
Cost of revenues from other service

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

  $

  $

5,792 
1,670 
678 
168 

8,308 

  $

  $

4,917 
1,790 
324 
98 

7,129 

  $

F-41

88 
12 

100 

3,509 
2,667 
247 
176 

6,599 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

c. Research and development expenses, net:

Salaries and related benefits
Subcontractors
Laboratory materials
Patents
Share-based payment
Travel
Depreciation
Other
Less-Government grants

d.

Selling and marketing expenses:

Salaries and related benefits
Agent commissions
Marketing, advertising and events
Travel
Share-based payment
Depreciation
Collection costs and other

2023

  $

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

4,012 
1,564 
333 
133 
264 
48 
108 
235 
(32)  

  $

4,516 
1,318 
494 
200 
357 
14 
99 
690 
(10)  

  $

6,665 

  $

7,678 

  $

2023

  $

2021

  $

Year ended December 31,
2022

  $

10,273 
489 
2,729 
1,542 
126 
137 
1,160 

10,268 
425 
3,835 
1,915 
486 
143 
1,127 

3,580 
961 
665 
204 
411 
28 
107 
538 
(101)

6,393 

8,887 
392 
3,136 
1,121 
698 
64 
1,582 

  $

16,456 

  $

18,199 

  $

15,880 

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

e. General and administrative expenses:

Salaries and related benefits
Professional fees and office expenses
Depreciation
Travel
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Share- based payment

2023

  $

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

2,689 
2,638 
141 
16 
(145)  
(24)  

  $

2,324 
3,310 
312 
11 
281 
616 

 $

5,315 

 $

6,854 

 $

2,283 
2,031 
407 
10 
323 
730 

5,784 

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 19: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued)

f.

Finance income and expense:

Finance income:
Interest-income revaluation of bank deposits
Revaluation of warrants

Finance expense:
Liability in respect of research and development grants
Bank commissions
Exchange rate differences
Interest expense of lease liability
Other

Finance income (expense), net

NOTE 20: NET LOSS PER SHARE

Number of shares and loss used in the computation of net loss per share:

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

  $

2,171 
—   

  $

1,109 
8 

2,171 

799 
27 
61 
48 
223 

1,158 

1,117 

1,148 
22 
252 
46 
—   

1,468 

225 
30 

255 

1,171 
81 
363 
60 
—   

1,675 

  $

1,013 

  $

(351)   $

(1,420)

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

Loss
attributable
to equity
holders of
the

Company    

Weighted
number of
shares*)

Loss
attributable
to equity
holders of
the

Company    

Weighted
number of
shares*)

2021

Loss
attributable
to equity
holders of
the

Company  

Weighted
number of
shares*)

Used in the computation of basic and diluted net loss

33,155,669 

$

4,197 

32,980,997 

$

13,349 

31,154,258 

$

6,462 

*)

Computation of diluted loss per share did not include potential ordinary shares that would result from conversion of outstanding options and warrants, since their conversion has anti-dilutive effect.

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 21: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

a. Balances with interested and related parties

As of December 31, 2023

Vendors

Other accounts payable

As of December 31, 2022

Other accounts payable

b. Benefits to interested and related parties:

Salary to those employed by the Company or on its behalf

Directors’ fees to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf

Number of individuals to whom the salary and benefits relate:
    Related and interested parties employed by the Company or on its behalf

      Directors not employed by the Company

Other
interested and
related
parties

Key management
personnel

  $

  $

—   

  $

335 

  $

Key
management
personnel

  $

14 

  $

Other
interested and
related
parties

2023

Year ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

  $

—   

  $

411 

  $

—   
8 
8 

762 

  $

280 

  $

3 
5 
8 

F-45

45 

57 

66 

885 

148 

3 
5 
8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 21: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

c.

Share-based payment:

Share-based payment to those employed by the Company or on its behalf

Share-based payment to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf

d.

Transactions with interested and related parties:

Year ended December 31, 2023

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

  $

  $

207 

  $

102 

  $

287 

  $

28 

  $

445 

90 

Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses

Year ended December 31, 2022

Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses

Year ended December 31, 2021

Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses

Key management
personnel (*)

Other interested and
related parties

  $

—   
801 

801 

  $

70 
298 

368 

Key management
personnel (*)

Other interested and
related parties

  $

107 
861 

968 

  $

81 
308 

389 

Key management
personnel (*)

Other interested and
related parties

  $

112 
1,137 

1,249 

  $

82 
238 

320 

  $

   $

  $

   $

  $

   $

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 21: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

*)

Some of the key management personnel are interested parties by virtue of holdings.

c.

For information regarding the fair value of the options granted to directors, see Note 18b.

F-47

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

Exhibit 2.3

The following description of the capital stock of BrainsWay is a summary of the rights of our ordinary shares and certain provisions of our articles of association currently in effect. This summary does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our articles of association previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and incorporated by reference as an exhibit to
the Annual Report on Form 20-F, as well as to the applicable provisions of the Israeli Companies Law. We encourage you to read our articles of associations and applicable portions of the Israeli Companies Law
carefully.

Each of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents 2 Ordinary Shares. The ADSs trade on the NASDAQ Global Market.

The principal office of The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold American Depositary Shares either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of American Depositary Shares, registered in
your name, or (ii) by having American Depositary Shares registered in your name in the Direct Registration System, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in American Depositary Shares through
your broker or other financial institution. If you hold American Depositary Shares directly, you are a registered American Depositary Share holder. This description assumes you are an American Depositary
Share  holder.  If  you  hold  the  American  Depositary  Shares  indirectly,  you  must  rely  on  the  procedures  of  your  broker  or  other  financial  institution  to  assert  the  rights  of  American  Depositary  Share  holders
described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, also referred to as DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated
American Depositary Shares, which ownership is confirmed by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated American Depositary Shares.

As an American Depositary Share holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Israeli law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the
ordinary shares underlying your American Depositary Shares. As a registered holder of American Depositary Shares, you will have American Depositary Share holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the
depositary and you, as an American Depositary Share holder, and all other persons indirectly holding American Depositary Shares sets out American Depositary Share holder rights as well as the rights and
obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the American Depositary Shares.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt, each
of which has been filed as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay to American Depositary Share holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its

fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your American Depositary Shares represent.

·

Cash. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the U.S. If
that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those American Depositary
Share holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the American Depositary Share holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the
foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents
to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

Shares. The depositary may, and will if we so request, distribute additional American Depositary Shares representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only
distribute whole American Depositary Shares. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fractional American Depositary Share and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with
cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional American Depositary Shares, the outstanding American Depositary Shares will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of
the distributed shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

Rights to purchase additional shares. If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may make these rights available to American
Depositary Share holders. If the depositary decides it is not legal and practical to make the rights available but that it is practical to sell the rights, the depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the
rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If the depositary makes rights available to American Depositary Share holders, it will exercise the rights and purchase the shares on your behalf. The depositary will then deposit the shares and deliver
American Depositary Shares to the persons entitled to them. It will only exercise rights if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay.

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the American Depositary Shares represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these
American Depositary Shares freely in the U.S. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the American Depositary Shares described in this section
except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

Other Distributions. The depositary will send to American Depositary Share holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot
make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. After consultation with us to the extent practicable, it may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same
way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case American Depositary Shares will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not
required  to  distribute  any  securities  (other  than  American  Depositary  Shares)  to  American  Depositary  Share  holders  unless  it  receives  satisfactory  evidence  from  us  that  it  is  legal  to  make  that
distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. 

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any American Depositary Share holders. We have no obligation to register American
Depositary Shares, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of American Depositary Shares, shares, rights
or anything else to American Depositary Share holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make
them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are American Depositary Shares issued?

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The depositary will deliver American Depositary Shares if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or
charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of American Depositary Shares in the names you request and will deliver the American Depositary
Shares to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can American Depositary Share holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your American Depositary Shares at the depositary’s corporate trust office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or
fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the American Depositary Shares to the American Depositary Share holder or a person the American Depositary Share
holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, if feasible.

How do American Depositary Share holders interchange between certificated American Depositary Shares and uncertificated American Depositary Shares?

You may surrender your American Depositary Receipt to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your American Depositary Receipt for uncertificated American Depositary Shares. The depositary will
cancel that American Depositary Receipt and will send to the American Depositary Share holder a statement confirming that the American Depositary Share holder is the registered holder of uncertificated
American Depositary Shares. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated American Depositary Shares requesting the exchange of uncertificated
American Depositary Shares for certificated American Depositary Shares, the depositary will execute and deliver to the American Depositary Share holder an American Depositary Receipt evidencing those
American Depositary Shares.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

American Depositary Share holders may instruct the depositary to vote the number of deposited shares their American Depositary Shares represent. The depositary will notify American Depositary Share holders
of shareholders’ meetings and arrange to deliver our proxy and voting materials to them if we ask it to. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how American Depositary Share
holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. Otherwise, you won’t be able to exercise your right to vote unless you
withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the shares.

The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of Israel and of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed
by American Depositary Share holders. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

If the depositary solicited your voting instructions but does not receive instructions by the date specified, the depositary will consider you to have instructed it to give a proxy to a person designated by us to vote
the deposited shares, unless we notify the depositary that:

-       we do not wish to receive a proxy;

-       substantial opposition exists; or

-       the matter would materially and adversely affect the rights of holders of our ordinary shares. 

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to
carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice
of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the American Depositary Receipts without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes
and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of American Depositary Share holders, it will
not become effective for outstanding American Depositary Shares until 30 days after the depositary notifies American Depositary Share holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective,
you are considered, by continuing to hold your American Depositary Shares, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the American Depositary Receipts and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement at our direction by mailing notice of termination to the American Depositary Share holders then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such
notice  for  such  termination.  The  depositary  may  also  terminate  the  deposit  agreement  by  mailing  notice  of  termination  to  us  and  the  American  Depositary  Share  holders  if  60  days  have  passed  since  the
depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment.

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property, and deliver
shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of American Depositary Shares. Four months after termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After
that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro rata benefit of the American Depositary Share holders that have not
surrendered their American Depositary Shares. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. The depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination
our only obligations will be to indemnify the depositary and to pay fees and expenses of the depositary that we agreed to pay.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of American Depositary Shares

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

·

·

·

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

are not liable for the inability of any holder of American Depositary Shares to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of American Depositary Shares
under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the American Depositary Shares or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person; and

· may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of an American Depositary Share, make a distribution on an American Depositary Share, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

·

·

·

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver American Depositary Shares or register transfers of American Depositary Shares generally when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are

closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your American Depositary Shares

American Depositary Share holders have the right to cancel their American Depositary Shares and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

·

·

·

when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’
meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited
securities.

Securities Registers

The transfer agent and registrar for our ADSs is The Bank of New York Mellon, and its address is 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY.

Objects and Purposes

According to Section 4 of our articles of association, we shall engage in any legal business. Our number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-389076-4.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private Placements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, if (i) as a result of a private placement a person would become a controlling shareholder or (ii) a private placement will entitle investors to receive 20% or more of the voting
rights of a company as calculated before the private placement, and all or part of the private placement consideration is not in cash or in public traded securities or is not in market terms and if as a result of the
private placement the holdings of a substantial shareholder will increase or as a result of it a person will become a substantial shareholder, then, in either case, the allotment must be approved by the board of
directors and by the shareholders of the company. A “substantial shareholder” is defined as a shareholder who holds five percent or more of the company’s outstanding share capital, assuming the exercise of all
of the securities convertible into shares held by that person. In order for the private placement to be on “market terms” the board of directors has to determine, on the basis of detailed explanation, that the private
placement is on market terms, unless proven otherwise.

Board of Directors

Under our articles of association, resolutions by the board of directors are decided by a majority of votes of the directors present, or participating, in the case of voting by media, and voting, each director having
one vote.

In  addition,  the  Israeli  Companies  Law  requires  that  certain  transactions,  actions,  and  arrangements  be  approved  as  provided  for  in  a  company’s  articles  of  association  and  in  certain  circumstances  by  the
compensation or audit committee and by the board of directors itself. Those transactions that require such approval pursuant to a company’s articles of association must be approved by its board of directors. In
certain circumstances, compensation or audit committee and shareholder approval are also required. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices” in our annual report on
Form 20-F.

The Israeli Companies Law requires that a member of the board of directors or senior management of the company promptly and, in any event, not later than the first board meeting at which the transaction is
discussed, disclose any personal interest that he or she may have, either directly or by way of any corporation in which he or she is, directly or indirectly, a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager
or in which he or she has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager, as well as all related material information known to him or her, in connection with any existing or proposed transaction
by the company. In addition, if the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, (that is, a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business, otherwise than on market terms, or is likely to have a material
impact  on  the  company’s  profitability,  assets  or  liabilities),  the  member  of  the  board  of  directors  or  senior  management  must  also  disclose  any  personal  interest  held  by  his  or  her  spouse,  siblings,  parents,
grandparents, descendants,   spouse’s descendants, siblings, and parents, and the spouses of any of the foregoing.

Once the member of the board of directors or senior management complies with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve the transaction in accordance with the provisions of its articles of
association. Under the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, whoever has a personal interest in a matter, which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee, may not be present
at  this  meeting  or  vote  on  this  matter,  unless  it  is  not  an  extraordinary  transaction  as  defined  in  the  Israeli  Companies  Law.  However,  if  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  directors  or  the  chairman  of  the  audit
committee has determined that the presence of a director or an officer with a personal interest is required for the presentation of a matter, such officer holder may be present at the meeting. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the majority of the directors have a personal interest in a matter, they will be allowed to participate and vote on this matter, but an approval of the transaction by the shareholders in the general
meeting will be required.

Our articles of association provide that, subject to the Israeli Companies Law, all actions executed in good faith by the board of directors or by a committee thereof or by any person acting as a director or a
member of a committee of the board of directors, will be deemed to be valid even if, after their execution, it is discovered that there was a flaw in the appointment of these persons or that any one of these
persons was disqualified from serving in his or her office.

Our articles of association provide that, subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors may appoint board of directors’ committees. The committees of the board of directors report
to the board of directors their resolutions or recommendations on a regular basis, as prescribed by the board of directors. The board of directors may cancel the resolution of a committee that has been appointed
by it; however, such cancellation will not affect the validity of any resolution of a committee, pursuant to which we acted, vis-à-vis another person, who was not aware of the cancellation thereof. Decisions or
recommendations of the committee of the board which require the approval of the board of directors will be brought to the directors’ attention a reasonable time prior to the discussion at the board of directors.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
According to the Israeli Companies Law, a contract of a company with its directors, regarding their conditions of service, including the grant to them of exemption from liability from certain actions, insurance,
and indemnification as well as the company’s contract with its directors on conditions of their employment, in other capacities, require the approval of the compensation committee, the board of directors, and the
shareholders by a Special Majority.

According to Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors may direct the chief executive officer how to act in a specific matter, and if the chief executive officer does not so act, the board of directors is
authorized to act in his/her stead.

According to our articles of association, subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors is entitled at any time to grant a power of attorney to any person to legally represent the
Company for such purposes and with such authorities and discretion and for such period of time and subject to such terms and all as the board of directors shall deem fit. The board of directors will be entitled to
grant to such person, inter alia, authorities to transfer to some other, fully or partially, the authorities and powers and discretion granted to him.

According to the Israeli Companies Law and our articles of association, the board of directors is entitled to transfer its authorities, to a board of directors committee and/or an officer in the Company, whether for
the purpose of a certain general meeting or for a period of time.

According to the Israeli Companies Law, an authority not granted under the law or the articles of association of a company to another, may be operated by its board of directors.

Description of Securities

Ordinary Shares

Our authorized share capital currently consists of 120,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04 per share.

All of our outstanding Ordinary Shares are and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our Ordinary Shares are not redeemable and do not have any preemptive rights.

Transfer  of  Shares.  Fully  paid  Ordinary  Shares  are  issued  in  registered  form  and  may  be  freely  transferred  pursuant  to  our  articles  of  association  unless  that  transfer  is  restricted  or  prohibited  by  another
instrument. There are no Israeli law and regulations that impose limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the
securities imposed by foreign law or by the charter or other constituent document of the Company.

Shareholders Meetings. Under Israeli law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year that must be held no later than 15 months after the date of the previous
annual general meeting. All general meetings other than the annual meeting of shareholders are referred to in our articles of association as special meetings. In accordance with our articles of association and the
Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors may call special meetings whenever it sees fit, at such time and place, within or outside of Israel, as it may determine. In addition, the Israeli Companies Law
provides that our board of directors is required to convene a special meeting upon the written request of (i) any two of our directors or one-quarter of the members of our board of directors or (ii) one or more
shareholders holding, in the aggregate, either (a) 10% or more of our outstanding issued shares and 1% or more of our outstanding voting power or (b) 10% or more of our outstanding voting power. This is
different from the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which allows such right of shareholders to be denied by a provision in a company’s certificate of incorporation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Under Israeli law, one or more shareholders holding at least 5% of the voting rights at a general meeting of shareholders may request that our board of directors include a proposal that relates to the election or
removal of a director in the agenda of a general meeting of shareholders to be convened in the future. One or more shareholders holding at least 1% of the voting rights at the general meeting may request that the
board of directors include a matter in the agenda of a general meeting to be convened in the future, provided that it is appropriate to discuss such any other matter at the general meeting.

Subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, shareholders entitled to participate and vote at general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be
decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and sixty days prior to the date of the meeting. Furthermore, the Israeli Companies Law requires, inter alia, that resolutions regarding the following
matters must be passed at a general meeting of our shareholders:

● amendments to our articles of association;

● appointment or termination of our auditors;

● appointment of external directors (if applicable);

● approval of certain related party transactions;

● increases or reductions of our authorized share capital;

● mergers; and

● the exercise of our board of director’s powers by a general meeting, if our board of directors is unable to exercise its powers and the exercise of any of its powers is required for our proper management.

The Company shall give notice of a general meeting only to the shareholders registered in the registry, whose address is in Israel. Our articles of association, in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli
Companies Law requires that a notice of any annual general meeting or special general meeting be provided to shareholders at least 14 days prior to the meeting and if the agenda of the meeting includes the
appointment or removal of directors, the approval of transactions with office holders or interested or related parties, or an approval of a merger, or as otherwise required under applicable law, notice must be
provided at least 35 days prior to the meeting. Under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholders are not permitted to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Election of Directors. Our Ordinary Shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at a shareholders meeting have
the power to elect all of our directors. Under our articles of association, our board of directors must consist of not less than four (4) but no more than seven (7) directors, not including any external directors
required  to  be  appointed  by  the  Israel  Companies  Law  and  not  including  up  to  two  (2)  additional  directors  who  may  be  appointed  by  our  board  of  directors  whose  term  of  office  would  expire  on  the  next
following annual meeting of shareholders after their appointment, provided that they may be reappointed by the Board of Directors for one additional term of office. Each appointed director, other than external
directors, if any, shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors until the next annual general meeting. The term of a director shall terminate at the next annual general meeting, unless extended by that annual
general meeting, or terminated by the general meeting. Pursuant to our articles of association, the vote required to appoint a director is a simple majority vote of holders of our voting shares participating and
voting at the relevant meeting. For a more detailed description on the composition of our board of election procedures of our directors, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board
Practices – Appointment of Directors and Terms of Office” in our annual report on Form 20-F.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights. Our profits, in respect of which a resolution was passed to distribute them as a dividend or bonus shares, are to be paid pro rata to the amount paid or credited as paid on account
of the nominal value of shares held by the shareholders. In the event of our liquidation, the liquidator may, with the general meeting’s approval, distribute parts of our property in specie pro rata to the amount
paid or credited as paid on account of the nominal value of shares held by the shareholders and he may, with similar approval, deposit any part of our property with trustees in favor of the shareholders as the
liquidator, with the approval mentioned above deems fit.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Voting, Shareholders’ Meetings, and Resolutions. Our articles of association provide that all resolutions of our shareholders require a simple majority vote, unless otherwise required by the Israeli Companies
Law. The Ordinary Shares all have equal voting rights.

Our articles of association provide that the following would require approval of at least 662/3% of the total voting power voted at a general meeting of shareholders: (i) dismissing a director before the end of his
or her term in office, and (ii) amending provisions in our articles of association relating to the size of our board of directors, the right of our board of directors to elect new directors provided that the number of
directors is less than the maximum number of directors the right of a shareholder to recommend a board nominee for consideration by Company shareholders, the special majority required to dismiss a director
before the end of his or her term in office, the conditions under which the term of office of a director is terminated and the ability of the board of directors to function until the next general meeting so long as the
number of members of our board of directors is not less than the minimum number of directors required under our articles of association.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, each of (i) the approval of an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder, and (ii) the terms of employment or other engagement of the controlling shareholder of
the  company  or  such  controlling  shareholder’s  relative  (even  if  not  extraordinary)  requires  the  approval  described  above  under  “Management—Fiduciary  Duties  and  Approval  of  Specified  Related  Party
Transactions and Compensation under Israeli Law—Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Transactions.” Certain transactions with respect to remuneration of our office
holders  and  directors  require  further  approvals  described  above  under  “Management—Fiduciary  Duties  and  Approval  of  Specified  Related  Party  Transactions  and  Compensation  under  Israeli  Law—
Compensation of Directors and Senior management.” Under our articles of association, any change to the rights and privileges of the holders of any class of our shares requires a simple majority of the class so
affected.  Another  exception  to  the  simple  majority  vote  requirement  is  a  resolution  for  the  voluntary  winding  up,  or  an  approval  of  a  scheme  of  arrangement  or  reorganization,  of  the  company  pursuant  to
Section 350 of the Israeli Companies Law, which requires the approval of holders of 75% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or by voting deed and voting on the resolution.

Allotment of Shares. Our board of directors has the power to allot or to issue shares to any person, with restrictions and condition as it deems fit.

Acquisitions under Israeli Law

Full Tender Offer

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the target company’s issued and outstanding share capital is required by the Israeli Companies Law
to make a tender offer to all of the company’s shareholders for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the company.

A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the issued and outstanding share capital of a certain class of shares is required to make a tender offer
to all of the shareholders who hold shares of the same class for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the same class.

If the shareholders who do not respond to or accept the offer hold less than 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of the shares, and more than half of the
shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the offer accept the offer, all of the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to the acquirer by operation of law. However, a tender offer
will be accepted if the shareholders who do not accept it hold less than 2% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of the shares.

Upon a successful completion of such a full tender offer, any shareholder that was an offeree in such tender offer, whether such shareholder accepted the tender offer or not, may, within six months from the date
of acceptance of the tender offer, petition the Israeli court to determine whether the tender offer was for less than fair value, and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. However, under
certain conditions, the offeror may determine in the terms of the tender offer that an offeree who accepted the offer will not be entitled to petition the Israeli court as described above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the shareholders who did not respond or accept the tender offer hold at least 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, the acquirer may not acquire shares of the
company that will increase its holdings to more than 90% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital or of the applicable class from shareholders who accepted the tender offer.

The description above regarding a full tender offer will also apply, with necessary changes, when a full tender offer is accepted, and the offeror has also offered to acquire all of the company’s securities.

Special Tender Offer

The Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of an Israeli public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a
holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company. This rule does not apply if there is already another holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company.

Similarly, the Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of a public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a
holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 45% of the voting rights in the company.

These requirements do not apply if the acquisition (i) occurs in the context of a private offering, on the condition that the shareholders meeting approved the acquisition as a private offering whose purpose is to
give the acquirer at least 25% of the voting rights in the company if there is no person who holds at least 25% of the voting rights in the company, or as a private offering whose purpose is to give the acquirer
45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no person who holds 45% of the voting rights in the company; (ii) was from a shareholder holding at least 25% of the voting rights in the company, and
resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company; or (iii) was from a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company and resulted in the acquirer
becoming a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company.

The special tender offer may be consummated only if (i) at least 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror, and (ii) the special tender offer is accepted
by a majority of the votes of those offerees who gave notice of their position in respect of the offer; in counting the votes of offerees, the votes of a holder in control of the offeror, a person who has personal
interest in acceptance of the special tender offer, a holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company, or any person acting on their or on the offeror’s behalf, including their relatives or companies under
their control, are not taken into account.

In the event that a special tender offer is made, a company’s board of directors is required to express its opinion on the advisability of the offer or must abstain from expressing any opinion if it is unable to do so,
provided that it gives the reasons for its abstention.

An officer in a target company who, in his or her capacity as an officer, performs an action the purpose of which is to cause the failure of an existing or foreseeable special tender offer or is to impair the chances
of its acceptance, is liable to the potential purchaser and shareholders for damages resulting from his acts, unless such officer acted in good faith, and had reasonable grounds to believe he or she was acting for
the benefit of the company. However, officers of the target company may negotiate with the potential purchaser in order to improve the terms of the special tender offer, and may further negotiate with third
parties in order to obtain a competing offer.

If a special tender offer was accepted by a majority of the shareholders who announced their stand on such offer, then shareholders who did not respond to the special offer or had objected to the special tender
offer may accept the offer within four days of the last day set for the acceptance of the offer. In the event that a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any person or entity controlling it and any
corporation controlled by them must refrain from making a subsequent tender offer for the purchase of shares of the target company and may not execute a merger with the target company for a period of one
year from the date of the offer, unless the purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender offer.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Merger

The Israeli Companies Law permits merger transactions if approved by each party’s board of directors and, unless certain requirements described under the Israeli Companies Law are met, a majority of each
party’s shareholders, by a majority of each party’s shares that are voted on the proposed merger at a shareholders’ meeting.

The board of directors of a merging company is required pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law to discuss and determine whether in its opinion there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of a proposed
merger, the surviving company will not be able to satisfy its obligations towards its creditors, taking into account the financial condition of the merging companies. If the board of directors has determined that
such a concern exists, it may not approve a proposed merger. Following the approval of the board of directors of each of the merging companies, the boards of directors must jointly prepare a merger proposal for
submission to the Israeli Registrar of Companies.

For purposes of the shareholder vote, unless a court rules otherwise, the merger will not be deemed approved if a majority of the shares voting at the shareholders meeting (excluding abstentions) that are held by
parties other than the other party to the merger, any person who holds 25% or more of the means of control (See “Management – Audit Committee – Approval of Transactions with Related Parties” in our annual
report on Form 20-F for a definition of means of control) of the other party to the merger or anyone on their behalf including their relatives (See “Management – External Directors – Qualifications of External
Directors” in our annual report on Form 20-F for a definition of relatives) or corporations controlled by any of them, vote against the merger.

In addition, if the non-surviving entity of the merger has more than one class of shares, the merger must be approved by each class of shareholders. If the transaction would have been approved but for the
separate approval of each class of shares or the exclusion of the votes of certain shareholders as provided above, a court may still rule that the company has approved the merger upon the request of holders of at
least 25% of the voting rights of a company, if the court holds that the merger is fair and reasonable, taking into account the appraisal of the merging companies’ value and the consideration offered to the
shareholders.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, each merging company must send a copy of the proposed merger plan to its secured creditors. Unsecured creditors are entitled to receive notice of the merger, as provided by
the regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law. Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a
reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of the target company. The court may also give instructions in order to secure the rights of
creditors.

In addition, a merger may not be completed unless at least 50 days have passed from the date that a proposal for approval of the merger was filed with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and 30 days from the
date that shareholder approval of both merging companies was obtained.

Anti-takeover Measures

The Israeli Companies Law allows us to create and issue shares having rights different from those attached to our Ordinary Shares, including shares providing certain preferred or additional rights to voting,
distributions or other matters and shares having preemptive rights. We do not have any authorized or issued shares other than Ordinary Shares. In the future, if we do create and issue a class of shares other than
Ordinary Shares, such class of shares, depending on the specific rights that may be attached to them, may delay or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a potential premium
over the market value of their Ordinary Shares. The authorization of a new class of shares will require an amendment to our articles of association which requires the prior approval of a majority of our shares
represented and voting at a general meeting.  Shareholders voting at such a meeting will be subject to the restrictions under the Israeli Companies Law described above in “– Voting, Shareholders’ Meetings, and
Resolutions.”

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 Exhibit 12.1

I, Hadar Levy, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BrainsWay Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which

such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of

the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal

control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the

company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding

the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as

of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is

reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The  company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  company’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the

company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability

to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 28, 2024

/s/ Hadar Levy

Hadar Levy

Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 12.2

I, Ido Marom, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BrainsWay Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which

such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of

the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal

control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the

company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding

the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as

of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is

reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The  company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  company’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the

company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability

to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 28, 2024

/s/ Ido Marom

Ido Marom

Chief Financial Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUAN TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of BrainsWay Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2023 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
“Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to such officer's knowledge:

  (1)

  (2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Exhibit 13

Dated: March 28, 2024

/s/ Hadar Levy
Hadar Levy
Chief Executive Officer

/s/  Ido Marom
Ido Marom
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333- 259610) of BrainsWay Ltd. and in the related Prospectus of our report dated March 28, 2024, with respect to
the consolidated financial statements of BrainsWay Ltd. included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 15.1

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global

Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 28, 2024

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAINSWAY LTD.
POLICY FOR RECOVERY OF ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION

Exhibit 97.1

BrainsWay LTD. (the “Company”) has adopted this Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation (the “Policy”), effective as of December 1, 2023 (the “Effective Date”). Capitalized

terms used in this Policy but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 112.

1.

Persons Subject to Policy

This Policy shall apply to and be binding and enforceable on current and former Officers. In addition, the Committee and the Board may apply this Policy to persons who are not Officers, and such

application shall apply in the manner determined by the Committee and the Board in their sole discretion.

2.

Compensation Subject to Policy

This Policy shall apply to Incentive-Based Compensation received on or after the Effective Date. For purposes of this Policy, the date on which Incentive-Based Compensation is “received” shall be
determined under the Applicable Rules, which generally provide that Incentive-Based Compensation is “received” in the Company’s fiscal period during which the relevant Financial Reporting Measure is
attained or satisfied, without regard to whether the grant, vesting or payment of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period.

3.

Recovery of Compensation

In  the  event  that  the  Company  is  required  to  prepare  a  Restatement,  the  Company  shall  recover, reasonably promptly and in accordance with Section 4 below, the portion of any Incentive- Based
Compensation that is Erroneously Awarded Compensation, unless the Committee and the Board have determined that recovery from the relevant current or former Officer would be Impracticable. Recovery
shall be required in accordance with the preceding sentence regardless of whether the applicable Officer engaged in misconduct or otherwise caused or contributed to the requirement for the Restatement and
regardless of whether or when restated financial statements are filed by the Company. For clarity, the recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation under this Policy will not give rise to any Officer’s right
to voluntarily terminate employment for “good reason” or due to a “constructive termination” (or any similar term of like effect) under any plan, program or policy of or agreement with the Company or any of
its affiliates.

4.

Manner of Recovery; Limitation on Duplicative Recovery

The  Committee  and  the  Board  shall,  in  its  sole  discretion,  determine  the  manner  of  recovery  of  any  Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation,  which  may  include,  without  limitation,  reduction  or
cancellation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company of Incentive-Based Compensation or Erroneously Awarded Compensation, reimbursement or repayment by any person subject to this Policy, and,
to the extent permitted by law, an offset of the Erroneously Awarded Compensation against other compensation payable by the Company or an affiliate of the Company to such person. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, unless otherwise prohibited by the Applicable Rules, to the extent this Policy provides for recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation already recovered by the Company pursuant to Section
304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of  2002  or  Other  Recovery  Arrangements,  the  amount  of  Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  already  recovered  by  the  Company  from  the  recipient  of  such  Erroneously
Awarded Compensation may be credited to the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation required to be recovered pursuant to this Policy from such person.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.

Administration

This Policy shall be administered, interpreted and construed by the Board and Committee, which is authorized to make all determinations necessary, appropriate or advisable for such purpose. The
Board may re-vest in itself the authority to administer, interpret and construe this Policy in accordance with applicable law, and in such event references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to be
references  to  the  Board.  Subject  to  any  permitted  review  by  the  applicable  national  securities  exchange  or  association  pursuant  to  the  Applicable  Rules,  all  determinations  and  decisions  made  by  the
Committee or the Board pursuant to the provisions of this Policy shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and its affiliates, shareholders and employees. The Committee or
the Board may delegate administrative duties with respect to this Policy to one or more directors or employees of the Company, as permitted under applicable law, including any Applicable Rules.

6.

Interpretation

This Policy shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of the Applicable Rules, and to the extent this Policy is inconsistent with such Applicable Rules, it

shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to ensure compliance therewith.

7.

No Indemnification; No Liability

The  Company  shall  not  indemnify  or  insure  any  person  against  the  loss  of  any  Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  pursuant  to  this  Policy,  nor  shall  the  Company  directly  or  indirectly  pay  or
reimburse any person for any premiums for third-party insurance policies that such person may elect to purchase to fund such person’s potential obligations under this Policy. None of the Company, an affiliate
of the Company or any member of the Committee or the Board shall have any liability to any person as a result of actions taken under this Policy.

8.

Application; Enforceability

Except as otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board, the adoption of this Policy does not limit, and is intended to apply in addition to, any Other Recovery Arrangements. Without limiting
the foregoing, in the event of a conflict between this Policy and the Compensation Policy, the latter shall prevail, except with respect to the recovery of any portion of Incentive-Based Compensation that is
Erroneously Awarded Compensation that would not be recoverable under the Compensation Policy, in which case this Policy shall prevail. Subject to Section 4, the remedy specified in this Policy shall not be
exclusive  and  shall  be  in  addition  to  every  other  right  or  remedy  at  law  or  in  equity  that  may  be  available  to  the  Company  or  an  affiliate  of  the  Company  or  is  otherwise  required  by  applicable  law  and
regulations.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.

Severability

The provisions in this Policy are intended to be applied to the fullest extent of the law; provided, however, to the extent that any provision of this Policy is found to be unenforceable or invalid under
any applicable law, such provision will be applied to the maximum extent permitted, and shall automatically be deemed amended in a manner consistent with its objectives to the extent necessary to conform
to any limitations required under applicable law.

10.

Amendment and Termination

The Board or the Committee may amend, modify or terminate this Policy in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion. This Policy will terminate automatically when the

Company does not have a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or association in the U.S.

11.

Filing Requirement

The Company shall file this Policy as an exhibit to its annual report filed with the SEC and make such other disclosures with respect to this Policy in accordance with the requirements of the U.S.

federal securities laws, including the disclosure required by applicable SEC filings.

12.

Definitions

“Applicable Rules”  means  Section  10D  of  the  Exchange  Act,  Rule  10D-1  promulgated  thereunder,  the  listing  rules  of  the  national  securities  exchange  or  association  on  which  the  Company’s
securities are listed, and any applicable rules, standards or other guidance adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any national securities exchange or association on which the
Company’s securities are listed.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Compensation Policy” means the Company’s compensation policy for officers and directors, as adopted in accordance with the Israeli Companies Law 5759-1999 and as in effect from time to time.

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, in the absence of such a committee, a majority of the independent directors serving on the Board.

“Erroneously Awarded Compensation” means the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation received by a current or former Officer that exceeds the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation that
would have been received by such current or former Officer based on a restated Financial Reporting Measure, as determined on a pre-tax basis in accordance with the Applicable Rules. For Incentive-Based
Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return (“TSR”), where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in
the Restatement, the Company shall: (i) base the calculation of the amount on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Restatement on the stock price or TSR upon which the Incentive-Based Compensation
received was based; and (ii) retain documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to the national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s
securities are listed.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Financial Reporting Measure” means any measure determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measures

derived wholly or in part from such measures, including GAAP, IFRS and non- GAAP/IFRS financial measures, as well as stock price and total shareholder return.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“IFRS” means international financial reporting standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board.

“Impracticable” means (a) the direct expense paid to third parties to assist in enforcing recovery would exceed the Erroneously Awarded Compensation; provided that the Company has (i) made
reasonable attempt(s) to recover the Erroneously Awarded Compensation, (ii) documented such reasonable attempt(s) and (iii) provided such documentation to the relevant listing exchange or association, (b)
the recovery would violate the Company’s home country laws adopted prior to November 28, 2022 pursuant to an opinion of home country counsel; provided that the Company has (i) obtained an opinion of
home country counsel, acceptable to the relevant listing exchange or association, that recovery would result in such a violation and (ii) provided such opinion to the relevant listing exchange or association, or
(c) recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or
26 U.S.C. 411(a) and the regulations thereunder.

“Incentive-Based Compensation” means, with respect to a Restatement, any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of one or more Financial
Reporting Measures and received by a person: (a) after such person began service as an Officer; (b) who served as an Officer at any time during the performance period for that compensation; (c) while the
Company has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or association; and (d) during the applicable Three-Year Period.

“Officer” any current or former president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting officer, the controller), any vice-president of the Company in charge
of a principal business unit, division, or function (such as sales, administration or finance), or any other person who performs similar significant policy-making functions for the Company (including executive
officers of a parent or subsidiary), including any executive officers identified pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.

“Other Recovery Arrangements” means any clawback, recoupment, forfeiture or similar policies or provisions of the Company or its affiliates, including any such policies or provisions of such
effect contained in any employment agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, equity-based plan or award agreement thereunder or similar plan, program or agreement of the Company or an affiliate or required
under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Compensation Policy).

“Restatement” means an accounting restatement to correct the Company’s material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under securities laws, including restatements that correct
an error in previously issued financial statements (a) that is material to the previously issued financial statements or (b) that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current
period or left uncorrected in the current period.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Three-Year Period” means, with respect to a Restatement, the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date that the Board, a committee of the Board, or the officer or officers of the
Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare such Restatement, or, if earlier, the date on
which a court, regulator or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare such Restatement. The “Three-Year Period” also includes any transition period (that results from a change in the
Company’s fiscal year) within or immediately following the three completed fiscal years identified in the preceding sentence. However, a transition period between the last day of the Company’s previous
fiscal year end and the first day of its new fiscal year that comprises a period of nine to 12 months shall be deemed a completed fiscal year.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT TO
POLICY FOR RECOVERY OF ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION

The undersigned has received a copy of the Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation (the “Policy”) adopted by BrainsWay LTD. (the “Company”), and has read and understands the Policy.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Policy.

As a condition of receiving Incentive-Based Compensation from the Company, the undersigned agrees that any Incentive-Based Compensation received on or after the Effective Date is subject to recovery
pursuant to the terms of the Policy. To the extent the Company’s recovery right conflicts with any other contractual rights the undersigned may have with the Company, the undersigned understands that the
terms of the Policy shall supersede any such contractual rights. The terms of the Policy shall apply in addition to any right of recoupment against the undersigned under the Compensation Policy or applicable
law and regulations.

Date

Signature

Name

Title

6